Your email was sent successfully. Check your inbox.

An error occurred while sending the email. Please try again.

Proceed reservation?

Export
Filter
  • MPI Ethno. Forsch.  (229)
  • 1985-1989  (229)
  • Social sciences.  (229)
Datasource
Material
Language
Year
  • 1
    ISBN: 9789400911413
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1: Measurement -- Integrated fermentor sampling and analysis -- Measurement of biological reaction rates using advanced pH control systems -- Morphological measurements on filamentous microorganisms by image analysis -- Reconciliation of measurement data in fermentation using on-line expert system -- Glucose biosensors for the study and control of bakers compressed yeast production -- Computer controlled system for on-line monitoring of a fermentation process -- 2: Modelling I -- Structured modelling of bioreactor systems -- Mathematical simulation of anaerobic stratified biofilm processes -- A new approach for development of structured growth models -- Modelling secondary metabolite production — case pleuromulin -- Modelling of kinetics, mass transfer and mixing phenomena in 45, 450 and 4500 L tank fermenters -- A software tool for fermentation modelling -- Hydrodynamic and kinetic modelling of a flocculating bioreactor with cell recycle -- Modelling and simulation of naphthalene to salicylic acid fermentation process -- 3: Modelling II — System Identification, Parmeter and State Estimation -- An introduction to system identification, parameter and state estimation -- Expert system approach to recognize the state of fermentation and to diagnose faults in bioreactors -- Toward a systematic method for the generalization of fermentation data -- Adaptive inferential estimation and its application to biomass control -- Experimental validation of a methodology for on-line state estimation in bioreactors -- Optimal feeding strategy for identification of Monod-type models by fed-batch experiments -- Identification of a simulated continuous yeast fermentation -- Structured modelling and parameter identification of budding yeast populations -- Parameter estimation of kinetics and modelling in methanogenic fermentation of Methanosarcina barkeri -- On-line estimation of cell mass using an extended Kalman filter -- Observability by pH in bioprocesses -- 4: Control I -- Process controlled temperature induction during batch fermentations for recombinant DNA products -- Application of an expert system to the operation and control of industrial antibiotic fermentation process -- IBE fermentation control -- Improvement of the penicillin production in bench-scale reactors by on-line measurement, data evaluation and parameter-adaptive control -- On-line parameter identification and computer control of an anaerobic waste water treatment process -- On experiences with expert systems in the control of bioreactors -- Intelligent purification of monoclonal antibodies -- 5: Control II -- A fed-batch process for pullulanase production -- A new approach for the control of baker’s yeast fed-batch fermentation -- Lyapunov design of convergent adaptive controllers for a class of multilinear systems arising from biotechnological applications -- A new nonlinear adaptive approach to automatic control of bioprocesses -- Adaptive algorithm for estimation and control of fed-batch bioprocesses -- Modelling and control of polygalacturonase production from Kluyveromyces marxianus -- Nonlinear estimation and adaptive control of a fed-batch fermentor -- Sensitivity analysis in static optimization of fermentation plants -- Maximum production of glutathione in fed-batch culture of Saccharomyces cerevisiae -- 6: Data Management -- Management of process control data for bio-process analysis -- Data handling for fermentation development — an industrial approach -- On-line monitoring of the response of a fermentation process to nutrient additions -- A modelling approach to trouble diagnosis by multilevel fuzzy functions and its application -- Model based optimization of a SCP fermentation process -- Adaptive monitoring of bioreactor contamination -- PC-based on-line estimation of derived variables -- The use of carbon dioxide evolution rate in consistency checking other fermenter sensor outputs -- Using the downhill Simplex method to fit complex rate equations to data -- Fermentation fault diagnosis using analytical redundancy -- Author Index.
    Abstract: Richard Fox Chairman, Scientific Programme Committee Between 25th and 29th September, 1988, 243 people who either apply or research the use of computers in fermentation gathered together at Robinson College, Cambridge, UK. They came from 30 countries. The conference brought together two traditions. Firstly, it continued the series on Computer Applications in Fermentation Technology (ICCAFT) inaugurated by Henri Blanchere in Dijon in 1973 and carried forward in Philadelphia and Manchester. Secondly, it brought the expertise of the many members of the International Federation of Automatic Control (IFAC), who focused their attention on biotechnology at Noordwijkerhout in the Netherlands in December, 1985. I am happy to say that the tradition carries on and a successor meeting will hopefully take place in the USA in 1991. If you find these proceedings useful or stimulating, then we hope to see you there. We set out to make ICCAFT4 a close-knit friendly conference. We housed all who cared to in Robinson College itself and organised no parallel sessions. Because we, the organisers, experience difficulty with the jargon of our colleagues from other disciplines, we asked Bruce Beck to present a breakfast tutorial on modern control and modelling techniques, and we set up informal panel discussions after dinner on two evenings. Neville Fish chaired a forum on the microbiological principles behind models, while Professors Derek Linkens and Ron Leigh led a discussion on expert systems in control.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1: MeasurementIntegrated fermentor sampling and analysis -- Measurement of biological reaction rates using advanced pH control systems -- Morphological measurements on filamentous microorganisms by image analysis -- Reconciliation of measurement data in fermentation using on-line expert system -- Glucose biosensors for the study and control of bakers compressed yeast production -- Computer controlled system for on-line monitoring of a fermentation process -- 2: Modelling I -- Structured modelling of bioreactor systems -- Mathematical simulation of anaerobic stratified biofilm processes -- A new approach for development of structured growth models -- Modelling secondary metabolite production - case pleuromulin -- Modelling of kinetics, mass transfer and mixing phenomena in 45, 450 and 4500 L tank fermenters -- A software tool for fermentation modelling -- Hydrodynamic and kinetic modelling of a flocculating bioreactor with cell recycle -- Modelling and simulation of naphthalene to salicylic acid fermentation process -- 3: Modelling II - System Identification, Parmeter and State Estimation -- An introduction to system identification, parameter and state estimation -- Expert system approach to recognize the state of fermentation and to diagnose faults in bioreactors -- Toward a systematic method for the generalization of fermentation data -- Adaptive inferential estimation and its application to biomass control -- Experimental validation of a methodology for on-line state estimation in bioreactors -- Optimal feeding strategy for identification of Monod-type models by fed-batch experiments -- Identification of a simulated continuous yeast fermentation -- Structured modelling and parameter identification of budding yeast populations -- Parameter estimation of kinetics and modelling in methanogenic fermentation of Methanosarcina barkeri -- On-line estimation of cell mass using an extended Kalman filter -- Observability by pH in bioprocesses -- 4: Control I -- Process controlled temperature induction during batch fermentations for recombinant DNA products -- Application of an expert system to the operation and control of industrial antibiotic fermentation process -- IBE fermentation control -- Improvement of the penicillin production in bench-scale reactors by on-line measurement, data evaluation and parameter-adaptive control -- On-line parameter identification and computer control of an anaerobic waste water treatment process -- On experiences with expert systems in the control of bioreactors -- Intelligent purification of monoclonal antibodies -- 5: Control II -- A fed-batch process for pullulanase production -- A new approach for the control of baker’s yeast fed-batch fermentation -- Lyapunov design of convergent adaptive controllers for a class of multilinear systems arising from biotechnological applications -- A new nonlinear adaptive approach to automatic control of bioprocesses -- Adaptive algorithm for estimation and control of fed-batch bioprocesses -- Modelling and control of polygalacturonase production from Kluyveromyces marxianus -- Nonlinear estimation and adaptive control of a fed-batch fermentor -- Sensitivity analysis in static optimization of fermentation plants -- Maximum production of glutathione in fed-batch culture of Saccharomyces cerevisiae -- 6: Data Management -- Management of process control data for bio-process analysis -- Data handling for fermentation development - an industrial approach -- On-line monitoring of the response of a fermentation process to nutrient additions -- A modelling approach to trouble diagnosis by multilevel fuzzy functions and its application -- Model based optimization of a SCP fermentation process -- Adaptive monitoring of bioreactor contamination -- PC-based on-line estimation of derived variables -- The use of carbon dioxide evolution rate in consistency checking other fermenter sensor outputs -- Using the downhill Simplex method to fit complex rate equations to data -- Fermentation fault diagnosis using analytical redundancy -- Author Index.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 2
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Springer US
    ISBN: 9781461564706
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: One: Perspectives -- 1. Principles of Fish Culture and Aquaculture Systems -- 2. Principles of Culture Systems Management -- 3. Approaches to People (Using Human Resources) -- 4. Marketing -- 5. Life Cycles and Production Strategies -- 6. Water and Health Management -- 7. Ethics -- Two: Quantitative Approaches -- 8. Production Economics -- 9. Records for Managerial Analyses -- 10. Production System Limits -- 11. Decision-Making Tools -- 12. Computer Assisted Decision Support Systems -- Appendixes -- Appendix I. Manager Attributes and Expectations -- Appendix II. Suggested Steps for Learning to Read People -- Appendix III. Examples of Enterprise Budgets, Cash Flow, and Credit Repayment Schedules -- Appendix IV. Life-Cycle Costing -- Appendix V. Sample Calculation to Determine the Number of Fish that Can be Reared in a Unit (Tank) That Receives 5 Gallons Per Minute (GPM) Water Flow -- Appendix VI. Sample Problems on Production Capacity Assessment (PCA).
    Abstract: Although some nations, such as Japan, have invested in aquaculture research and developed major aquaculture industries, the opportunities for similar devel­ opment in the United States remain largely unnoticed. In a typical recent year the United States, which claims 20% of the world's marine fisheries resources, imported seafood worth $4. 8 billion and exported $l. 3 billion. In addition to the $3. 5 billion deficit in food-fish, was another $2. 7 billion deficit for nonedible fishery products. Next to oil, fishery products constituted the second highest drain on the United States balance of payments and accounts for a significant portion of the foreign trade deficit. Furthermore, fish consumption has been increasing in North America. In response to the demand for fishery products, aquaculture managers not only have the opportunity to realize economic profit, but in doing so can make an important contribution to reducing the national debt, providing employment, and enhancing our diet. This book might be considered a farm management text for those in aquaculture. It is intended to provide an introduction to aquaculture principles and an introduction to management, including business and people management, microeconomics, and the concepts of efficiency and productivity. I hope it will bridge the gap between conservationists, the academic community, and commer­ cial culturists. Abundant references should enable the reader to quickly access literature on most topics germane to the management of culture systems.
    Description / Table of Contents: One: Perspectives1. Principles of Fish Culture and Aquaculture Systems -- 2. Principles of Culture Systems Management -- 3. Approaches to People (Using Human Resources) -- 4. Marketing -- 5. Life Cycles and Production Strategies -- 6. Water and Health Management -- 7. Ethics -- Two: Quantitative Approaches -- 8. Production Economics -- 9. Records for Managerial Analyses -- 10. Production System Limits -- 11. Decision-Making Tools -- 12. Computer Assisted Decision Support Systems -- Appendixes -- Appendix I. Manager Attributes and Expectations -- Appendix II. Suggested Steps for Learning to Read People -- Appendix III. Examples of Enterprise Budgets, Cash Flow, and Credit Repayment Schedules -- Appendix IV. Life-Cycle Costing -- Appendix V. Sample Calculation to Determine the Number of Fish that Can be Reared in a Unit (Tank) That Receives 5 Gallons Per Minute (GPM) Water Flow -- Appendix VI. Sample Problems on Production Capacity Assessment (PCA).
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 3
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Springer US
    ISBN: 9781468415261
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Introduction to mobile communications -- 1.1 Background -- 1.2 Mobile radio system fundamentals -- 1.3 A simple mobile radio system -- 1.4 Practical communication systems -- 1.5 Paging -- 1.6 Portables -- 1.7 Dialling systems -- 1.8 Radiophone services -- 1.9 Channel sharing -- 1.10 Area coverage techniques -- 1.11 Present and future use of mobile radio -- References -- 2 Multipath characteristics in urban areas -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 The nature of multipath propagation -- 2.3 Short-term fading -- 2.4 Frequency-selective fading -- 2.5 Channel characterization -- 2.6 Channel sounding techniques -- 2.7 Practical channel sounders -- 2.8 Small-area characterization -- 2.9 Large-area characterization -- 2.10 Conclusions -- References -- 3 Propagation and signal strength prediction -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Fundamentals of VHF and UHF propagation -- 3.3 Propagation over terrain obstacles -- 3.4 Multiple knife-edge diffraction -- 3.5 Propagation prediction models -- 3.6 Signal strength prediction in urban areas -- 3.7 Discussion -- 3.8 Signal variability -- 3.9 Large area statistics -- 3.10 Building penetration losses -- References -- 4 Modulation techniques -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Amplitude modulation -- 4.3 Angle modulation -- 4.4 Implementation of AM systems -- 4.5 Single-sideband implementation -- 4.6 Demodulation -- 4.7 Generation of FM signals -- 4.8 FM demodulators -- 4.9 The effect of noise on AM systems -- 4.10 The effect of noise on FM systems -- 4.11 The effects of multipath propagation -- 4.12 Demodulation of data signals -- 4.13 Differentially encoded PSK (DPSK) -- 4.14 The effect of noise in data communication systems -- 4.15 Carrier transmissions -- 4.16 The influence of multipath fading on data transmissions -- 4.17 System performance -- 4.18 The fully digital approach -- References -- 5 Man-made noise -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Characterization of pulses -- 5.3 Characterization of impulsive noise -- 5.4 Measuring equipment -- 5.5 Practical measuring systems -- 5.6 Measurement of noise amplitude distribution -- 5.7 Statistical characterization of noise -- 5.8 Impulsive noise measurements -- 5.9 Summary -- 5.10 Performance prediction techniques -- References -- 6 Diversity reception -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Basic diversity methods -- 6.3 Improvements obtainable from diversity -- 6.4 Switched diversity -- 6.5 The effect of diversity on data systems -- 6.6 Practical diversity systems -- 6.7 Predetection diversity -- 6.8 Diversity systems using special receivers -- 6.9 Switched diversity -- 6.10 Comparison -- 6.11 Postdetection diversity -- 6.12 Time diversity -- 6.13 Discussion and conclusions -- References -- 7 Using the radio channel in cellular radio networkgs -- 7.1 The radio channel as a system component -- 7.2 Wideband versus narrowband -- 7.3 Cellular radio fundamentals -- 8 Analogue cellular radio systems -- 8.1 Channel structures -- 8.2 Specifications for the radio equipment -- 8.3 Network control activity -- 8.4 System operation -- 8.5 Some system comparisons -- 9 Digital cellular radio systems -- 9.1 Digital versus analogue for second-generation cellular systems -- 9.2 Choice of basic system architecture -- 9.3 Essential techniques for digital implementation -- 9.4 Example systems -- 9.5 Postscript.
    Abstract: During the past decade there has been a dramatic change in the nature of mobile communications technology and its impact on the general communic­ ations environment. In the 1970s, mobile radio was a minority activity in communications, based on relatively unsophisticated technology. The 1980s, however, have seen the emergence of analogue cellular systems and the definition of future digital systems, and the predicted demand for these services is such that investigations into the use of higher frequency bands have already begun. It is predicted that, by the late 1990s, the 'personal communications' world will have resulted in the majority of adults in Europe and North America being dependent on radio-connected terminals of various kinds for more than 50% of their total telecommunications needs. The technology which will form the basis of this revolution has now been defined, at least in outline, and the fixed and mobile equipment that will be used in systems of the future will bear little resemblance to that available even ten years ago. It is impossible within the confines of a single, relatively short book to cover all the subject areas needed for a study of this exciting and expanding field of technology. We have, perforce, been selective and have chosen those topics which we believe to be of primary importance at the present time.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Introduction to mobile communications1.1 Background -- 1.2 Mobile radio system fundamentals -- 1.3 A simple mobile radio system -- 1.4 Practical communication systems -- 1.5 Paging -- 1.6 Portables -- 1.7 Dialling systems -- 1.8 Radiophone services -- 1.9 Channel sharing -- 1.10 Area coverage techniques -- 1.11 Present and future use of mobile radio -- References -- 2 Multipath characteristics in urban areas -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 The nature of multipath propagation -- 2.3 Short-term fading -- 2.4 Frequency-selective fading -- 2.5 Channel characterization -- 2.6 Channel sounding techniques -- 2.7 Practical channel sounders -- 2.8 Small-area characterization -- 2.9 Large-area characterization -- 2.10 Conclusions -- References -- 3 Propagation and signal strength prediction -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Fundamentals of VHF and UHF propagation -- 3.3 Propagation over terrain obstacles -- 3.4 Multiple knife-edge diffraction -- 3.5 Propagation prediction models -- 3.6 Signal strength prediction in urban areas -- 3.7 Discussion -- 3.8 Signal variability -- 3.9 Large area statistics -- 3.10 Building penetration losses -- References -- 4 Modulation techniques -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Amplitude modulation -- 4.3 Angle modulation -- 4.4 Implementation of AM systems -- 4.5 Single-sideband implementation -- 4.6 Demodulation -- 4.7 Generation of FM signals -- 4.8 FM demodulators -- 4.9 The effect of noise on AM systems -- 4.10 The effect of noise on FM systems -- 4.11 The effects of multipath propagation -- 4.12 Demodulation of data signals -- 4.13 Differentially encoded PSK (DPSK) -- 4.14 The effect of noise in data communication systems -- 4.15 Carrier transmissions -- 4.16 The influence of multipath fading on data transmissions -- 4.17 System performance -- 4.18 The fully digital approach -- References -- 5 Man-made noise -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Characterization of pulses -- 5.3 Characterization of impulsive noise -- 5.4 Measuring equipment -- 5.5 Practical measuring systems -- 5.6 Measurement of noise amplitude distribution -- 5.7 Statistical characterization of noise -- 5.8 Impulsive noise measurements -- 5.9 Summary -- 5.10 Performance prediction techniques -- References -- 6 Diversity reception -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Basic diversity methods -- 6.3 Improvements obtainable from diversity -- 6.4 Switched diversity -- 6.5 The effect of diversity on data systems -- 6.6 Practical diversity systems -- 6.7 Predetection diversity -- 6.8 Diversity systems using special receivers -- 6.9 Switched diversity -- 6.10 Comparison -- 6.11 Postdetection diversity -- 6.12 Time diversity -- 6.13 Discussion and conclusions -- References -- 7 Using the radio channel in cellular radio networkgs -- 7.1 The radio channel as a system component -- 7.2 Wideband versus narrowband -- 7.3 Cellular radio fundamentals -- 8 Analogue cellular radio systems -- 8.1 Channel structures -- 8.2 Specifications for the radio equipment -- 8.3 Network control activity -- 8.4 System operation -- 8.5 Some system comparisons -- 9 Digital cellular radio systems -- 9.1 Digital versus analogue for second-generation cellular systems -- 9.2 Choice of basic system architecture -- 9.3 Essential techniques for digital implementation -- 9.4 Example systems -- 9.5 Postscript.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 4
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Birkhäuser Boston
    ISBN: 9781475720730
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIV, 162 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Series Statement: Design Science Collection
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Architecture and the Significance of the Surface -- 2 Dimensional Color: Theoretical Background -- 3 Color-Space and Time -- 4 The Geometry of Brightness and the Perception of Form -- 5 Configuration, Pattern, and Dimension -- 6 Color and Form: Conform or Transform? -- 7 Chiaro e Scuro Inverted -- 8 Color and Visual Organization -- 9 Color and Light -- 10 Visual Education -- Notes -- List of Illustrations.
    Abstract: In a broad sense Design Science is the fail to perceive the system of organiza­ grammar of a language of images rather tion determining the form of such than of words. Modern communication structures. techniques enable us to transmit and reconstitute images without the need of Perception is a complex process. Our knowing a specific verbal sequential senses record ; they are analogous to language such as the Morse code, or audio or video devices. We cannot, Hungarian. International traffic signs however, claim that such devices per­ use international image symbols which ceive. Perception involves more than are not specific to any particular verbal meets the eye: it involves processing language. An image language differs and organization of recorded data. from a verbal one in that the latter uses When we name an object, we actually a linear string of symbols, whereas the name a concept: such words as octahe­ former is multidimensional. dron, collage, tessellation, dome, each desig­ nate a wide variety of objects sharing Architecturial renderings commonly certain characteristics. When we devise show projections onto three mutually ways of transforming an octahedron, or perpendicular planes, or consist of cross determine whether a given shape will sections at different altitudes capable of tessellate the plane, we make use of being stacked and representing different these characteristics, which constitute floor plans. Such renderings make it the grammar of structure.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Architecture and the Significance of the Surface2 Dimensional Color: Theoretical Background -- 3 Color-Space and Time -- 4 The Geometry of Brightness and the Perception of Form -- 5 Configuration, Pattern, and Dimension -- 6 Color and Form: Conform or Transform? -- 7 Chiaro e Scuro Inverted -- 8 Color and Visual Organization -- 9 Color and Light -- 10 Visual Education -- Notes -- List of Illustrations.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 5
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Springer US
    ISBN: 9781461308775
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Mechanical manometers -- 1.1 Liquid manometers -- 1.2 The McLeod gauge -- 1.3 The diaphragm manometer -- 1.4 Viscous or friction-type gauges -- References -- 2 Thermal conductivity gauges -- 2.1 Basic principles -- 2.2 Measurement of thermal conductivity -- 2.3 Sensitivity -- 2.4 End losses -- 2.5 Accommodation coefficient and relative sensitivity -- 2.6 Alternative methods of bridge control -- 2.7 Useful range of the constant-voltage bridge -- 2.8 The lower limit to the useful pressure range -- 2.9 The importance of bridge-voltage and temperature fluctuations at high pressure -- 2.10 Compensation for temperature and voltage fluctuations -- 2.11 Physical changes in the gauge wire (ageing effects) -- 2.12 Extension of working range to atmospheric pressure -- 2.13 Commercial gauges for laboratory and industrial use -- 2.14 The thermocouple gauge -- References -- 3 Thermionic cathode ionization gauges -- 3.1 Positive ion production in a gas -- 3.2 The principle of the thermionic cathode ionization gauge -- 3.3 The relative sensitivity for different gases -- 3.4 The measurement of low pressures -- 3.5 Extension of the range of the BA gauge to very low pressures -- 3.6 The precision to which measurements can be made with the hot cathode gauge -- 3.7 Gauges specially designed to operate at high pressure -- 3.8 Chemical and physical reactions in the hot cathode ionization gauge -- References -- 4 Cold-cathode ionization gauges -- 4.1 The development of cold-cathode (crossed-field) gauges -- 4.2 Commercial gauges for high- and ultra-high vacuum applications -- References -- 5 Gauge calibration -- 5.1 Basic considerations -- 5.2 Calibration against the transfer gauge -- 5.3 Comparison with absolute gauges -- 5.4 Series expansion techniques -- 5.5 Dynamic flow techniques -- 5.6 The measurement of gas throughput -- References -- 6 Gas analysis in vacuum systems: magnetic, crossed-field and time-of-flight analysers -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 The magnetic deflection mass spectrometer -- 6.3 The trochoidal (or cycloidal) mass spectrometer -- 6.4 The omegatron -- 6.5 Time-of-flight (TOF) mass spectrometer -- 6.6 Interpretation of mass spectra -- References -- 7 Gas analysis in vacuum systems: quadrupole mass analysers -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Principles of the quadrupole mass filter -- 7.3 Design of small residual gas analysers (RGAs) -- 7.4 The operating characteristics of the RGAs designed for general laboratory and industrial use -- 7.5 The use of electron multipliers for signal detection -- 7.6 Non-conventional methods of quadrupole operation -- 7.7 The monopole mass spectrometer -- 7.8 The three-dimensional quadrupole ion trap -- References.
    Abstract: This book deals with the underlying theory and practical aspects of pressure gauges that are at present in general use. Because of the ever-increasing demands to provide a wider range of sophisticated and reliable vacuum equipment a good understanding of these instruments is of vital importance to all workers in the research and industrial sectors. Of the gauges considered only the mechanical types are absolute, in the sense that they measure pressure directly as a force upon a liquid column or a solid surface. Under ideal conditions it is possible to calculate their sensitiv­ ities, which are the same for all gases and vapours. The recent developments in the viscous or molecular damping gauges indicate that these may also be considered absolute. Other gauges are indirect in that they involve the measurement of some secondary phenomenon which is pressure-dependent and therefore these gauges can only be used for measurement after calibration against an absolute standard. The radiometer or Knudsen type gauge has been excluded from the text since these are now only of historic interest. Also no mention is made of the integration techniques involving surface changes (such as work function) although these could have application under very special circumstances. The McLeod gauge is dealt with in some detail, for even though this gauge has few practical applications, it is the most sensitive absolute gauge available and has value as a reference standard.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Mechanical manometers1.1 Liquid manometers -- 1.2 The McLeod gauge -- 1.3 The diaphragm manometer -- 1.4 Viscous or friction-type gauges -- References -- 2 Thermal conductivity gauges -- 2.1 Basic principles -- 2.2 Measurement of thermal conductivity -- 2.3 Sensitivity -- 2.4 End losses -- 2.5 Accommodation coefficient and relative sensitivity -- 2.6 Alternative methods of bridge control -- 2.7 Useful range of the constant-voltage bridge -- 2.8 The lower limit to the useful pressure range -- 2.9 The importance of bridge-voltage and temperature fluctuations at high pressure -- 2.10 Compensation for temperature and voltage fluctuations -- 2.11 Physical changes in the gauge wire (ageing effects) -- 2.12 Extension of working range to atmospheric pressure -- 2.13 Commercial gauges for laboratory and industrial use -- 2.14 The thermocouple gauge -- References -- 3 Thermionic cathode ionization gauges -- 3.1 Positive ion production in a gas -- 3.2 The principle of the thermionic cathode ionization gauge -- 3.3 The relative sensitivity for different gases -- 3.4 The measurement of low pressures -- 3.5 Extension of the range of the BA gauge to very low pressures -- 3.6 The precision to which measurements can be made with the hot cathode gauge -- 3.7 Gauges specially designed to operate at high pressure -- 3.8 Chemical and physical reactions in the hot cathode ionization gauge -- References -- 4 Cold-cathode ionization gauges -- 4.1 The development of cold-cathode (crossed-field) gauges -- 4.2 Commercial gauges for high- and ultra-high vacuum applications -- References -- 5 Gauge calibration -- 5.1 Basic considerations -- 5.2 Calibration against the transfer gauge -- 5.3 Comparison with absolute gauges -- 5.4 Series expansion techniques -- 5.5 Dynamic flow techniques -- 5.6 The measurement of gas throughput -- References -- 6 Gas analysis in vacuum systems: magnetic, crossed-field and time-of-flight analysers -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 The magnetic deflection mass spectrometer -- 6.3 The trochoidal (or cycloidal) mass spectrometer -- 6.4 The omegatron -- 6.5 Time-of-flight (TOF) mass spectrometer -- 6.6 Interpretation of mass spectra -- References -- 7 Gas analysis in vacuum systems: quadrupole mass analysers -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Principles of the quadrupole mass filter -- 7.3 Design of small residual gas analysers (RGAs) -- 7.4 The operating characteristics of the RGAs designed for general laboratory and industrial use -- 7.5 The use of electron multipliers for signal detection -- 7.6 Non-conventional methods of quadrupole operation -- 7.7 The monopole mass spectrometer -- 7.8 The three-dimensional quadrupole ion trap -- References.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 6
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401179249
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Third Edition
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1: Cocoa and Chocolate -- 1. History and Development -- 2. Cocoa Processes -- 3. Cocoa Butter and Replacement Fats -- 4. Emulsifiers in Chocolate Confectionery Coatings and Cocoa -- 5. Chocolate Manufacture -- 6. Confectionery Coatings, Chocolate Replacers, Dietetic Compounds -- 7. Chocolate Bars and Covered Confectionery -- 2: Confectionery: Ingredients and Processes -- 8. Sugars, Glucose Syrups, and Other Sweeteners -- 9. Confectionery Fats -- 10. Milk and Milk Products -- 11. Egg Albumen and Other Aerating Agents -- 12. Gelatinizing Agents, Gums, Glazes, Waxes -- 13. Starches, Soya Flour, Soya Protein -- 14. Fruits, Preserved Fruits, Jam, Dried Fruit -- 15. Nuts -- 16. Chemical and Allied Substances Used in the Confectionery Industry -- 17. Colors for Use in Confectionery -- 18. Flavor and Flavoring Materials -- 19. Confectionery Processes and Formulations -- 3: General Technology -- 20. Science and Technology of Chocolate and Confectionery -- 21. Pest Control -- 22. Packaging in the Confectionery Industry -- 23. Quality Control -- 24. Food Value of Chocolate and Confectionery -- 25. Research and Development in the Confectionery Industry -- Appendix I. Special Methods of Analysis -- Appendix II. Resources.
    Abstract: The second edition of this book achieved worldwide recognition within the chocolate and confectionery industry. I was pressed to prepare the third edition to include modern developments in machinery, production, and packaging. This has been a formidable task and has taken longer than anticipated. Students still require, in one book, descriptions of the fundamental principles of the industry as well as an insight into modern methods. Therefore, parts of the previous edition describing basic technology have been retained, with minor alterations where necessary. With over fifty years' experience in the industry and the past eighteen years working as an author, lecturer, and consultant, I have collected a great deal of useful information. Visits to trade exhibitions and to manufacturers of raw materials and machinery in many parts of the world have been very valuable. Much research and reading have been necessary to prepare for teaching and lecturing at various colleges, seminars, and manufacturing establishments. The third edition is still mainly concerned with science, technology, and production. It is not a book of formulations, which are readily available elsewhere. Formulations without knowledge of principles lead to many errors, and recipes are given only where examples are necessary. _ Analytical methods are described only when they are not available in textbooks, of which there are many on standard methods of food analysis. Acknowledgments I am still indebted to many of the persons mentioned under "Acknowledgments" in the second edition. I am especially grateful to the following.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1: Cocoa and Chocolate1. History and Development -- 2. Cocoa Processes -- 3. Cocoa Butter and Replacement Fats -- 4. Emulsifiers in Chocolate Confectionery Coatings and Cocoa -- 5. Chocolate Manufacture -- 6. Confectionery Coatings, Chocolate Replacers, Dietetic Compounds -- 7. Chocolate Bars and Covered Confectionery -- 2: Confectionery: Ingredients and Processes -- 8. Sugars, Glucose Syrups, and Other Sweeteners -- 9. Confectionery Fats -- 10. Milk and Milk Products -- 11. Egg Albumen and Other Aerating Agents -- 12. Gelatinizing Agents, Gums, Glazes, Waxes -- 13. Starches, Soya Flour, Soya Protein -- 14. Fruits, Preserved Fruits, Jam, Dried Fruit -- 15. Nuts -- 16. Chemical and Allied Substances Used in the Confectionery Industry -- 17. Colors for Use in Confectionery -- 18. Flavor and Flavoring Materials -- 19. Confectionery Processes and Formulations -- 3: General Technology -- 20. Science and Technology of Chocolate and Confectionery -- 21. Pest Control -- 22. Packaging in the Confectionery Industry -- 23. Quality Control -- 24. Food Value of Chocolate and Confectionery -- 25. Research and Development in the Confectionery Industry -- Appendix I. Special Methods of Analysis -- Appendix II. Resources.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 7
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401174749
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Specimen Preparation -- 1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 Initial Approach to Preparing the Specimen -- 1.3 Area of the Specimen -- 1.4 Surfaces -- 1.5 Sectioning (Sectional Slices) -- 1.6 Melt Pressings -- 1.7 Staining -- 1.8 Final Comments -- 2 Basic Light Microscopy and the Phase Contrast Microscope -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Synthetic Polymers as Specimens for Light Microscopy -- 2.3 Light versus Electron Microscopy of Polymers -- 2.4 Basic Light Microscopy -- 2.5 Applications for Common Light Microscopy -- 2.6 Phase Contrast Microscopy . -- 2.7 Applications for Phase Contrast Microscopy -- 2.8 Dark Ground Microscopy -- References -- 3 Polarized Light: Theory and Measurements -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Light and Its Interaction with Matter -- 3.3 Elliptically and Circularly Polarized Light -- 3.4 The Uniaxial Indicatrix -- 3.5 The Biaxial Indicatrix -- 3.6 Methods of Producing Polarized Light -- 3.7 Types of Birefringence -- 3.8 The Passage of Polarized Light through Thin Birefringent Plates -- 3.9 Polarization Colours -- 3.10 Relation between Orientation and Birefringence -- 3.11 The Polarizing Microscope -- 3.12 Measurement of Optical Path Difference -- 3.13 Compensators -- 3.14 Dispersion of Birefringence -- 3.15 Spectrophotometric Method -- 3.16 The Wedge Method -- 3.17 Use of the Abbé Refractometer -- References -- 4 Polarized Light: Qualitative Microscopy -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Spherulites -- 4.3 Theory of Spherulitic Crystallization -- 4.4 Different Types of Spherulite -- 4.5 Spherulitic Forms of Polypropylene -- 4.6 Effect of Processing on Spherulites -- 4.7 Small Angle Light Scattering -- 4.8 Molecular Orientation -- References -- 5 Modulation Contrast and Differential Interference Contrast Techniques -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 General Principles -- 5.3 The Modulation Contrast System -- 5.4 Differential Interference Contrast -- 5.5 Adjusting the Contrast Systems -- 5.6 Comparison with the Phase Contrast Microscope -- 5.7 Reflected Light Work -- 5.8 Image Interpretation -- 5.9 Applications to Polymers -- References -- 6 Interference Microscopy of Polymers -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 The Basic Principles of Quantitative Microinterferometry -- 6.3 Reflected Light Applications -- 6.4 Interpretation of Surface Interferograms -- 6.5 Some Reflected Light Systems Applicable to Polymers -- 6.6 Transmitted Light Interference Microscopy -- 6.7 Transmitted Light Systems -- 6.8 Compensators -- References -- 7 Ultraviolet and Fluorescence Microscopy -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Equipment and Techniques -- 7.3 Applications to Non-polymer Materials -- 7.4 Non-Microscopic Applications of Fluorescence from Polymers -- 7.5 Applications of UV Microscopy to Synthetic Polymers -- References.
    Abstract: Synthetic polymers make excellent specimens for light microscopy. Despite this, the use of the technique, at least in its advanced forms, is not so widespread as might be expected. Although reliable and relevant data are difficult to find and quantify, it seems that in other fields of materials science and technology there is a greater readiness to tum to the microscope in research, in industrial problem solving, or for quality assessment and control. It also seems that the reasons for the present situation are partly historical, partly the result of the structure of the plastics and rubber industries, and partly the education and training background of senior staff who tend to be chemistry or engineering based. In neither field does light microscopy feature strongly in the basic training. The primary aim of this book is to provide some insight into the range oflight microscopy techniques applicable to polymeric specimens, and to highlight typical applications to commercial polymers and polymer products. Where appropriate, the optical techniques involved are discussed in some detail. However, it has not been the intention to produce a light microscopy textbook dealing with the principles and design of the basic instrument. Many such texts are available, and selected examples are cited in the reference list at the end of most chapters.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Specimen Preparation1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 Initial Approach to Preparing the Specimen -- 1.3 Area of the Specimen -- 1.4 Surfaces -- 1.5 Sectioning (Sectional Slices) -- 1.6 Melt Pressings -- 1.7 Staining -- 1.8 Final Comments -- 2 Basic Light Microscopy and the Phase Contrast Microscope -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Synthetic Polymers as Specimens for Light Microscopy -- 2.3 Light versus Electron Microscopy of Polymers -- 2.4 Basic Light Microscopy -- 2.5 Applications for Common Light Microscopy -- 2.6 Phase Contrast Microscopy . -- 2.7 Applications for Phase Contrast Microscopy -- 2.8 Dark Ground Microscopy -- References -- 3 Polarized Light: Theory and Measurements -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Light and Its Interaction with Matter -- 3.3 Elliptically and Circularly Polarized Light -- 3.4 The Uniaxial Indicatrix -- 3.5 The Biaxial Indicatrix -- 3.6 Methods of Producing Polarized Light -- 3.7 Types of Birefringence -- 3.8 The Passage of Polarized Light through Thin Birefringent Plates -- 3.9 Polarization Colours -- 3.10 Relation between Orientation and Birefringence -- 3.11 The Polarizing Microscope -- 3.12 Measurement of Optical Path Difference -- 3.13 Compensators -- 3.14 Dispersion of Birefringence -- 3.15 Spectrophotometric Method -- 3.16 The Wedge Method -- 3.17 Use of the Abbé Refractometer -- References -- 4 Polarized Light: Qualitative Microscopy -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Spherulites -- 4.3 Theory of Spherulitic Crystallization -- 4.4 Different Types of Spherulite -- 4.5 Spherulitic Forms of Polypropylene -- 4.6 Effect of Processing on Spherulites -- 4.7 Small Angle Light Scattering -- 4.8 Molecular Orientation -- References -- 5 Modulation Contrast and Differential Interference Contrast Techniques -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 General Principles -- 5.3 The Modulation Contrast System -- 5.4 Differential Interference Contrast -- 5.5 Adjusting the Contrast Systems -- 5.6 Comparison with the Phase Contrast Microscope -- 5.7 Reflected Light Work -- 5.8 Image Interpretation -- 5.9 Applications to Polymers -- References -- 6 Interference Microscopy of Polymers -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 The Basic Principles of Quantitative Microinterferometry -- 6.3 Reflected Light Applications -- 6.4 Interpretation of Surface Interferograms -- 6.5 Some Reflected Light Systems Applicable to Polymers -- 6.6 Transmitted Light Interference Microscopy -- 6.7 Transmitted Light Systems -- 6.8 Compensators -- References -- 7 Ultraviolet and Fluorescence Microscopy -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Equipment and Techniques -- 7.3 Applications to Non-polymer Materials -- 7.4 Non-Microscopic Applications of Fluorescence from Polymers -- 7.5 Applications of UV Microscopy to Synthetic Polymers -- References.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 8
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401167710
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: One: Agricultural Research Systems -- 1. National Agricultural Research Systems: Selected Case Histories -- 2. National Agricultural Research Systems: An Overview -- 3. Components of the National Agricultural Research Systems -- 4. International Agricultural Research Systems and Co-operation -- Two: Agricultural Research-Form and Content -- 5. The Conceptual Framework -- 6. Allocation of Resources for Agricultural Research -- 7. Planning the Research Programme -- 8. The Research Project -- Three: Human Resources in Agricultural Research -- 9. Formation of the Research Worker -- 10. Manpower Needs, Recruitment and Personnel Policy -- 11. The Research Organisation as a Social System -- Four: Organisational Structure at the Institutional Level -- 12. Structure of a National Agricultural Research Institute -- 13. Regionalisation of Agricultural Research -- Five: Administration in the Service of Research -- 14. Principles of Research Management -- 15. The Scientist as Research Administrator -- 16. Administrative Personnel and Service Units -- Six: The Transfer of Technology -- 17. National Extension Services. Selected Case Histories and Overview -- 18. The Role and Objectives of Agricultural Extension -- 19. The Structure of National Agricultural Extension Services -- 20. Human Resources in Extension -- 21. The Adoption of New Technology -- 22. The Agricultural Information System (AIS).
    Abstract: Agricultural research was probably the first and is the most widespread form of organised research in the world, and one in which both the most developed and underdeveloped countries are engaged. Whilst most forms of research activity, such as in the field of medicine, have world­ wide application, agricultural research, by its very nature, has to be regional; practically no research finding can be adopted without studying the results of its application under the infinite number of ecological situations with which the farmers of the world are faced. The improvement of agricultural production is the essential first step whereby developing countries can hope to raise their standard of living. Research is therefore an activity in which no underdeveloped country can afford not to engage; nor can countries in which agriculture has reached a high level of development and sophistication afford to neglect agricultural research. It is not because of inertia or vested interests that highly industrialised countries maintain, mostly at public expense, a costly and complex infrastructure for agricultural research. Even when problems of overproduction weigh heavily on the economy, agricultural research is considered the essential key to further progress: the objectives and goals are simply changed and adapted to the needs of the economy.
    Description / Table of Contents: One: Agricultural Research Systems1. National Agricultural Research Systems: Selected Case Histories -- 2. National Agricultural Research Systems: An Overview -- 3. Components of the National Agricultural Research Systems -- 4. International Agricultural Research Systems and Co-operation -- Two: Agricultural Research-Form and Content -- 5. The Conceptual Framework -- 6. Allocation of Resources for Agricultural Research -- 7. Planning the Research Programme -- 8. The Research Project -- Three: Human Resources in Agricultural Research -- 9. Formation of the Research Worker -- 10. Manpower Needs, Recruitment and Personnel Policy -- 11. The Research Organisation as a Social System -- Four: Organisational Structure at the Institutional Level -- 12. Structure of a National Agricultural Research Institute -- 13. Regionalisation of Agricultural Research -- Five: Administration in the Service of Research -- 14. Principles of Research Management -- 15. The Scientist as Research Administrator -- 16. Administrative Personnel and Service Units -- Six: The Transfer of Technology -- 17. National Extension Services. Selected Case Histories and Overview -- 18. The Role and Objectives of Agricultural Extension -- 19. The Structure of National Agricultural Extension Services -- 20. Human Resources in Extension -- 21. The Adoption of New Technology -- 22. The Agricultural Information System (AIS).
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 9
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Springer US
    ISBN: 9781468465600
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Microcomputer Control -- 2 DC Circuits and Power Supplies -- 3 Operational Amplifiers -- 4 Transistors -- 5 Transducers -- 6 Actuators -- 7 Binary Numbers and Digital Electronics -- 8 Conversion Between Digital and Analog -- 9 Memories -- 10 Binary Arithmetic -- 11 Programming a Microprocessor -- 12 Assembly Language Programming -- 13 The Structure of an Elementary Microcomputer -- 14 Parallel Input/Output and Interrupts -- 15 Serial Input/Output and Modems -- 16 Dynamic Behavior of Systems -- 17 The Computer and Its Sampling Processes -- 18 Field Application of Microcomputer Controllers.
    Abstract: Microcomputers are having, and will have in the future, a significant impact on the technology of all fields of engineering. The applications of micro­ computers of various types that are now integrated into engineering include computers and programs for calculations, word processing, and graphics. The focus of this book is on still another objective-that of control. The forms of microcomputers used in control range from small boards dedicated to control a single device to microcomputers that oversee the operation of numerous smaller computers in a building complex or an industrial plant. The most­ dramatic growth in control applications recently has been in the microcom­ puters dedicated to control functions in automobiles, appliances, production machines, farm machines, and almost all devices where intelligent decisions are profitable. Both engineering schools and individual practicing engineers have re­ sponded in the past several years to the dramatic growth in microcomputer control applications in thermal and mechanical systems. Universities have established courses in computer control in such departments of engineering as mechanical, civil, agricultural, chemical and others. Instructors and students in these courses see a clear role in the field that complements that of the com­ puter specialist who usually has an electrical engineering or computer science background. The nonEE or nonCS person should first and foremost be com­ petent in the mechanical or thermal system being controlled. The objectives of extending familiarity into the computer controller are (1) to learn the char­ acteristics, limitations, and capabilit.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Microcomputer Control2 DC Circuits and Power Supplies -- 3 Operational Amplifiers -- 4 Transistors -- 5 Transducers -- 6 Actuators -- 7 Binary Numbers and Digital Electronics -- 8 Conversion Between Digital and Analog -- 9 Memories -- 10 Binary Arithmetic -- 11 Programming a Microprocessor -- 12 Assembly Language Programming -- 13 The Structure of an Elementary Microcomputer -- 14 Parallel Input/Output and Interrupts -- 15 Serial Input/Output and Modems -- 16 Dynamic Behavior of Systems -- 17 The Computer and Its Sampling Processes -- 18 Field Application of Microcomputer Controllers.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 10
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401170031
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1. Introduction To Standards and Specifications -- 2. Understanding Blueprints -- 3. Processes And Tolerances -- 4. Artwork Inspection -- 5. Planning: Multilayer And Double Sided Printed Circuits -- 6. Planning Flex And Rigid-Flex Jobs -- 7. Aspects Of Quality Assurance -- A. MIL-STD-275E: Printed Wiring for Electronic Equipment -- B. IPC-D-300G: Printed Board Dimensions and Tolerances -- C. MIL-P-55110D: General Specification for Printed Wiring Boards -- D. IPC-A-600C: Guidelines for Acceptability of Printed Boards -- E. MIL-P-13949F: Plastic Sheet, Laminated, Metal Clad (For Printed Wiring Boards) -- F. MIL-STD-2118: Design Requirements for Flex and Rigid-Flex Printed Wiring for Electronic Equipment.
    Abstract: I would like to present some definitions which will be helpful in understanding the purpose of this book. From The American Heritage Dictionary of the En­ glish Language: Engineer 1. A person who skillfully or shrewdly manages an enterprise. 2. To plan, construct, and manage, as an engineer. 3. To plan, manage, and put through by skillful acts, or contrivance. Engineering 1. The application of scientific principles to practical ends as the design, con­ struction, and operation of efficient and economical structures, equipment and systems. 2. The profession of, or work performed by an engineer. Some words encountered in the definitions of engineer and engineering are Skillfully, Plan, and Manage. This book is concerned with engineering the man­ ufacture of printed circuit boards, and is dedicated to those people engaged in designing, planning, manufacturing, and achieving quality assurance in printed circuits. In The Handbook of Printed Circuit Manufacturing (Van Nostrand Reinhold, 1985), I presented detailed practical and theoretical information on the opera­ tions involved in manufacturing printed circuits. It is possible to perform each operation in an optimum fashion, and still leave room for improvement. Much of that room for improvement requires the skillful application of scientific prin­ ciples, planning, and management. It is the goal of this book to provide a sound background in industry standards and specifications, blueprint comprehension, artwork inspection, processes and tolerances, planning and quality assurance.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Introduction To Standards and Specifications2. Understanding Blueprints -- 3. Processes And Tolerances -- 4. Artwork Inspection -- 5. Planning: Multilayer And Double Sided Printed Circuits -- 6. Planning Flex And Rigid-Flex Jobs -- 7. Aspects Of Quality Assurance -- A. MIL-STD-275E: Printed Wiring for Electronic Equipment -- B. IPC-D-300G: Printed Board Dimensions and Tolerances -- C. MIL-P-55110D: General Specification for Printed Wiring Boards -- D. IPC-A-600C: Guidelines for Acceptability of Printed Boards -- E. MIL-P-13949F: Plastic Sheet, Laminated, Metal Clad (For Printed Wiring Boards) -- F. MIL-STD-2118: Design Requirements for Flex and Rigid-Flex Printed Wiring for Electronic Equipment.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 11
    ISBN: 9789401174633
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: One Getting to Know Gems -- 1 Becoming Intimate with Gems -- 2 Factors of Importance—an Overview -- Two Diamonds -- 3 The Magic of Diamonds -- 4 The Importance of Cut and Proportion -- 5 Body Color -- 6 The Effect of Flaws -- 7 Weight -- 8 How to Spot a Fraud -- 9 Bait or Flamboyant Advertising -- 10 What to Ask When Buying a Diamond -- Three Colored Gemstones -- 11 The Mystery and Magic of Colored Gems -- 12 Determining Value in Colored Gems -- 13 Fraud and Misrepresentation in Colored Gems -- 14 Buying Colored Gems -- 15 Precious Gemstones -- 16 Other Colored Gems -- Four Important Advice Before you buy -- 17 How to Select a Reputable Jeweler -- 18 How to Select a Reputable Gemologist-Appraiser -- 19 A Word About Investment -- Sources for Additional Information -- A Selected List of Gem-Identification Laboratories -- National Jewelry Associations -- State Jewelers’ Associations -- Selected Readings.
    Abstract: to this edition In working with my own clients to acquire gemstones and jewelry since this book was first published in 1984, they have pointed out that most people buy "jewelry" and not "gemstones." Because the book offers so much practical advice and money-saving tips about buying jewelry, they urged me to change the title. So, in this edition The Complete Guide to Buying Gems has been changed to Jewelry & Gems: The Buying Guide. Consumer and professional response to the book has been very gratifying. Almost 14,000 hardcover copies are in circulation. We have received hundreds of letters, phone calls and in-person comments about the helpfulness and interesting information it provides. We thank you for encouraging us to make the book more widely available by bringing out this softcover edition. We have taken the opportunity of this softcover edition to update the price guides for diamonds and colored gemstones and, in light of the increase in both the popularity and price of pearls, to add a price guide for them in the "Guide to Popular Gems and Their Prices." Also, we want to take this opportunity to comment further on gem invest­ ment, taking into account major developments since the original manuscript was written in 1980.
    Description / Table of Contents: One Getting to Know Gems1 Becoming Intimate with Gems -- 2 Factors of Importance-an Overview -- Two Diamonds -- 3 The Magic of Diamonds -- 4 The Importance of Cut and Proportion -- 5 Body Color -- 6 The Effect of Flaws -- 7 Weight -- 8 How to Spot a Fraud -- 9 Bait or Flamboyant Advertising -- 10 What to Ask When Buying a Diamond -- Three Colored Gemstones -- 11 The Mystery and Magic of Colored Gems -- 12 Determining Value in Colored Gems -- 13 Fraud and Misrepresentation in Colored Gems -- 14 Buying Colored Gems -- 15 Precious Gemstones -- 16 Other Colored Gems -- Four Important Advice Before you buy -- 17 How to Select a Reputable Jeweler -- 18 How to Select a Reputable Gemologist-Appraiser -- 19 A Word About Investment -- Sources for Additional Information -- A Selected List of Gem-Identification Laboratories -- National Jewelry Associations -- State Jewelers’ Associations -- Selected Readings.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 12
    ISBN: 9781468489057
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (560 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: Key Note Lecture 1 -- Key Note Lecture 2 -- Key Note Lecture 3 -- Machinery/Systems Health Monitoring -- Quality, Reliability, Health and Safety -- Plant and Process Health Monitoring -- Application of Expert Systems in COMADEM -- Information/Data Management -- Condition-based Maintenance Management -- Advances in Instrumentation and Control Technology -- Advances in Diagnostic Technology -- Energy Monitoring and Management -- Condition Monitoring of Offshore Structures and Installations -- Advances in Non-destructive Testing (NDT)/Non-destructive Evaluation (NDE) -- Novel Application of COM ADEM Techniques -- Continuing Education and Training in COMADEM -- Author Index.
    Abstract: RajB KNRao Conference Director, Birmingham Polytechnic Condition Monitoring and Diagnostic Engineering Management (COMADEM) is a relatively new field that has already made its mark in a wide range of industries. But all the signs are that even more will be required of researchers in the field over the next decade, for COMADEM directly addresses a whole range of issues that are likely to become increasingly important to companies as competitiveness increases along with the uncertainties resulting from rapid technological change. Already for example, businesses are having to scrutinize the economics of plant and machinery in greater detail than ever before; reliability is becoming a crucial factor as the costs of unscheduled breakdowns rise and there is increasing pressure on companies to demonstrate and assure improved health and safety conditions, especially in light of the growing number of catastrophic accidents that have occured throughout the world. Because it offers solutions to these and similar problems, COMADEM is now gaining an international reputation as a problem-solving, user-friendly and financially beneficial multi-discipline with immense potential. Many people at the senior management level are now convinced that COMADEM has much to offer and are wasting no time in reaping maximum benefit from the latest developments. The fact that the first UK informal seminar on COMADEM - COMADEM 88 - proved to be a great success and had a truly international flavour reflected this growing interest in the new field.
    Description / Table of Contents: Key Note Lecture 1Key Note Lecture 2 -- Key Note Lecture 3 -- Machinery/Systems Health Monitoring -- Quality, Reliability, Health and Safety -- Plant and Process Health Monitoring -- Application of Expert Systems in COMADEM -- Information/Data Management -- Condition-based Maintenance Management -- Advances in Instrumentation and Control Technology -- Advances in Diagnostic Technology -- Energy Monitoring and Management -- Condition Monitoring of Offshore Structures and Installations -- Advances in Non-destructive Testing (NDT)/Non-destructive Evaluation (NDE) -- Novel Application of COM ADEM Techniques -- Continuing Education and Training in COMADEM -- Author Index.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 13
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands | Dordrecht : Imprint: Springer
    ISBN: 9789401148467
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (vii, 127 p) , ill
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Introduction -- 2 History -- 3 Occurrence and isolation -- 4 Biological activities -- 5 Carbohydrate specificity -- 6 Molecular properties -- 7 Three dimensional structures -- 8 Biosynthesis -- 9 Applications -- 10 Lectin resistant cells -- 11 Functions in nature -- 12 Epilogue.
    Abstract: A characteristic property of most, or perhaps all, proteins is their ability to combine specifically and reversibly with various substances. Well known examples are enzymes that bind substrates and inhibitors, and antibodies that bind antigens. This book deals with lectins, a class of proteins that bind carbohydrates. Another characteristic property of lectins is that they agglutinate cells or precipitate polysaccharides and glycoproteins. This is because lectins are polyvalent, i.e. each lectin molecule has at least two carbohydrate binding sites to allow crosslinking between cells (by combining with sugars on their surfaces) or between sugar containing macromolecules. The agglutinating and precipitating activities of lectins are very similar to those of antibodies. They can likewise be specifically inhibited by low molecular weight compounds (haptens), which in the case of lectins are sugars or sugar containing compounds (Fig. 1.1). Not surprisingly, therefore, many of the methods used in lectin research are based on immunochemical techniques. Nevertheless, lectins are different from antibodies in several important aspects. Many lectins are found in plants, microorganisms and viruses, which do not synthesize immunoglobulins. In fact, they are found in almost all living organisms (Table 1.1) and are not confined to specific organs or tissues. Another marked difference between the two classes of compound is that antibodies are structurally similar, whereas lectins are structurally diverse. In general, lectins are oligomeric proteins composed of subunits, usually with one sugar binding site per subunit.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Introduction2 History -- 3 Occurrence and isolation -- 4 Biological activities -- 5 Carbohydrate specificity -- 6 Molecular properties -- 7 Three dimensional structures -- 8 Biosynthesis -- 9 Applications -- 10 Lectin resistant cells -- 11 Functions in nature -- 12 Epilogue.
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 14
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Springer US
    ISBN: 9781461308539
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Series Statement: Current Phycology
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1.Introduction -- 2. Collection and Handling of Prochloron and Its Hosts -- Collection and Handling -- Treatment of Prochloron cells -- Conclusion -- 3. Prochloron in Symbiosis -- Photosynthesis -- Translocation -- Formation of the Symbiosis -- Biochemical Interactions between the Symbionts -- Other Interactions between the Symbionts -- References -- 4. Physiological and Cellular Features of Prochloron -- Photosynthetic Features of Prochloron -- Respiratory Behavior and Carbon Balance in Prochloron -- Properties of the Photosynthetic Pigments and Membranes of Prochloron -- Physiology of the Prochloron-Ascidian Association -- Some Suggested Physiological Requirements for the Culture of Prochloron -- Conclusion -- References -- 5. Biochemical Features of Prochloron -- General Features of Enzyme Isolation -- Enzymes of Photosynthetic Carbon Metabolism -- Enzymes of Glucan Synthesis and Storage Carbohydrates -- Lipophilic Components -- Properties of Membrane Fractions -- Miscellaneous Compounds and Metabolic Investigations -- Conclusion -- References -- 6. Phylogenetic Considerations of Prochloron -- Phylogenetic Position -- Phylogentic Rank -- Possible Relationship to Chloroplasts -- References -- 7. The Cytology of Prochloron -- The Cell Wall -- Thylakoids -- Inclusions -- Nucleic Acids -- Conclusion -- References -- 8. A Status Report on Prochlorothrix hollandica a Free-Living Prochlorophyte -- Epilogue -- Author Index.
    Abstract: Ralph A. LewiQand Lanna Cheng In physics, the discovery of new (more properly, hitherto undetected) particles has often resulted from a search: like the discovery of America, their existence had been postulated but their actual existence awaited confirmation. In biology, new discoveries are rarely made in this way. The existence of an alga like Prochloron, as a putative ancestor of chloro­ plasts, had been postulated, but in fact its discovery was a consequence of fortuitous events. Green algal symbionts in didemnid ascidians had been known for decades to a few marine zoologists who had worked in coral reef areas, but nobody had bothered much about them. When we happened to find them, under boulders on a seashore in Baja California, Mexico, where we were taking part in a student expedition, we didn't bother much either at first, though they worried us a little. With our portable microscope we could see no nuclei in the cells, which, according to the dogma accepted at the time, indicated that they were blue-green algae-yet they didn't look blue-green. They were leaf-green, like green algae and higher plants. We made desultory attempts to grow them in culture, in variously enriched seawater media, but failed. (This proved to be a frustrating experience, all too frequently repeated on subsequent expeditions. ) We collected enough for electron microscopy, though, and transmission electron microscopy (TEM) studies indicated that the cells were unequivocally prokaryotic.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1.Introduction2. Collection and Handling of Prochloron and Its Hosts -- Collection and Handling -- Treatment of Prochloron cells -- Conclusion -- 3. Prochloron in Symbiosis -- Photosynthesis -- Translocation -- Formation of the Symbiosis -- Biochemical Interactions between the Symbionts -- Other Interactions between the Symbionts -- References -- 4. Physiological and Cellular Features of Prochloron -- Photosynthetic Features of Prochloron -- Respiratory Behavior and Carbon Balance in Prochloron -- Properties of the Photosynthetic Pigments and Membranes of Prochloron -- Physiology of the Prochloron-Ascidian Association -- Some Suggested Physiological Requirements for the Culture of Prochloron -- Conclusion -- References -- 5. Biochemical Features of Prochloron -- General Features of Enzyme Isolation -- Enzymes of Photosynthetic Carbon Metabolism -- Enzymes of Glucan Synthesis and Storage Carbohydrates -- Lipophilic Components -- Properties of Membrane Fractions -- Miscellaneous Compounds and Metabolic Investigations -- Conclusion -- References -- 6. Phylogenetic Considerations of Prochloron -- Phylogenetic Position -- Phylogentic Rank -- Possible Relationship to Chloroplasts -- References -- 7. The Cytology of Prochloron -- The Cell Wall -- Thylakoids -- Inclusions -- Nucleic Acids -- Conclusion -- References -- 8. A Status Report on Prochlorothrix hollandica a Free-Living Prochlorophyte -- Epilogue -- Author Index.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 15
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400908352
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: One Distribution and function of regulatory peptides -- 1 Atrial natriuretic peptides—localization, structure, function and phylogeny -- 2 Bombesin -- 3 Gastrin/cholecystokinin-related peptides—comparative aspects -- 4 Neurotensin and related peptides -- 5 Opioid peptides—comparative peripheral mechanisms -- 6 Substance P and other tachykinins -- 7 Vasoactive intestinal peptide -- 8 Pancreatic peptides -- 9 Peptides in invertebrates -- Two Integrated physiological functions -- 10 Gut motility -- 11 Gut secretion -- 12 The cardiovascular system -- 13 Co-existence and co-function -- 14 Biosynthesis of regulatory peptides—evolutionary aspects.
    Abstract: Strictly speaking, the term regulatory peptides may include any peptide which has a regulatory function in any organism. In recent years, how­ ever, the term has come to mean those originally classified as brain-gut peptides. The peptides initially defined as those belonging to the brain­ gut axis had a dual location in neurones of the brain and endocrine cells of the gut. We now include a number of neuropeptides found in the autonomic nervous system of the gut, the cardiovascular system and other systems. To many scientists comparative physiology means comparison of the mechanisms of certain functions in the rat, the guinea-pig, the cat and maybe some other mammal. If the philosophy is that man is the centre of the universe and other mammals can be used as 'models' of man, this may well be the most useful way to study the functions of the human being, without actually chopping somebody up. However, with a some­ what wider perspective on life, it is easy to see the importance of a full understanding of the function of all living organisms, in its own right as well as a link in the evolution towards individuals able to survive and reproduce in very different environments. The importance of com­ parative studies in all living organisms cannot be emphasized too much. It has been the ambition with this book to treat all animals as equally important.
    Description / Table of Contents: One Distribution and function of regulatory peptides1 Atrial natriuretic peptides-localization, structure, function and phylogeny -- 2 Bombesin -- 3 Gastrin/cholecystokinin-related peptides-comparative aspects -- 4 Neurotensin and related peptides -- 5 Opioid peptides-comparative peripheral mechanisms -- 6 Substance P and other tachykinins -- 7 Vasoactive intestinal peptide -- 8 Pancreatic peptides -- 9 Peptides in invertebrates -- Two Integrated physiological functions -- 10 Gut motility -- 11 Gut secretion -- 12 The cardiovascular system -- 13 Co-existence and co-function -- 14 Biosynthesis of regulatory peptides-evolutionary aspects.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 16
    ISBN: 9789400911314
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: Use of modern NMR spectroscopy in plant cell wall research -- Near- and mid-infrared studies of the cell wall structure of cereal straw in relation to its rumen degradability -- An introduction to pyrolysis mass spectrometry of lignocellulosic material: case studies on barley straw, corn stem and Agropyron -- Cell wall autofluorescence -- Light microscopy and histology of lignocellulose related to biodegradation -- Electron microscopy as a method to evaluate structure and degradation of plant cell walls -- Some properties of cell wall layers determining ruminant digestion -- Identification and importance of polyphenolic compounds in crop residues -- 13C-NMR spectroscopy of lignins and lignocellulosic materials -- Lignin characterisation of wheat straw samples as determined by chemical degradation procedures -- Determination of phenolic compounds from lignocellulosic by-products by HPLC with electrochemical detector -- Electrochemical approaches to the oxidative degradation of lignins and lignocellulosic materials -- Methods for the evaluation of lignin properties suitable for conversion -- Comparison of chemical and biological methods for predicting feed intakes and animal performance -- Recommendations -- List of Participants.
    Abstract: The workshop reported in this volume is one of a series sponsored by the Commission of the European Communities, Directorate-General for Science, Research and Development (DG XII), under the Concerted Action Programme COST 84-bis, entitled "Use of lignocellulose containing by-products and other plant residues for animal feeding". Since COST 84-bis was established there has been a major shift of emphasis in agricultural research in Europe, with the development of alternative uses for crops and their by-products becoming a priority issue. In recognition of this recent workshops he,ld under the aegis of COST 84-bis have been equally concerned with the potential of lignocellulosic residues to form the feedstock for a variety of new and established industrial uses in addition to their established use as animal feed. Development of strategies for the use of plants or plant residues with a high cell wall content is dependant on knowledge of cell wall structure and organisation and how structure relates to the behaviour of the wall during mechanical, chemical or biological processing. Progress in cell wall research has been greatly facilitated by the substantial developments in methods of instrumental analysis that have occurred during the last decade. Plant tissues now can be examined in far greater detail and far more rapidly than was hitherto possible, often without the need for extraction or modification of the cell wall or its component polymers.
    Description / Table of Contents: Use of modern NMR spectroscopy in plant cell wall researchNear- and mid-infrared studies of the cell wall structure of cereal straw in relation to its rumen degradability -- An introduction to pyrolysis mass spectrometry of lignocellulosic material: case studies on barley straw, corn stem and Agropyron -- Cell wall autofluorescence -- Light microscopy and histology of lignocellulose related to biodegradation -- Electron microscopy as a method to evaluate structure and degradation of plant cell walls -- Some properties of cell wall layers determining ruminant digestion -- Identification and importance of polyphenolic compounds in crop residues -- 13C-NMR spectroscopy of lignins and lignocellulosic materials -- Lignin characterisation of wheat straw samples as determined by chemical degradation procedures -- Determination of phenolic compounds from lignocellulosic by-products by HPLC with electrochemical detector -- Electrochemical approaches to the oxidative degradation of lignins and lignocellulosic materials -- Methods for the evaluation of lignin properties suitable for conversion -- Comparison of chemical and biological methods for predicting feed intakes and animal performance -- Recommendations -- List of Participants.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 17
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400912236
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Introducing nonparametric methods -- 1.1 Basic statistics -- 1.2 Hypothesis tests -- 1.3 Estimation -- 1.4 Samples and populations -- 1.5 Further reading -- 1.6 Computers and nonparametric methods -- Exercises -- 2 Location estimates for single samples -- 2.1 The sign test -- 2.2 Inferences about medians based on ranks -- 2.3 Other location estimators -- 2.4 Fields of application -- Exercises -- 3 Distribution tests and rank transformations for single samples -- 3.1 Matching samples to distributions -- 3.2 Robustness -- 3.3 Transformations of ranks -- 3.4 Practical implications of efficiency -- 3.5 Modified assumptions -- 3.6 Fields of application -- Exercises -- 4 Methods for paired samples -- 4.1 Comparisons in pairs -- 4.2 A less obvious use of the sign test -- 4.3 Fields of application -- Exercises -- 5 Tests and estimation for two independent samples -- 5.1 Location tests and estimates -- 5.2 Wilcoxon—Mann—Whitney confidence intervals -- 5.3 Tests on functions of ranks -- 5.4 Tests for equality of variance -- 5.5 A test for a common distribution -- 5.6 Fields of application -- Exercises -- 6 Three or more samples -- 6.1 Possible extensions -- 6.2 Location tests for independent samples -- 6.3 Tests for heterogeneity of variance for independent samples -- 6.4 Further tests for several independent samples -- 6.5 Location comparisons for related samples -- 6.6 Fields of application -- Exercises -- 7 Bivariate and multivariate data -- 7.1 Correlation in bivariate data -- 7.2 Nonparametric bivariate linear regression -- 7.3 Monotonie regression -- 7.4 Multivariate data -- 7.5 Fields of application -- Exercises -- 8 Counts and categories -- 8.1 Categorical data -- 8.2 Tests for independence in two-way tables -- 8.3 The log-linear model -- 8.4 Goodness of fit tests for discrete data -- 8.5 Fields of application -- Exercises -- 9 Robustness, jackknives and bootstraps -- 9.1 The computer and robustness -- 9.2 Jackknives and bootstraps -- 9.3 Fields of application -- Exercises -- 10 Looking ahead -- 10.1 Nonparametric methods in a wider context -- 10.2 Developments from basic techniques -- 10.3 More sophisticated developments -- 10.4 The Bayesian approach -- A1 Random variables -- A2 Permutations and combinations -- A6 Least squares regression -- A7 Data sets -- A8 Tables of critical values for nonparametric methods -- References -- Solutions to odd-numbered exercises.
    Abstract: This book is a practical introduction to statistical techniques called nonpara­ metric methods. Using examples, we explain assumptions and demonstrate procedures; theory is kept to a minimum. We show how basic problems are tackled and try to clear up common misapprehensions so as to help both students of statistics meeting the methods for the first time and workers in other fields faced with data needing simple but informative analysis. An analogy between experimenters and car drivers describes our aim. Statistical analyses may be done by following a set of rules without understanding their logical basis, but this has dangers. It is like driving a car with no inkling ofhow the internal combustion engine, the gears, the ignition system, the brakes actually work. Understanding the rudiments helps one get better performance and makesdrivingsafer;appropriate gearchanges become a way to reduce engine stress, prolong engine life, improve fuel economy, minimize wear on brake linings. Knowing how to change the engine oil or replace worn sparking plugs is notessential for adriver, but it will reduce costs. Learning such basics will not make one a fully fledged mechanic, even less an automotive engineer; but it all contributes to more economical and safer driving, alertingone to the dangers ofbald tyres, aleakingexhaust, worn brake linings.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Introducing nonparametric methods1.1 Basic statistics -- 1.2 Hypothesis tests -- 1.3 Estimation -- 1.4 Samples and populations -- 1.5 Further reading -- 1.6 Computers and nonparametric methods -- Exercises -- 2 Location estimates for single samples -- 2.1 The sign test -- 2.2 Inferences about medians based on ranks -- 2.3 Other location estimators -- 2.4 Fields of application -- Exercises -- 3 Distribution tests and rank transformations for single samples -- 3.1 Matching samples to distributions -- 3.2 Robustness -- 3.3 Transformations of ranks -- 3.4 Practical implications of efficiency -- 3.5 Modified assumptions -- 3.6 Fields of application -- Exercises -- 4 Methods for paired samples -- 4.1 Comparisons in pairs -- 4.2 A less obvious use of the sign test -- 4.3 Fields of application -- Exercises -- 5 Tests and estimation for two independent samples -- 5.1 Location tests and estimates -- 5.2 Wilcoxon-Mann-Whitney confidence intervals -- 5.3 Tests on functions of ranks -- 5.4 Tests for equality of variance -- 5.5 A test for a common distribution -- 5.6 Fields of application -- Exercises -- 6 Three or more samples -- 6.1 Possible extensions -- 6.2 Location tests for independent samples -- 6.3 Tests for heterogeneity of variance for independent samples -- 6.4 Further tests for several independent samples -- 6.5 Location comparisons for related samples -- 6.6 Fields of application -- Exercises -- 7 Bivariate and multivariate data -- 7.1 Correlation in bivariate data -- 7.2 Nonparametric bivariate linear regression -- 7.3 Monotonie regression -- 7.4 Multivariate data -- 7.5 Fields of application -- Exercises -- 8 Counts and categories -- 8.1 Categorical data -- 8.2 Tests for independence in two-way tables -- 8.3 The log-linear model -- 8.4 Goodness of fit tests for discrete data -- 8.5 Fields of application -- Exercises -- 9 Robustness, jackknives and bootstraps -- 9.1 The computer and robustness -- 9.2 Jackknives and bootstraps -- 9.3 Fields of application -- Exercises -- 10 Looking ahead -- 10.1 Nonparametric methods in a wider context -- 10.2 Developments from basic techniques -- 10.3 More sophisticated developments -- 10.4 The Bayesian approach -- A1 Random variables -- A2 Permutations and combinations -- A6 Least squares regression -- A7 Data sets -- A8 Tables of critical values for nonparametric methods -- References -- Solutions to odd-numbered exercises.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 18
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401170352
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Optical Fiber Waveguides -- 1. Transmission Properties of Optical Fibers -- 2. Measurement and Characterization of Optical Fibers -- 3. Advanced Single-Mode Fiber Designs for Lightwave Systems Applications -- 4. Polarization-Maintaining Optical Fibers -- 5. Transmission Limitations in Fibers due to Nonlinear Optical Effects -- 2 Fiber-Joining Technology and Passive Optical Components -- 6. Optical Fiber Connectors, Splices, and Jointing Technology -- 7. Passive Components for Optical Coupling and WDM Applications -- 3 Semiconductor Laser Sources and Photodetectors -- 8. Basic Physics of Semiconductor Lasers -- 9. Fabrication and Characterization of Semiconductor Lasers -- 10. Transverse Mode Control in Semiconductor Lasers -- 11. Longitudinal Mode Control in Laser Diodes -- 12. Modulation Properties of Semiconductor Lasers -- 13. High-Power Semiconductor Lasers -- 14. Photodetectors for Long-Wavelength Lightwave Systems -- 4 Optical Transmitters and Receivers -- 15. Semiconductor Laser Transmitters -- 16. Optical Receivers -- 5 Applications of Optoelectronics in Lightwave Systems -- 17. Optical Communications: Single-Mode Optical Fiber Transmission Systems -- 18. Optical Fiber Communication Systems: Local Area Networks -- 19. Future Applications of Optical Fiber Networks -- 20. Free-Space Optical Communication Systems -- 21. Optical Fiber Sensor Technology -- 22. Optoelectronic Information Processing: Laser Bar Code and Laser Printer Systems -- 6 Future Optoelectronic Technology and Transmission Systems -- 23. Optoelectronic Integrated Circuits -- 24. Coherent Optical Fiber Communication Systems—The Promise for the Future -- 7 Impacts on the Information Society -- 25. The Impact of Optoelectronics Technology on the Information Society.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Optical Fiber Waveguides1. Transmission Properties of Optical Fibers -- 2. Measurement and Characterization of Optical Fibers -- 3. Advanced Single-Mode Fiber Designs for Lightwave Systems Applications -- 4. Polarization-Maintaining Optical Fibers -- 5. Transmission Limitations in Fibers due to Nonlinear Optical Effects -- 2 Fiber-Joining Technology and Passive Optical Components -- 6. Optical Fiber Connectors, Splices, and Jointing Technology -- 7. Passive Components for Optical Coupling and WDM Applications -- 3 Semiconductor Laser Sources and Photodetectors -- 8. Basic Physics of Semiconductor Lasers -- 9. Fabrication and Characterization of Semiconductor Lasers -- 10. Transverse Mode Control in Semiconductor Lasers -- 11. Longitudinal Mode Control in Laser Diodes -- 12. Modulation Properties of Semiconductor Lasers -- 13. High-Power Semiconductor Lasers -- 14. Photodetectors for Long-Wavelength Lightwave Systems -- 4 Optical Transmitters and Receivers -- 15. Semiconductor Laser Transmitters -- 16. Optical Receivers -- 5 Applications of Optoelectronics in Lightwave Systems -- 17. Optical Communications: Single-Mode Optical Fiber Transmission Systems -- 18. Optical Fiber Communication Systems: Local Area Networks -- 19. Future Applications of Optical Fiber Networks -- 20. Free-Space Optical Communication Systems -- 21. Optical Fiber Sensor Technology -- 22. Optoelectronic Information Processing: Laser Bar Code and Laser Printer Systems -- 6 Future Optoelectronic Technology and Transmission Systems -- 23. Optoelectronic Integrated Circuits -- 24. Coherent Optical Fiber Communication Systems-The Promise for the Future -- 7 Impacts on the Information Society -- 25. The Impact of Optoelectronics Technology on the Information Society.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 19
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401165327
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: One Introduction to Surface Mounting -- 1 Introduction to Surface Mounting -- 2 Implementing Surface Mount Technology -- Two Designing with Surface Mounting -- 3 Surface Mount Components -- 4 Substrates for Surface Mounting -- 5 Surface Mount Design Considerations -- 6 Surface Mount Land Pattern Design -- 7 Design for Manufacturability, Testing, and Repair -- Three Manufacturing with Surface Mounting -- 8 Adhesive and Its Application -- 9 Solder Paste and Its Application -- 10 Metallurgy of Soldering and Solderability -- 11 Component Placement -- 12 Soldering of Surface Mounted Components -- 13 Flux and Cleaning -- 14 Quality Control, Repair, and Testing -- Appendix A Surface Mount Standards -- Appendix B Detailed Questionnaire for Evaluating Pick-and-Place Equipment for Surface Mounting -- Appendix C Glossary.
    Abstract: Surface Mount Technology is not a technology of tommorrow but a technology of today. It provides a quantum jump in the packaging tech­ nology to produce state-of-the-art miniaturized electronic products. How­ ever, in order to take advantage of this technology, a complete infrastruc­ ture must be put in place. This requires considerable investment in human and capital resources. Intel corporation has made these investments to keep its customers for components and systems on the leading edge of technology. Based on the experience of putting this infrastructure in place for system products, this book is written for managers who need to manage the risk during its implementation, and the practicing engineers who need to improve the design and manufacturing processes for improved yield and cost reduction. To accomplish this task, I have not only culled the infor­ mation from published materials, but have also depended on input from both my colleagues in Intel and such outside organizations as the Institute of interconnecting and Packaging electronic Circuits (IPC) , the Electronics Industries Association (EIA), and the Surface Mount Council. But the underlying basis for this book has been my first-hand experience in im­ plementing this technology for Intel Systems Group and my experience at Boeing, my previous employer. In a fast-changing technology like SMT, it is very easy to have obsolete information even before the book is published. For this reason, I have concentrated on the basic principles and practice of the technology.
    Description / Table of Contents: One Introduction to Surface Mounting1 Introduction to Surface Mounting -- 2 Implementing Surface Mount Technology -- Two Designing with Surface Mounting -- 3 Surface Mount Components -- 4 Substrates for Surface Mounting -- 5 Surface Mount Design Considerations -- 6 Surface Mount Land Pattern Design -- 7 Design for Manufacturability, Testing, and Repair -- Three Manufacturing with Surface Mounting -- 8 Adhesive and Its Application -- 9 Solder Paste and Its Application -- 10 Metallurgy of Soldering and Solderability -- 11 Component Placement -- 12 Soldering of Surface Mounted Components -- 13 Flux and Cleaning -- 14 Quality Control, Repair, and Testing -- Appendix A Surface Mount Standards -- Appendix B Detailed Questionnaire for Evaluating Pick-and-Place Equipment for Surface Mounting -- Appendix C Glossary.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 20
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Springer US
    ISBN: 9781468466058
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: I -- 1 Introduction -- 2 Designing for Building Construction -- 3 Computer Models -- II -- 4 Planning a CAD System -- 5 Implementing a System — Management Issues -- 6 Implementing a System — Hardware and Software -- III -- 7 Preliminary Project Design -- 8 Project Management -- 9 Components: Graphical Representation -- 10 Model Assembly and Drawings for Detailed Design of Projects -- 11 Non-graphical Design Information -- 12 Project Control and Quality Assurance -- 13 Construction, Space Planning and Building Management -- 14 Concluding Remarks and The Future -- References.
    Abstract: In the era of Information Technology, the computer is the machine-tool. Designers and planners are information workers and many have turned to CAD technology, hoping to find something that will ensure survival in the increasingly competitive business climate. The new problem relates not to any limitations of systems, but to the lack of knowledge on how to implement, manage and control the CAD technology. This book is aimed at design professionals, planners and managers. Although references and examples relate to building and construction work, most of the principles are unlikely to differ whatever the application. As a result, it should be useful in the fields of mechanical engineering and manufacturing industry too. Chapter 13 deals with applications in construction planning, space planning and facilities management. Emphasis throughout is on people, responsibilities, applications, organisation and procedures. The design process is highly interactive. Manual drawing, or use of a computer drafting system to mimic this, inevitably leads to inconsistencies within in the design information. Computer modelling of projects presents better opportunities and the many techniques range from 2-D modelling to solid modelling. A blend of 2-D and 3-D methods to suit the application is essential today. System planning itself requires a carefully managed feasibility study comprising preliminary and detailed phases. Objectives and requirements of the office must be set down. Then there is something to compare the available systems with. The chosen system must be capable of evolving to meet an ever-changing future.
    Description / Table of Contents: I1 Introduction -- 2 Designing for Building Construction -- 3 Computer Models -- II -- 4 Planning a CAD System -- 5 Implementing a System - Management Issues -- 6 Implementing a System - Hardware and Software -- III -- 7 Preliminary Project Design -- 8 Project Management -- 9 Components: Graphical Representation -- 10 Model Assembly and Drawings for Detailed Design of Projects -- 11 Non-graphical Design Information -- 12 Project Control and Quality Assurance -- 13 Construction, Space Planning and Building Management -- 14 Concluding Remarks and The Future -- References.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 21
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400908253
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Fourth Edition
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 The Development of Antimicrobial Agents, Past, Present and Future -- The social and economic importance of antimicrobial agents -- An outline of the historical development of antimicrobial agents and of chemotherapeutic theories -- Reasons for studying the biochemistry of antimicrobial compounds -- Development of biochemical knowledge of antimicrobial action -- Scope and layout of the present book -- 2 The Bacterial Cell Wall — A Vulnerable Shield -- Functions of the wall -- Wall structure -- Structure and biosynthesis of peptidoglycan -- Antibiotics that inhibit peptidoglycan biosynthesis -- 3 Antiseptics, Antibiotics and the Cell Membrane -- Microbe killers: antiseptics and disinfectants -- Polypeptide antibiotics -- Ionophoric antibiotics -- Polyene antibiotics -- An inhibitor of membrane phospholipid biosynthesis -- 4 Inhibitors of Nucleic Acid Synthesis -- Compounds affecting the biosynthesis of nucleotide precursors -- Inhibitors of nucleic acid synthesis at the polymerization level -- 5 Inhibitors of Protein Synthesis -- Ribosomes -- Stages in protein biosynthesis -- Puromycin -- Inhibitors of aminoacyl-tRNA formation -- Inhibitors of initiation-complex formation and tRNA—ribosome interaction -- Inhibitors of peptide bond formation and translocation -- Nucleic acid synthesis during inhibition of protein synthesis -- Effects of inhibitors of 70S ribosomes on eukaryotic cells -- 6 Antifungal, Antiprotozoal and Antiviral Agents -- Compounds used to treat protozoal diseases -- Compounds used to treat fungal diseases -- Compounds used to treat virus diseases -- 7 Penetrating the Defences: How Antimicrobial Agents Reach Their Targets -- Cellular permeability barriers to drug penetration -- Some examples of modes of penetration of antimicrobial agents -- The exploitation of transport systems in the design of new antimicrobial agents -- 8 Resistance to Antimicrobial Drugs -- The genetics of drug resistance -- Spread of drug resistance by gene transfer -- Biochemical mechanisms of drug resistance -- Bacterial tolerance -- Practical approaches to the control of drug resistance.
    Abstract: The rapid advances made in the study of the synthesis, structure and function of biological macromolecules in the last fifteen years have enabled scientists concerned with antimicrobial agents to achieve a considerable measure of understanding of how these substances inhibit cell growth and division. The use of antimicrobial agents as highly specific inhibitors has in turn substantially assisted the investigation of complex biochemical pro­ cesses. The literature in Ihis field is so extensive however, that we considered an attempt should be made to draw together in an introductory book the more significant studies of recent years. This book, which is in fact based on lec­ ture courses given by us to undergraduates at Liverpool and Manchester Universities, is therefore intended as an introduction 'to the biochemistry of antimicrobial action for advanced students in many disciplines. We hope that it may also be useful to established scientists who are new to this area of research. The book is concerned with a discussion of medically important antimicro­ bial compounds and also a number of agents that, although having no medical uses, have proved invaluable as research tools in biochemistry. Our aim has been to esent pr the available information in a simple and readable way, emphasizing the established facts rather than more controversial material. Whenever possible, however, we have indicated the gaps in the present knowledge of the subject where further information is required.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 The Development of Antimicrobial Agents, Past, Present and FutureThe social and economic importance of antimicrobial agents -- An outline of the historical development of antimicrobial agents and of chemotherapeutic theories -- Reasons for studying the biochemistry of antimicrobial compounds -- Development of biochemical knowledge of antimicrobial action -- Scope and layout of the present book -- 2 The Bacterial Cell Wall - A Vulnerable Shield -- Functions of the wall -- Wall structure -- Structure and biosynthesis of peptidoglycan -- Antibiotics that inhibit peptidoglycan biosynthesis -- 3 Antiseptics, Antibiotics and the Cell Membrane -- Microbe killers: antiseptics and disinfectants -- Polypeptide antibiotics -- Ionophoric antibiotics -- Polyene antibiotics -- An inhibitor of membrane phospholipid biosynthesis -- 4 Inhibitors of Nucleic Acid Synthesis -- Compounds affecting the biosynthesis of nucleotide precursors -- Inhibitors of nucleic acid synthesis at the polymerization level -- 5 Inhibitors of Protein Synthesis -- Ribosomes -- Stages in protein biosynthesis -- Puromycin -- Inhibitors of aminoacyl-tRNA formation -- Inhibitors of initiation-complex formation and tRNA-ribosome interaction -- Inhibitors of peptide bond formation and translocation -- Nucleic acid synthesis during inhibition of protein synthesis -- Effects of inhibitors of 70S ribosomes on eukaryotic cells -- 6 Antifungal, Antiprotozoal and Antiviral Agents -- Compounds used to treat protozoal diseases -- Compounds used to treat fungal diseases -- Compounds used to treat virus diseases -- 7 Penetrating the Defences: How Antimicrobial Agents Reach Their Targets -- Cellular permeability barriers to drug penetration -- Some examples of modes of penetration of antimicrobial agents -- The exploitation of transport systems in the design of new antimicrobial agents -- 8 Resistance to Antimicrobial Drugs -- The genetics of drug resistance -- Spread of drug resistance by gene transfer -- Biochemical mechanisms of drug resistance -- Bacterial tolerance -- Practical approaches to the control of drug resistance.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 22
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Springer US
    ISBN: 9781461306979
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: 2
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Introduction -- 1.1 Preliminary-purpose and scope of book -- 1.2 Historic development of ICP spectrometry -- 1.3 Background to quantitative ICP analysis -- 1.4 Range of determinable elements in geological materials -- 2 Analytical characteristics -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Simultaneous analysis -- 2.3 Sequential analysis ICP system -- 2.4 Detection limits -- 2.5 Calibration range of ICP—AES -- 2.6 Interferences -- 2.7 Precision and accuracy -- 2.8 Experimental considerations -- 2.9 The injection of organic liquids into an ICP -- 3 Instrumentation for ICP—AES -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Spectrometers -- 3.3 Plasma torches -- 3.4 Nebulizer systems -- 3.5 Radiofrequency generators and source -- 3.6 Electronics, computers and software -- 3.7 Fourier transform spectrometers -- 3.8 ICP-atomic fluorescence spectrometry -- 3.9 Direct current plasmas (DCP) -- 3.10 Microwave plasmas (MIP) -- 3.11 Choice of an ICP system -- 4 Silicate rock analysis -- 4.1 Dissolution methods for silicates -- 4.2 Instrument calibration -- 4.3 Major element determinations -- 4.3 Trace element analysis -- 4.4 Rare earth element determinations -- 5 Multielement applications of ICPS in applied geochemistry -- 5.1 The nature and evolution of applied geochemistry -- 5.2 General aspects of applied geochemical analysis -- 5.3 ICP instrumentation in relation to the requirements of applied geochemistry -- 5.4 Decomposition procedures in applied geochemical analysis -- 6 Gas phase sample injection -- 6.1 The development of gas phase injection methods -- 6.2 Methodology of the hydride injection system -- 6.3 Applications of the hydride injection system -- 7 Injection methods for solid samples -- 7.1 Introduction to solid sample injection methods -- 7.2 Sample injection following electrothermal vaporization -- 7.3 Direct sample injection from a graphite rod -- 7.4 Discrete sample injection by means of laser ablation -- 7.5 Nebulization of slurries -- 8 Water analysis by ICP—AES -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 General aspects of water analysis -- 8.3 Direct water analysis by ICP—AES -- 8.4 Water analysis with preconcentration -- 9 The analysis of environmental materials by ICP—AES -- 9.1 Introduction -- 9.2 Air analysis -- 9.3 Sewage sludge -- 9.4 Domestic dust, road dust and industrial dust -- 9.5 Domestic and industrial refuse -- 9.6 The analysis of animal and plant tissues -- 10 The analysis of archaeological materials by ICP—AES -- 10.1 Introduction -- 10.2 Archaeological materials -- 11 Inductively coupled plasma mass spectrometry -- 11.1 Instrumentation -- 11.2 Optimization -- 11.3 Interferences -- 11.4 Calibration strategies -- 11.5 Applications of ICP-MS with sample introduction by nebulization -- 11.6 Other modes of sample introduction -- 11.7 Future directions -- 12 Analysis of metals by ICP—AES -- 12.1 Introduction -- 12.2 Analysis of iron and steel -- 12.3 Analysis of other metals -- Appendix 1 Safety -- Appendix 2 Manufacturers of ICP systems and accessories -- References.
    Abstract: The first edition of our Handbook was written in 1983. In the preface to the first edition we noted the rapid development of inductively coupled plasma atomic emission spectrometry and its considerable potential for elemental analysis. The intervening five years have seen a substantial growth in ICP applications; much has happened and this is an appropriate time to present a revised edition. The basic approach of the book remains the same. This is a handbook, addressed to the user of the technique who seeks direct, practical advice. A concise summary of the technique is attempted. Detailed, theoretical treatment of the background to the method is not covered. We have, however, thoroughly revised much of the text, and new chapters have been added. These reflect the changes and progress in recent years. We are grateful to Mr Stephen Walton, Dr Gwendy Hall and London and Scandinavian Metallurgical Co. Ltd for their contributions. Chapter 3 (Instrumentation) has been rewritten by Mr Walton, the new Chapter on ICP-mass spectrometry has been written by Dr Hall, and London and Scandinavian provided much of the information for the chapter on metals analysis by ICP-AES. These chapters have been integrated into the book, and a conscious effort has been made to retain the unity of style within the book. New material has been added elsewhere in the book, archaeological materials are considered, pre concentration methods and chemometrics covered more fully.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Introduction1.1 Preliminary-purpose and scope of book -- 1.2 Historic development of ICP spectrometry -- 1.3 Background to quantitative ICP analysis -- 1.4 Range of determinable elements in geological materials -- 2 Analytical characteristics -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Simultaneous analysis -- 2.3 Sequential analysis ICP system -- 2.4 Detection limits -- 2.5 Calibration range of ICP-AES -- 2.6 Interferences -- 2.7 Precision and accuracy -- 2.8 Experimental considerations -- 2.9 The injection of organic liquids into an ICP -- 3 Instrumentation for ICP-AES -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Spectrometers -- 3.3 Plasma torches -- 3.4 Nebulizer systems -- 3.5 Radiofrequency generators and source -- 3.6 Electronics, computers and software -- 3.7 Fourier transform spectrometers -- 3.8 ICP-atomic fluorescence spectrometry -- 3.9 Direct current plasmas (DCP) -- 3.10 Microwave plasmas (MIP) -- 3.11 Choice of an ICP system -- 4 Silicate rock analysis -- 4.1 Dissolution methods for silicates -- 4.2 Instrument calibration -- 4.3 Major element determinations -- 4.3 Trace element analysis -- 4.4 Rare earth element determinations -- 5 Multielement applications of ICPS in applied geochemistry -- 5.1 The nature and evolution of applied geochemistry -- 5.2 General aspects of applied geochemical analysis -- 5.3 ICP instrumentation in relation to the requirements of applied geochemistry -- 5.4 Decomposition procedures in applied geochemical analysis -- 6 Gas phase sample injection -- 6.1 The development of gas phase injection methods -- 6.2 Methodology of the hydride injection system -- 6.3 Applications of the hydride injection system -- 7 Injection methods for solid samples -- 7.1 Introduction to solid sample injection methods -- 7.2 Sample injection following electrothermal vaporization -- 7.3 Direct sample injection from a graphite rod -- 7.4 Discrete sample injection by means of laser ablation -- 7.5 Nebulization of slurries -- 8 Water analysis by ICP-AES -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 General aspects of water analysis -- 8.3 Direct water analysis by ICP-AES -- 8.4 Water analysis with preconcentration -- 9 The analysis of environmental materials by ICP-AES -- 9.1 Introduction -- 9.2 Air analysis -- 9.3 Sewage sludge -- 9.4 Domestic dust, road dust and industrial dust -- 9.5 Domestic and industrial refuse -- 9.6 The analysis of animal and plant tissues -- 10 The analysis of archaeological materials by ICP-AES -- 10.1 Introduction -- 10.2 Archaeological materials -- 11 Inductively coupled plasma mass spectrometry -- 11.1 Instrumentation -- 11.2 Optimization -- 11.3 Interferences -- 11.4 Calibration strategies -- 11.5 Applications of ICP-MS with sample introduction by nebulization -- 11.6 Other modes of sample introduction -- 11.7 Future directions -- 12 Analysis of metals by ICP-AES -- 12.1 Introduction -- 12.2 Analysis of iron and steel -- 12.3 Analysis of other metals -- Appendix 1 Safety -- Appendix 2 Manufacturers of ICP systems and accessories -- References.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 23
    ISBN: 9789400908338
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VIII, 180 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Ascris suum: a useful model for anerobic mitochondrial metabolism and the transition in aerobic-anaerobic developing parasitic helminths -- 2 The role of 5-hydroxytryptamine (5-HT: serotonin) in glucose transport, intermediary carbohydrate metabolism and helminth neurobiology -- 3 What are the functions of the catecholamines and 5-hydroxytryptamine in the parasitic nematodes? -- 4 The physiological significance of Complex II (succinate-ubiquinone reductase) in respiratory adaptation -- 5 Oxygen and the lower Metazoa -- 6 How do parasitic helminths use and survive oxygen and oxygen metabolites? -- 7 Carbohydrate and energy metabolism in adult schistosomes: a reappraisal -- 8 Using carbon-13 Nuclear Magnetic Resonance spectroscopy to study helminth metabolism -- 9 Detoxification reactions in parasitic helminths -- 10 Parasite transport and inactivation functions involved in antiparasitic efficacy -- 11 The molecular biology of drug resistance in parasitic helminths -- 12 Comparative biochemistry of parasites and its role in drug resistance—an investigation of species differences in tubulin -- 13 Systemic effects of helminth infections as revealed by serum LDH isozymes and kinetic parameters of transport (Vmax and K1) of the host tissue -- Helminth index.
    Abstract: When Professor John Sprent first suggested, in 1982, that the Australian Society for Parasitology should bid for the opportunity to mount the Sixth International Congress of Parasitology, the immediate reaction was one of disbelief. However, in the two years or so before ICOPA 5, in Toronto, he used his considerable powers to the utmost and spent himself unstintingly in persuading Australian parasitologists to put together a bid. The Society inevitably agreed, for it is difficult to prevent such a determined and eminent man from getting his own way! A case for an Australian venue was prepared and, as President, I was charged with the task of convincing the delegates in Toronto that Australia was worth going all the way to see. The events of that meeting are now far in the past; suffice to say that, in the end, Australia won by the narrowest of margins, largely due to the energy of my inventive colleagues who put the case for Australia at every possible and improbable moment. I do not remember a great deal about the scientific aspects of ICOPA 5. I was far too preoccupied with an awful spectre, that of telling John Sprent that I had failed, to pay attention to much other than lobbying for votes. I do remember, however, telling myself how much I would enjoy the next ICOPA without the terrible responsibility of capturing ICOPA 7.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Ascris suum: a useful model for anerobic mitochondrial metabolism and the transition in aerobic-anaerobic developing parasitic helminths2 The role of 5-hydroxytryptamine (5-HT: serotonin) in glucose transport, intermediary carbohydrate metabolism and helminth neurobiology -- 3 What are the functions of the catecholamines and 5-hydroxytryptamine in the parasitic nematodes? -- 4 The physiological significance of Complex II (succinate-ubiquinone reductase) in respiratory adaptation -- 5 Oxygen and the lower Metazoa -- 6 How do parasitic helminths use and survive oxygen and oxygen metabolites? -- 7 Carbohydrate and energy metabolism in adult schistosomes: a reappraisal -- 8 Using carbon-13 Nuclear Magnetic Resonance spectroscopy to study helminth metabolism -- 9 Detoxification reactions in parasitic helminths -- 10 Parasite transport and inactivation functions involved in antiparasitic efficacy -- 11 The molecular biology of drug resistance in parasitic helminths -- 12 Comparative biochemistry of parasites and its role in drug resistance-an investigation of species differences in tubulin -- 13 Systemic effects of helminth infections as revealed by serum LDH isozymes and kinetic parameters of transport (Vmax and K1) of the host tissue -- Helminth index.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 24
    ISBN: 9789401164054
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Retail trade. ; Computer science. ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Overview of retailing: the future -- 2 Direct product profitability -- 3 Towards an integrated retail management information system -- 4 Planning profitable strategies -- 5 Simulating the retail environment for planning, assessment and training -- Problems Specifically of the Small and Medium Retailer -- 6 A decision support system for medium sized retailers using low cost local area networks -- 7 Technology for the small independent grocer -- Electronic Point of Sales -- 8 Retailing is communicating -- 9 Using point of sales -- 10 Technology for the independent retailer -- 11 Hand held systems in the retail industry -- Specialised Aspects of Retailing -- 12 Lessons for the future from out of the past -- 13 Design and implementation of forecasting and inventory control in the retail industry -- 14 Utilising private data networks to manage -- 15 Enhancing retail profitability using computer-aided design -- 16 Advertising tracking for retailers -- 17 Intreractive media — gimmick or real productivity tool? -- The Future — Land of Promise? -- 18 Making EFTPoS work -- 19 Smart cards in retailing -- 20 EFTPoS the consumer viewpoint.
    Abstract: Retailing today is one of the largest, most buoyant and most competitive market sectors. The large, medium and small retailers, providers of systems are the major players in this market. The exploitation of information technology and the use of quantitative corporate models are emerging as key factors in determining the strength and effectiveness of marketing plans and support logistics. Many major retailers have developed considerable in-house expertise in this area and many hard­ ware manufacturers and systems houses have created special divisions to provide turn-key installations, products and services in order to exploit these opportunities. However, in the research leading up to the seminar on which this book is based, a number of important gaps in retailer useage of systems were noted. While many retailers, including the large multiples, had very sophisticated electronic point of sales devices, the information that was available was not being used to plan effective marketing and selling strategies, nor yet to plan for growth. In the medium and smaller companies there was still concern whether electronic point of sales were cost effective for them or whether being without such aids put them at a grave disadvantage vis-a-vis their larger competitors.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Overview of retailing: the future2 Direct product profitability -- 3 Towards an integrated retail management information system -- 4 Planning profitable strategies -- 5 Simulating the retail environment for planning, assessment and training -- Problems Specifically of the Small and Medium Retailer -- 6 A decision support system for medium sized retailers using low cost local area networks -- 7 Technology for the small independent grocer -- Electronic Point of Sales -- 8 Retailing is communicating -- 9 Using point of sales -- 10 Technology for the independent retailer -- 11 Hand held systems in the retail industry -- Specialised Aspects of Retailing -- 12 Lessons for the future from out of the past -- 13 Design and implementation of forecasting and inventory control in the retail industry -- 14 Utilising private data networks to manage -- 15 Enhancing retail profitability using computer-aided design -- 16 Advertising tracking for retailers -- 17 Intreractive media - gimmick or real productivity tool? -- The Future - Land of Promise? -- 18 Making EFTPoS work -- 19 Smart cards in retailing -- 20 EFTPoS the consumer viewpoint.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 25
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Springer US
    ISBN: 9781461566724
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Second Edition
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Communication. ; Telecommunication. ; Engineering. ; Life sciences. ; Social sciences. ; Humanities. ; Science.
    Abstract: A -- B -- C -- D -- E -- F -- G -- H -- I -- J -- K -- L -- M -- N -- O -- P -- Q -- R -- S -- T -- U -- V -- W -- X -- Y -- Z.
    Abstract: Communications * Standard Dictionary is a comprehensive compilation of terms and definitions used in communications and related fields. Communications is defined as the branch of science and technology concerned with the process of representing, transferring, and interpreting the meaning as­ signed to data by and among persons, places, or machines. Communication is defined as the transfer of information between a source (trans­ mitter, light source) and a sink (receiver, photodetector) over one or more chan­ nels in accordance with a protocol, and in a manner suitable for interpretation or comprehension by the receiver; or as a method or means of conveying informa­ tion of any kind from one person or place to another. In short, communications is a branch of science and technology, whereas com­ munication pertains to the actual transfer of information. Thus, the word com­ munication should be used as a modifier, as in communication center, communi­ cation deception, and communication line, just as in the field of electronics one speaks of electronic devices and electronic circuits.
    Description / Table of Contents: AB -- C -- D -- E -- F -- G -- H -- I -- J -- K -- L -- M -- N -- O -- P -- Q -- R -- S -- T -- U -- V -- W -- X -- Y -- Z.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 26
    ISBN: 9789401160506
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: I—Overview -- 1 Introduction -- 2 Interdisciplinary Approach -- II—Basic Technologies -- 3 Chemical and Physical Characteristics -- 4 Metallurgical Aspects -- 5 Rheology of Solder Pastes -- III—Methodologies and Applications -- 6 Application Techniques -- 7 Soldering Methodologies -- 8 Cleaning -- IV—Reliability, Quality Control, and Tests -- 9 Solder Joint Reliability and Inspection -- 10 Special Topics in Surface Mount Soldering Problems and Other Soldering-RelatedProblems -- 11 Quality Assurance and Tests -- V—Future Tasks and Emerging Trends -- 12 Future Developments -- VI—Appendix -- I. Federal Specification QQ-S-571E and Amendment 4 -- II. Ternary Phase Diagram: Pb-Ag-Sn, Sn-Pb-Bi -- III. Military Specification MIL-P-28809A: PrintedWiring Assemblies -- IV.Quantitative Determination of Rosin Residues onCleaned Electronics Assemblies.
    Abstract: One of the strongest trends in the design and manufacture of modern electronics packages and assemblies is the utilization of surface mount technology as a replacement for through-hole tech­ nology. The mounting of electronic devices and components onto the surface of a printed wiring board or other substrate offers many advantages over inserting the leads of devices or components into holes. From the engineering viewpoint, much higher lead counts with shorter wire and interconnection lengths can be accommo­ dated. This is critical in high performance modern electronics packaging. From the manufacturing viewpoint, the application of automated assembly and robotics is much more adaptable to high lead count surface mounted devices and components. Indeed, the insertion of high lead count parts into fine holes on a substrate might often be nearly impossible. Yet, in spite of these surface mounting advantages, the utilization of surface mount technology is often a problem, primarily due to soldering problems. The most practical soldering methods use solder pastes, whose intricacies are frequently not understood by most of those involved in the engineering and manufacture of electronics assemblies. This publication is the first book devoted exclusively to explanations of the broad combination of the chemical, metallurgical, and rheological principles that are critical to the successful use of solder pastes. The critical relation­ ships between these characteristics are clearly explained and pre­ sented. In this excellent presentation, Dr. Hwang highlights three impor­ tant areas of solder paste technology.
    Description / Table of Contents: I-Overview1 Introduction -- 2 Interdisciplinary Approach -- II-Basic Technologies -- 3 Chemical and Physical Characteristics -- 4 Metallurgical Aspects -- 5 Rheology of Solder Pastes -- III-Methodologies and Applications -- 6 Application Techniques -- 7 Soldering Methodologies -- 8 Cleaning -- IV-Reliability, Quality Control, and Tests -- 9 Solder Joint Reliability and Inspection -- 10 Special Topics in Surface Mount Soldering Problems and Other Soldering-RelatedProblems -- 11 Quality Assurance and Tests -- V-Future Tasks and Emerging Trends -- 12 Future Developments -- VI-Appendix -- I. Federal Specification QQ-S-571E and Amendment 4 -- II. Ternary Phase Diagram: Pb-Ag-Sn, Sn-Pb-Bi -- III. Military Specification MIL-P-28809A: PrintedWiring Assemblies -- IV.Quantitative Determination of Rosin Residues onCleaned Electronics Assemblies.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 27
    ISBN: 9781468466324
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Fourth Edition
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Development of the Tractor -- 2 Thermodynamic Principles of Internal-Combustion Engines -- 3 Internal-Combustion Engine Cycles -- 4 Fuels and Combustion -- 5 Engine Design -- 6 Electrical Systems -- 7 Engine Accessories -- 8 Lubrication -- 9 Human Factors in Tractor Design -- 10 Traction -- 11 Mechanics of the Tractor Chassis -- 12 Hydraulic Systems and Controls -- 13 Transmissions and Drive Trains -- 14 Tractor Tests and Performance -- Appendixes -- A Standards for Agricultural Tractors -- B Standard Graphical Symbols -- C Agricultural Tractor Tire Loadings, Torque Factors, and Inflation Pressures—SAE J709d -- D Conversion Factors.
    Abstract: At the time of the writing of the fourth edirion of this textbook, the agricultural economy in the United States and Canada was depressed. The prices paid to farmers for their grain crops were very low, and consequently most farmers in North America could not afford to buy a new tractor when needed; there­ fore, the sales of tractors and other farm machines were much below normal. The farmer who was the victim of the depressed economy was forced to "make do." Instead of purchasing a new tractor when the old one needed to be replaced, the farmer usually purchased a used or second-hand tractor or repaired the old one. In a strict sense, tractors usually do not wear out; instead, they become obsolete. The farmer who owns an obsolete tractor would prefer to replace it with one having more power, more speeds, more conveniences, a better hydraulic system, lower operating cost, or all of the above. But farmers in the United States, Canada, and other industrial nations will continue to want to purchase tractors that have all of the features, in­ cluding microprocessors, found on other vehicles.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Development of the Tractor2 Thermodynamic Principles of Internal-Combustion Engines -- 3 Internal-Combustion Engine Cycles -- 4 Fuels and Combustion -- 5 Engine Design -- 6 Electrical Systems -- 7 Engine Accessories -- 8 Lubrication -- 9 Human Factors in Tractor Design -- 10 Traction -- 11 Mechanics of the Tractor Chassis -- 12 Hydraulic Systems and Controls -- 13 Transmissions and Drive Trains -- 14 Tractor Tests and Performance -- Appendixes -- A Standards for Agricultural Tractors -- B Standard Graphical Symbols -- C Agricultural Tractor Tire Loadings, Torque Factors, and Inflation Pressures-SAE J709d -- D Conversion Factors.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 28
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Springer US
    ISBN: 9781475701487
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Second Edition
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1. New Directions in Building Design -- 1.1. Change from Master Builders to Managers -- 1.2. Basic Traditional Building Procedure -- 1.3. Systems Design Approach to Building -- 1.4. Design by Building Team -- 2. Basic Building Elements and Their Representation -- 2.1. Main Parts of Buildings -- 2.2. Floors and Ceilings -- 2.3. Roofs -- 2.4. Exterior Walls and Openings -- 2.5. Partitions, Doors, and Interior-Wall Finishes -- 2.6. Structural Framing and Foundations -- 2.7. Plumbing -- 2.8. Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning (HVAC) Systems -- 2.9. Lighting -- 2.10. Acoustics -- 2.11. Electric Supply -- 2.12. Vertical-Circulation Elements -- 2.13. Why Drawings Are Necessary -- 2.14. Drawing Conventions -- 2.15. Types of Drawings -- 2.16. Specifications -- 2.17. Scales and Dimensions on Drawings -- 2.18. Elevation Views -- 2.19. Plan Views -- 2.20. Lines -- 2.21. Sections -- 2.22. Details -- 2.23. Survey and Plot Plans -- 3. Systems Design Method -- 3.1. Models -- 3.2. Value Measures for Comparisons 643.3. Comparisons of Systems -- 3.4. Return on Investment -- 3.5. Constraints Imposed by Building Codes -- 3.6. Zoning Codes -- 3.7. Other Constraining Regulations -- 3.8. Systems Design Steps -- 3.9. System Goals -- 3.10. System Objectives -- 3.11. System Constraints -- 3.12. Value Analysis -- 3.13. Optimum Design of Complex Systems -- 4. Application of Systems Design to Buildings -- 4.1. Considerations in Adaptation of Systems Design -- 4.2. Role of Owner -- 4.3. Conceptual Phase of Systems Design -- 4.4. Design Development Phase of Systems Design -- 5. Contract Documents and Construction Methods -- 5.1. Responsibilities Assigned by the Construction Contract -- 5.2. Components of the Contract Documents -- 5.3. Contract Drawings -- 5.4. Specifications -- 5.5. Bidding Requirements -- 5.6. Contractors Drawings -- 5.7. Construction and Occupancy Permits -- 5.8. Construction Procedures -- 6. Life Safety Concerns -- 6.1. Windstorms -- 6.2. Earthquakes -- 6.3. Fire -- 6.4. Fire Extinguishment -- 6.5. Emergency Egress -- 6.6. Fire Protection -- 6.7. Security -- 6.8. Barrier-Free Environments -- 6.9. Toxic Materials -- 6.10. Construction Safety -- 7. Building Sites and Foundations -- 7.1. Site Considerations -- 7.2. Site Surveys -- 7.3. Soil Considerations for Site and Foundation Design -- 7.4. Shallow Bearing Foundations -- 7.5. Deep Foundations -- 7.6. Lateral and Uplift Forces on Structures -- 7.7. Site Development Considerations 1917.8. Cofferdams and Foundation Walls -- 7.9. Bewatering of Excavations -- 7.10. Investigation and Testing -- 7.11. Systems-Design Approach to Site Adaptation -- 8. Structural Systems -- 8.1. Building Loads -- 8.2. Deformations of Structural Members -- 8.3. Unit Stresses and Strains -- 8.4. Idealization of Structural Materials -- 8.5. Structural Materials -- 8.6. Typical Major Constraints on Structural Systems -- 8.7. Tension Members -- 8.8. Columns -- 8.9. Trusses -- 8.10. Beams -- 8.11. Arches and Rigid Frames -- 8.12. Shells and Folded Plates -- 8.13. Cable-Supported Roofs -- 8.14. Pneumatic Structures -- 8.15. Horizontal Framing Systems -- 8.16. Vertical Structural Systems -- 8.17. Systems-Design Approach to Structural Systems -- 9. Plumbing -- 9.1. Water Supply -- 9.2. Wastewater Disposal -- 9.3. Basic Principles of Plumbing -- 9.4. Water-supply Systems -- 9.5. Sizing of Water-Supply Pipes -- 9.6. Wastewater-Removal Systems -- 9.7. Sizing of Wastewater and Vent Pipes -- 9.8. Piping for Heating Gas -- 9.9. Systems Design of Plumbing -- 10. Heating, Ventilation, and Air Conditioning -- 10.1. Design Considerations -- 10.2. Measurement of Heat -- 10.3. Heat Flow and Human Comfort -- 10.4. Thermal Insulation -- 10.5. Prevention of Damage from Condensation -- 10.6. Ventilation -- 10.7. Heat Losses -- 10.8. Heat Gains -- 10.9. Methods of Heating Buildings -- 10.10. Methods of Cooling and Air Conditioning Buildings -- 10.11. Passive Design -- 10.12. Systems-Design Approach to HVAC -- 11. Lighting -- 11.1. Accident Prevention -- 11.2. Quantity of Light -- 11.3. Quality of Light -- 11.4. Color -- 11.5. Lighting Strategies -- 11.6. Daylight -- 11.7. Lighting Equipment -- 11.8. Systems-Design Approach to Lighting -- 12. Sound and Vibration Control -- 12.1. Nature of Sounds and Vibrations -- 12.2. Measurement of Sounds -- 12.3. Acoustic Properties of Materials -- 12.4. Sound and Vibration Design Criteria -- 12.5. Sound and Vibration Control -- 12.6. Systems-Design Approach to Sound and Vibration Control -- 13. Electrical Systems -- 13.1. Characteristics of Direct Current -- 13.2. Characteristics of Alternating Current -- 13.3. Electrical Loads -- 13.4. Electrical Conductors and Raceways -- 13.5. Power-Systems Apparatus -- 13.6. Electrical Distribution in Buildings -- 13.7. Communication Systems -- 13.8. Systems-Design Approach to Electrical Distribution -- 14. Vertical Circulation -- 14.1. Ramps -- 14.2. Stairs -- 14.3. Escalators -- 14.4. Elevators -- 14.5. Dumbwaiters -- 14.6. Pneumatic Tubes and Vertical Conveyors -- 14.7. Systems-Design Approach to Vertical Circulation -- 15. Systems for Enclosing Buildings -- 15.1. Roofs -- 15.2. Roofmg -- 15.3. Exterior Walls -- 15.4. Single-Enclosure Systems -- 15.5. Windows -- 15.6. Doors in Exterior Walls -- 15.7. Systems-Design Approach to Building Enclosure -- 16. Systems for Interior Construction -- 16.1. Interior Walls and Partitions -- 16.2. Ordinary Doors -- 16.3. Special-Purpose Doors -- 16.4. Floor-Ceiling and Roof-Ceiling Systems -- 16.5. Interior Finishes -- 16.6. Systems-Design Approach to Interior Systems -- 17. Building Systems -- 17.1. Mishaps and Corrective Measures -- 17.2. Design of a Building System -- 17.3. Case-Study One: McMaster Health Sciences Center -- 17.4. Case-Study Two: Xerox International Center for Training and Management Development -- 17.5. Case-Study Three: Suburban Office Building for AT & T -- 17.6. Case-Study Four: A Glass-Enclosed Office Tower -- 17.7. Case-Study Five: An Office Building on a Tight Site -- 17.8. Case-Study Six: Office Building for Prudential Insurance Company -- 17.9. Case-Study Seven: Rowes Wharf Harbor Redevelopment Project.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. New Directions in Building Design1.1. Change from Master Builders to Managers -- 1.2. Basic Traditional Building Procedure -- 1.3. Systems Design Approach to Building -- 1.4. Design by Building Team -- 2. Basic Building Elements and Their Representation -- 2.1. Main Parts of Buildings -- 2.2. Floors and Ceilings -- 2.3. Roofs -- 2.4. Exterior Walls and Openings -- 2.5. Partitions, Doors, and Interior-Wall Finishes -- 2.6. Structural Framing and Foundations -- 2.7. Plumbing -- 2.8. Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning (HVAC) Systems -- 2.9. Lighting -- 2.10. Acoustics -- 2.11. Electric Supply -- 2.12. Vertical-Circulation Elements -- 2.13. Why Drawings Are Necessary -- 2.14. Drawing Conventions -- 2.15. Types of Drawings -- 2.16. Specifications -- 2.17. Scales and Dimensions on Drawings -- 2.18. Elevation Views -- 2.19. Plan Views -- 2.20. Lines -- 2.21. Sections -- 2.22. Details -- 2.23. Survey and Plot Plans -- 3. Systems Design Method -- 3.1. Models -- 3.2. Value Measures for Comparisons 643.3. Comparisons of Systems -- 3.4. Return on Investment -- 3.5. Constraints Imposed by Building Codes -- 3.6. Zoning Codes -- 3.7. Other Constraining Regulations -- 3.8. Systems Design Steps -- 3.9. System Goals -- 3.10. System Objectives -- 3.11. System Constraints -- 3.12. Value Analysis -- 3.13. Optimum Design of Complex Systems -- 4. Application of Systems Design to Buildings -- 4.1. Considerations in Adaptation of Systems Design -- 4.2. Role of Owner -- 4.3. Conceptual Phase of Systems Design -- 4.4. Design Development Phase of Systems Design -- 5. Contract Documents and Construction Methods -- 5.1. Responsibilities Assigned by the Construction Contract -- 5.2. Components of the Contract Documents -- 5.3. Contract Drawings -- 5.4. Specifications -- 5.5. Bidding Requirements -- 5.6. Contractors Drawings -- 5.7. Construction and Occupancy Permits -- 5.8. Construction Procedures -- 6. Life Safety Concerns -- 6.1. Windstorms -- 6.2. Earthquakes -- 6.3. Fire -- 6.4. Fire Extinguishment -- 6.5. Emergency Egress -- 6.6. Fire Protection -- 6.7. Security -- 6.8. Barrier-Free Environments -- 6.9. Toxic Materials -- 6.10. Construction Safety -- 7. Building Sites and Foundations -- 7.1. Site Considerations -- 7.2. Site Surveys -- 7.3. Soil Considerations for Site and Foundation Design -- 7.4. Shallow Bearing Foundations -- 7.5. Deep Foundations -- 7.6. Lateral and Uplift Forces on Structures -- 7.7. Site Development Considerations 1917.8. Cofferdams and Foundation Walls -- 7.9. Bewatering of Excavations -- 7.10. Investigation and Testing -- 7.11. Systems-Design Approach to Site Adaptation -- 8. Structural Systems -- 8.1. Building Loads -- 8.2. Deformations of Structural Members -- 8.3. Unit Stresses and Strains -- 8.4. Idealization of Structural Materials -- 8.5. Structural Materials -- 8.6. Typical Major Constraints on Structural Systems -- 8.7. Tension Members -- 8.8. Columns -- 8.9. Trusses -- 8.10. Beams -- 8.11. Arches and Rigid Frames -- 8.12. Shells and Folded Plates -- 8.13. Cable-Supported Roofs -- 8.14. Pneumatic Structures -- 8.15. Horizontal Framing Systems -- 8.16. Vertical Structural Systems -- 8.17. Systems-Design Approach to Structural Systems -- 9. Plumbing -- 9.1. Water Supply -- 9.2. Wastewater Disposal -- 9.3. Basic Principles of Plumbing -- 9.4. Water-supply Systems -- 9.5. Sizing of Water-Supply Pipes -- 9.6. Wastewater-Removal Systems -- 9.7. Sizing of Wastewater and Vent Pipes -- 9.8. Piping for Heating Gas -- 9.9. Systems Design of Plumbing -- 10. Heating, Ventilation, and Air Conditioning -- 10.1. Design Considerations -- 10.2. Measurement of Heat -- 10.3. Heat Flow and Human Comfort -- 10.4. Thermal Insulation -- 10.5. Prevention of Damage from Condensation -- 10.6. Ventilation -- 10.7. Heat Losses -- 10.8. Heat Gains -- 10.9. Methods of Heating Buildings -- 10.10. Methods of Cooling and Air Conditioning Buildings -- 10.11. Passive Design -- 10.12. Systems-Design Approach to HVAC -- 11. Lighting -- 11.1. Accident Prevention -- 11.2. Quantity of Light -- 11.3. Quality of Light -- 11.4. Color -- 11.5. Lighting Strategies -- 11.6. Daylight -- 11.7. Lighting Equipment -- 11.8. Systems-Design Approach to Lighting -- 12. Sound and Vibration Control -- 12.1. Nature of Sounds and Vibrations -- 12.2. Measurement of Sounds -- 12.3. Acoustic Properties of Materials -- 12.4. Sound and Vibration Design Criteria -- 12.5. Sound and Vibration Control -- 12.6. Systems-Design Approach to Sound and Vibration Control -- 13. Electrical Systems -- 13.1. Characteristics of Direct Current -- 13.2. Characteristics of Alternating Current -- 13.3. Electrical Loads -- 13.4. Electrical Conductors and Raceways -- 13.5. Power-Systems Apparatus -- 13.6. Electrical Distribution in Buildings -- 13.7. Communication Systems -- 13.8. Systems-Design Approach to Electrical Distribution -- 14. Vertical Circulation -- 14.1. Ramps -- 14.2. Stairs -- 14.3. Escalators -- 14.4. Elevators -- 14.5. Dumbwaiters -- 14.6. Pneumatic Tubes and Vertical Conveyors -- 14.7. Systems-Design Approach to Vertical Circulation -- 15. Systems for Enclosing Buildings -- 15.1. Roofs -- 15.2. Roofmg -- 15.3. Exterior Walls -- 15.4. Single-Enclosure Systems -- 15.5. Windows -- 15.6. Doors in Exterior Walls -- 15.7. Systems-Design Approach to Building Enclosure -- 16. Systems for Interior Construction -- 16.1. Interior Walls and Partitions -- 16.2. Ordinary Doors -- 16.3. Special-Purpose Doors -- 16.4. Floor-Ceiling and Roof-Ceiling Systems -- 16.5. Interior Finishes -- 16.6. Systems-Design Approach to Interior Systems -- 17. Building Systems -- 17.1. Mishaps and Corrective Measures -- 17.2. Design of a Building System -- 17.3. Case-Study One: McMaster Health Sciences Center -- 17.4. Case-Study Two: Xerox International Center for Training and Management Development -- 17.5. Case-Study Three: Suburban Office Building for AT & T -- 17.6. Case-Study Four: A Glass-Enclosed Office Tower -- 17.7. Case-Study Five: An Office Building on a Tight Site -- 17.8. Case-Study Six: Office Building for Prudential Insurance Company -- 17.9. Case-Study Seven: Rowes Wharf Harbor Redevelopment Project.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 29
    ISBN: 9789401197021
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1. Recent Trends in the Wool Industry and Some Long-Term Policy Issues -- Structure and Function of the Hair Follicle -- 2. Morphogenesis of the Hair Follicle during the Ontogeny of Human Skin -- 3. Specific Keratins and their Associated Proteins as Markers for Hair Follicle Differentiation -- 4. The Dermal Papilla and Maintenance of Hair Growth -- 5. Special Biochemical Features of the Hair Follicle -- Keratin Proteins -- 6. Intermediate Filaments: Problems and Perspectives -- 7. Intermediate Filament Associated Protein of Epidermis -- 8. Variations in the Proteins of Wool and Hair -- 9. Protein Chains in Wool and Epidermal Keratin IF: Structural Features and Spatial Arrangement -- 10. Amino Acid Sequences of Wool Keratin IF Proteins -- 11. Structural Features of Keratin Intermediate Filaments -- Physiological Factors and Hair Growth -- 12. Factors Influencing Cellular Events in the Wool Follicle -- 13. The Influence of Absorbed Nutrients on Wool Growth -- 14. The Scope for Manipulation of Fermentative Digestion in the Rumen to Improve Ruminant Production -- 15. The Effect of the Drug Minoxidil on Hair Growth -- Aberrations of Hair Growth -- 16. Variations in Wool Follicle Morphology -- 17. Follicular Malfunctions and Resultant Effects on Wool Fibres -- 18. Effect of Mutations on the Proteins of Wool and Hair -- 19. Genetic Diseases, Hair Structure and Elemental Content -- Keratin Genes -- 20. The Differential Expression of Keratin Genes in Human Epidermal Cells -- 21. Sequential Changes in Gene Expression during Epidermal Differentiation -- 22. Keratin Gene Expression in Wool Fibre Development -- 23. Evolutionary Trees of Intermediate Filament Proteins -- Growth and Differentiation -- 24. Growth Factors, Cell-Cell and Cell-Matrix Interactions in Skin during Follicle Development and Growth -- 25. The Reaction-Diffusion System as a Spatial Organizer during Initiation and Development of Hair Follicles and Formation of the Fibre -- 26. The Cultured Murine Epidermal Keratinocyte and Studies of Differentiation -- 27. Cross-Linked Envelopes: Keratinocyte Transglutaminase -- 28. Desmosomal Proteins and Cytokeratins in the Hair Follicle -- Prospects for the Future -- 29. Genetic Engineering of Rumen Bacteria -- 30. Engineering Ruminai Flora for Improved Protein Quality -- 31. Potential of Transgenic Plants for Improved Amino Acid Supply for Wool Growth -- 32. Isolation of Microbial Genes for Cysteine Synthesis and Prospects for their Use in Increasing Wool Growth -- 33. The Creation of Transgenic Sheep for Increased Wool Productivity -- 34. Efficient Creation of Transgenic Sheep: The Challenge for the Cell Biologist -- 35. Priorities for Production Research -- 36. Future Problems in Wool Structure and Textile Research.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Recent Trends in the Wool Industry and Some Long-Term Policy IssuesStructure and Function of the Hair Follicle -- 2. Morphogenesis of the Hair Follicle during the Ontogeny of Human Skin -- 3. Specific Keratins and their Associated Proteins as Markers for Hair Follicle Differentiation -- 4. The Dermal Papilla and Maintenance of Hair Growth -- 5. Special Biochemical Features of the Hair Follicle -- Keratin Proteins -- 6. Intermediate Filaments: Problems and Perspectives -- 7. Intermediate Filament Associated Protein of Epidermis -- 8. Variations in the Proteins of Wool and Hair -- 9. Protein Chains in Wool and Epidermal Keratin IF: Structural Features and Spatial Arrangement -- 10. Amino Acid Sequences of Wool Keratin IF Proteins -- 11. Structural Features of Keratin Intermediate Filaments -- Physiological Factors and Hair Growth -- 12. Factors Influencing Cellular Events in the Wool Follicle -- 13. The Influence of Absorbed Nutrients on Wool Growth -- 14. The Scope for Manipulation of Fermentative Digestion in the Rumen to Improve Ruminant Production -- 15. The Effect of the Drug Minoxidil on Hair Growth -- Aberrations of Hair Growth -- 16. Variations in Wool Follicle Morphology -- 17. Follicular Malfunctions and Resultant Effects on Wool Fibres -- 18. Effect of Mutations on the Proteins of Wool and Hair -- 19. Genetic Diseases, Hair Structure and Elemental Content -- Keratin Genes -- 20. The Differential Expression of Keratin Genes in Human Epidermal Cells -- 21. Sequential Changes in Gene Expression during Epidermal Differentiation -- 22. Keratin Gene Expression in Wool Fibre Development -- 23. Evolutionary Trees of Intermediate Filament Proteins -- Growth and Differentiation -- 24. Growth Factors, Cell-Cell and Cell-Matrix Interactions in Skin during Follicle Development and Growth -- 25. The Reaction-Diffusion System as a Spatial Organizer during Initiation and Development of Hair Follicles and Formation of the Fibre -- 26. The Cultured Murine Epidermal Keratinocyte and Studies of Differentiation -- 27. Cross-Linked Envelopes: Keratinocyte Transglutaminase -- 28. Desmosomal Proteins and Cytokeratins in the Hair Follicle -- Prospects for the Future -- 29. Genetic Engineering of Rumen Bacteria -- 30. Engineering Ruminai Flora for Improved Protein Quality -- 31. Potential of Transgenic Plants for Improved Amino Acid Supply for Wool Growth -- 32. Isolation of Microbial Genes for Cysteine Synthesis and Prospects for their Use in Increasing Wool Growth -- 33. The Creation of Transgenic Sheep for Increased Wool Productivity -- 34. Efficient Creation of Transgenic Sheep: The Challenge for the Cell Biologist -- 35. Priorities for Production Research -- 36. Future Problems in Wool Structure and Textile Research.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 30
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401169851
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Second Edition
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Elementary Electromagnetics and the Radar Range Equation -- Radio Waves -- A Simple Radar -- The Radar Range Equation -- Surveillance -- Tracking -- Exercises -- References -- 2 Antennas -- A Parabolic Reflector -- The Antenna Pattern -- The Interferometer -- Finding Sidelobe Levels -- Array Radars -- Element Spacing -- Array Gain -- Array Thinning -- Array Design Considerations -- Exercises -- References -- 3 Detection and Tracking -- The Problem of Detection -- Noise Distributions -- Signal-to-Noise Ratio -- Designing Thresholds -- Some Detection Techniques -- Tracking -- Exercises -- References -- 4 Radar Cross Section -- RCS of a Sphere -- RCSs of Simple Objects -- Polarization -- Chaff Characteristics -- Diffuse Targets and Clutter -- Radar Signatures -- Exercises -- References -- 5 Waveforms and Signal Processing -- Characteristics of the Simple Pulse -- Range Measurement -- Doppler Measurements -- Pulse Compression -- Time Sidelobes -- Pulse Burst Waveforms -- Ambiguity Functions -- Signal Processing -- Exercises -- References -- 6 Electronic Countermeasures (ECM) -- Mainbeam Jamming -- Sidelobe Jamming -- Low-Probability-of-Intercept Radar (LPIR) -- Other Jamming Techniques -- Passive ECM -- Exercises -- References -- 7 Systems Applications -- Over-the-Horizon Radars -- Radar Altimeters -- Ionospheric Radars -- Advanced Technology Radars -- Pulse-Doppler Radars -- Synthetic Aperture Radar -- Laser Radars -- Exercises -- References -- 8 Loose Ends of Radar Lore -- Radar Horizon -- Properties of the Medium -- Ionosphere -- Troposphere -- Far Field of an Antenna -- Convenient Radar Rules of Thumb -- Exercises -- References -- 9 Radar Potentials and Limitations -- Surveillance -- Navigation -- Signatures -- Science -- Summary -- Appendix 1 Conversion to Decibels -- Appendix 2 The Electromagnetic Spectrum -- Appendix 3 Fourier Series and Transforms -- Fourier Series -- Fourier Transforms -- Appendix 4 Answers to Exercises -- Appendix 5 Glossary.
    Abstract: What This Book Is This book is about radar. It will teach you the essentials of radar, the underlying principles. It is not like an engineering handbook which pro­ vides detailed design equations without explaining either derivation or rationale. It is not like a graduate school textbook which may be abstruse and esoteric to the point of incomprehensibility. And it is not like an anthology of popular magazine articles which may be gaudy but superfi­ cial. It is an attempt to distill the very complex, rich technology of radar into its fundamentals, tying them to the laws of nature on one end and to the most modern and complex systems on the other. Who It's For If your work requires you to supervise or meet as coequals with radar systems engineers or designers, this book will allow you to understand them, to question them intelligently and perhaps to provide them with a perspective (a dispassionate yet competent view) that they lack. If you are trained in another discipline but have been made the man­ ager of a radar project or a system program that has one or more radars as sub-systems, this book will provide you with the tools you need, not only to give your team members confidence, but also to make a substantive technical contribution yourself.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Elementary Electromagnetics and the Radar Range EquationRadio Waves -- A Simple Radar -- The Radar Range Equation -- Surveillance -- Tracking -- Exercises -- References -- 2 Antennas -- A Parabolic Reflector -- The Antenna Pattern -- The Interferometer -- Finding Sidelobe Levels -- Array Radars -- Element Spacing -- Array Gain -- Array Thinning -- Array Design Considerations -- Exercises -- References -- 3 Detection and Tracking -- The Problem of Detection -- Noise Distributions -- Signal-to-Noise Ratio -- Designing Thresholds -- Some Detection Techniques -- Tracking -- Exercises -- References -- 4 Radar Cross Section -- RCS of a Sphere -- RCSs of Simple Objects -- Polarization -- Chaff Characteristics -- Diffuse Targets and Clutter -- Radar Signatures -- Exercises -- References -- 5 Waveforms and Signal Processing -- Characteristics of the Simple Pulse -- Range Measurement -- Doppler Measurements -- Pulse Compression -- Time Sidelobes -- Pulse Burst Waveforms -- Ambiguity Functions -- Signal Processing -- Exercises -- References -- 6 Electronic Countermeasures (ECM) -- Mainbeam Jamming -- Sidelobe Jamming -- Low-Probability-of-Intercept Radar (LPIR) -- Other Jamming Techniques -- Passive ECM -- Exercises -- References -- 7 Systems Applications -- Over-the-Horizon Radars -- Radar Altimeters -- Ionospheric Radars -- Advanced Technology Radars -- Pulse-Doppler Radars -- Synthetic Aperture Radar -- Laser Radars -- Exercises -- References -- 8 Loose Ends of Radar Lore -- Radar Horizon -- Properties of the Medium -- Ionosphere -- Troposphere -- Far Field of an Antenna -- Convenient Radar Rules of Thumb -- Exercises -- References -- 9 Radar Potentials and Limitations -- Surveillance -- Navigation -- Signatures -- Science -- Summary -- Appendix 1 Conversion to Decibels -- Appendix 2 The Electromagnetic Spectrum -- Appendix 3 Fourier Series and Transforms -- Fourier Series -- Fourier Transforms -- Appendix 4 Answers to Exercises -- Appendix 5 Glossary.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 31
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401170338
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Psychobiology. ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Food: Its Psychological Meaning and Significance -- 1. The Role of Food and Eating in Personality and Social Development -- 2 Food Preferences -- 2. Long-term Food Preferences -- 3. Fluctuations in Food Preferences -- 4. The Relation Between Emotions and Food Preferences -- 5. Fads, Fashions, and Food Preferences -- 3 Food as a Complex Psychological Stimulus -- 6. Taste -- 7. Odor -- 8. Texture -- 9. Appearance -- 10. Color -- 4 Food Meanings and Associations -- 11. Food Meanings -- 12. Changing Food Likes and Dislikes -- 13. The Use of Food as Psychotherapy -- 14. Conclusion.
    Abstract: Writing this book has been a pleasure, but it has also been frustrating. It was a delight to see that the facts of food preferences, eating, and food behavior conform in many ways to the general principles of psychology. Matching these, however, was often like putting together a jigsaw puz­ zle-looking at a fact and trying to figure out which psychological theories or principles were relevant. This was made more difficult by conflicting principles in psychology and contradictory findings in psychological as well as food-preference research. The material cited is not meant to be exhaustive. Undoubtedly, I have been influenced by my own research interests and points of view. When conflicting data exist, I selected those that seemed to me most representa­ tive or relevant, and I have done so without consistently pointing out contrary findings. This applies also to the discussion of psychological prin­ ciples. Much psychological research is done in very restrictive conditions. Therefore, it has limited applicability beyond the confines of the context in which it was conducted. What holds true of novelty, complexity, and curiosity when two-dimensional line drawings are studied, for example, may not have much to do with novelty, complexity, and curiosity in rela­ tion to foods, which vary in many ways such as shape, color, taste, texture, and odor. Nevertheless, I have tried to suggest relationships between psy­ chological principles and food preferences.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Food: Its Psychological Meaning and Significance1. The Role of Food and Eating in Personality and Social Development -- 2 Food Preferences -- 2. Long-term Food Preferences -- 3. Fluctuations in Food Preferences -- 4. The Relation Between Emotions and Food Preferences -- 5. Fads, Fashions, and Food Preferences -- 3 Food as a Complex Psychological Stimulus -- 6. Taste -- 7. Odor -- 8. Texture -- 9. Appearance -- 10. Color -- 4 Food Meanings and Associations -- 11. Food Meanings -- 12. Changing Food Likes and Dislikes -- 13. The Use of Food as Psychotherapy -- 14. Conclusion.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 32
    ISBN: 9789401174770
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 398 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Implants in Medicine and Dentistry -- The importance of bending stresses in the leaflets of pericardial heart valve substitutes -- The tearing strength of chemically modified pericardium -- Prosthetic anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction Biomechanical and functional performance -- A comparative analysis of four types of prosthetic anterior cruciate ligament replacement in the goat -- Biomaterials in Otology. Experimental aspects and general clinical implications -- Changes in the material properties and function of pericardial bioprosthetic heart valves in vivo -- Hydrodynamic characteristics of tapered arterial prostheses -- The history of implants in oral surgery -- Osseointegrated implants in the mandible using Nobelpharma Implant System. -- 2 Implant Interaction with Tissue -- Biodegradation and phagocyte/polymer interaction -- Biodegradation-dependent trace element accumulation: A study of calcium phosphate ceramics and polymers -- The interaction between connective tissues and implant materials -- Computer-assisted image analysis in tissue-material interactions -- Titanium implant surfaces -- 3 Tissue/Bone Examination -- Choosing a signal for vibration analysis of fracture healing -- Collagen fibre orientation in bone -- Skeletal strain and the maintenance of bone mass -- Continuous mineral matrices in bone and dentine -- 4 Materials Examination -- Scanning electron microscope appearance of the enamel/composite/bracket boundaries in orthodontic bonding -- Titanium alloys for biomedical applications. -- Experimental mastoid obliteration with hydroxyapatite tricalcium phosphate (Zimmer/Xomed) and fibrin glue (Immuno-Austria) -- Role of design and material on stress distributions of cemented hip prostheses -- The fracture toughness of dental restorative materials -- The etching of biological material in vacuum. Paper I & II -- The Direct Deposition of Carbon, Suitable for Surgical Implants -- 5 Finite Elements in Medicine & Dentistry -- Numerical Modelling — Basis & Applications -- Finite element analysis of the elbow after joint replacement -- The use of finite element stress analysis in the assessment of tooth movement -- A finite element analysis of the natural frequencies of vibration of the human tympanic membrane. Part II -- Mathematical modelling in medicine -- Stresses along the composite resin-dentine interface analysed by the finite element method -- Improvement of mechanical strength of ceramic head for hip prosthesis by means of fitting geometry modifications: A finite element analysis -- 6 Materials Development -- Rubber reinforced polymers for bone cement — morphology and mechanical properties -- Dental application of novel morphology polymers -- Nitrided ferritic steels -- Alumina vs zirconium oxide: a comparative wear test -- 3-D porous alumina-bioglass composite coating (Poral R) for cementless ceramic hip prosthetic cup -- 7 Materials Standards and Safety -- Safety aspects of surgically-implantable devices -- The changing role of industry for implant technology -- Standards in Dentistry and Medicine -- Appendix Abstracts of Contributed Presentations -- Stress analysis using thermal emission -- The application of surface texture measurement for studying the failure of bone implants and dental fillings -- Corrosion resistance of titanium -- Fatigue testing of hip prostheses -- Conformation of adsorbed proteins and enzymes: Chymotrypsin at the polystyrene/water interface -- Interfacial shear strength and penetration of PMMA cement into bone -- History of orthopaedic implants.
    Abstract: The thirty nine papers accepted for pub1 ication in the First International Conference on 'Interfaces in Medicine & Meehani cs' at Swansea in Apri 1, 1988 represent the current state of the art in the science of implant surgery. This initial venture was planned and undertaken when the present editors and their colleagues realised the need for a closer interaction and dialogue between the clinician and. those basic scientists working in the area of implant surgery. Thi s interface, together with the real interface at the material/tissue borders, thus forms the basis of the present conference. These two ideas, we felt, were nicely and effectively captured in the drawing by Edgar Rubins (1915), a perception psycho 1 ogi st, used on the book cover and elsewhere in our 1 iterature. The Proceedings were planned with some difficulty, due to the wi de scope of the conference. However, we felt the best format was to follow the logical progression of implant development. The introductory papers and talks therefore demonstrate the scope of surgical implants in current use. The development of an implant starts with modelling of the proposed implant and its potential environment and the proceedings follow the same format. Following this, materials in current use are discussed.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 33
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Springer
    ISBN: 9781475711776
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XV, 366 p) , digital
    Edition: Second Edition
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: A -- B -- C -- D -- E -- F -- G -- H -- I -- J -- K -- L -- M -- N -- O -- P -- Q -- R -- S -- T -- U -- V -- W -- X Y Z.
    Abstract: The first edition of this dictionary was written during the years preceding 1980. No fiber optics glossary had been published by any recognized stan­ dards body. No other dictionaries in fiber optics had been published. A significant list of fiber optics terms and definitions, NBS Handbook 140, Optical Waveguide Communications Glossary, was issued in 1982 by the National Bureau of Standards, now the National Institute of Standards and Technology. Since then several publications by standards bodies contained fiber optics terms and definitions. In 1984 the Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers published IEEE Standard 812-1984, Definitions of Terms Relating to Fiber Optics. In 1986 the National Communication Sys­ tem published Federal Standard FED-STD-I037A, Glossary of Telecom­ munication Terms, containing about 100 fiber optics terms and definitions. In 1988 the Electronic Industries Association issued EIA-440A, Fiber Optic Terminology. All of these works were based on NBS Handbook 140 com­ piled 10 years earlier. Currently the International Electrotechnical Commission is preparing IEC Draft 731, Optical Communications, Terms and Definitions. Work in fiber optics terminology is being contemplated in the International Organization for Standardization and the International Telecommunications Union. None of these works constitutes a comprehensive coverage of the field of fiber optics. Each was prepared by professional people representing specific in­ terest groups. Each work was aimed at specific audiences: research activi­ ties, development activities, manufacturers, scientists, engineers, and so on. Their content is devoted primarily to fundamental scientific and technical principles and theory rather than state-of-the-art and advanced technology.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 34
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Springer
    ISBN: 9781475711745
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XI, 260 p) , digital
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 The Concept of Feeding Fish -- Evolution of Aquaculture -- Necessity of Feeding Fish -- Comparison of Feeding Fish and Land Animals -- Fish Versus Farm Animals as Animal Protein in Human Diets -- Levels of Fish Culture -- 2 The Nutrients -- Energy Requirements and Sources -- Proteins and Amino Acids -- Vitamins -- Essential Lipids -- Minerals -- 3 Digestion and Metabolism -- Digestion -- Measuring Nutrient Digestibility in Fish -- Metabolism -- Rate of Metabolism (Oxygen Consumption) in Fish -- 4 Nonnutrient Diet Components -- Toxins and Antimetabolites -- Diet Additives -- Accidental Contaminants -- 5 Feed Formulation and Processing -- Formulating Fish Feeds -- Practical Feed Ingredients -- Processing Fish Feeds -- 6 Fish Feeding Experiments -- Controlled Environment Studies -- Practical Environment Studies -- 7 Practical Feeding — Channel Catfish -- Feeding Practices -- Nutritional Requirements of Channel Catfish -- Importance of Natural Foods in Catfish Ponds -- Effect of Fish Size on Feeding Responses -- Compensatory Growth in Channel Catfish -- Effects of Feed on Sensory Qualities of Processed Catfish -- Feeding Brood Fish -- 8 Practical Feeding—Tilapias -- Culture Practices -- Nutrient Requirements -- Feeds and Feeding -- 9 Practical Feeding—Salmon and Trout -- Types of Salmonid Culture -- Production of Seedstock -- General Culture Methods -- Nutrient Requirements -- Feed Formulation -- Feeding Practices -- 10 Practical Feeding—Penaeid Shrimps -- Culture Practices -- Nutrient Requirements -- Feeds and Feeding -- Practical Feeds -- 11 Practical Feeding—Eels -- Culture Methods -- Nutritional Requirements -- Feed Preparation -- Feeding Practices -- Daily Feeding Rate -- Research Needs -- 12 Practical Feeding—Crawfish -- Culture -- Feeding Behavior -- Providing Natural Foods for Crawfish -- Supplemental Feeding -- Nutrient Requirements -- Appendix A Composition of Feed Ingredients -- Appendix B Common and Scientific Names of Species.
    Abstract: Aquaculture is more than a science in its infancy; it is now recognized as a viable and profitable enterprise worldwide. It will continue to grow and supply an increasingly larger percentage of fishery products consumed because the oceans are inadequately managed and their yield is unpredictable. Supply, price, and quality can be controlled more effectively when fish are cultured under managed conditions, like corn in a field. As aquaculture technology has evolved, there has been a trend toward higher yields and faster growth which has necessitated enhancing or replacing natural foods with prepared diets. In many aquaculture operations today, feed accounts for over half of the vari­ able operating cost. Feeding fish in their aqueous environment takes on dimensions beyond those considered in fee ding land animals; the nutrient requirements, feeding practices, and feeding environment are unique for fish. Knowledge on nutrition and practical feeding of fish is essential to successful aquaculture. This book is intended to be helpful to students, scientists, practic­ ing nutritionists, and aquaculturists. It covers the known nutrient requirements and deficiency effects for various fishes. It discusses nu­ trient sources and preparation of research and practical feeds. It gives direction for designing and conducting fish nutrition and feeding ex­ periments. Feeding practices for several commercially important fishes representing diverse culture systems (coldwater fish, warm­ water fish, crustaceans, pond cultures, and highly artificial cultures) are presented. One book, of course, cannot be all-encompassing in the area of fish nutrition and feeding.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 35
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400911130
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , digital
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Series Statement: Elsevier Applied Food Science Series
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1. A Proposal for Correct Nomenclature of the Domesticated Species of the Genus Saccharomyces -- 2. Microorganisms of Wine -- 3. Genetic Manipulation of Brewing and Wine Yeast -- 4. Killer Yeasts: Notes on Properties and Technical Use of the Character -- 5. The Effects of Carbon Dioxide on Yeasts -- 6. Microbial Spoilage of Canned Fruit Juices -- 7. Recent and Future Developments of Fermentation Technology and Fermenter Design in Brewing -- 8. Fermenter Design for Alcoholic Beverage Production -- 9. Optimal Fermenter Design for White Wine Production -- 10. Factors Affecting the Behaviour of Yeast in Wine Fermentation -- 11. On the Utilisation of Entrapped Microorganisms in the Industry of Fermented Beverages -- 12. Preparation of Yeast for Industrial Use in Production of Beverages -- 13. Enzymes in the Fruit Juice Industry -- 14. Enzymatic Processing of Musts and Wines.
    Abstract: Beverage production is among the oldest, though quantitatively most significant, applications of biotechnology methods, based on the use of microorganisms and enzymes. Manufacturing processes employed in beverage production, origi­ nally typically empirical, have become a sector of growing economic importance in the food industry. Pasteur's work represented the starting point for technological evolution in this field, and over the last hundred years progress in scientifically based research has been intense. This scientific and technological evolution is the direct result of the encounter between various disciplines (chemistry, biology, engineering, etc.). Beverage production now exploits all the various features of first and second-generation biotechnology: screening and selective im­ provement of microorganisms; their mutations; their use in genetic engineering methods; fermentation control; control of enzymatic processes, including industrial plants; use of soluble enzymes and immobilized enzyme reactors; development of waste treatment proc­ esses and so on. Research developments involving the use of biotechnology for the purpose of improving yields, solving quality-related problems and stimulating innovation are of particular and growing interest as far as production is concerned. Indeed, quality is the final result of the regulation of microbiological and enzymatic processes, and innovation is a consequence of improved knowledge of useful fermentations and the availability of new ingredients. The Council of Europe's sponsorship of the work which led to the contributions to this volume is clear evidence of the growing need for adequate information about scientific and technological progress.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 36
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Springer
    ISBN: 9781468499964
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XV, 426 p) , digital
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Series Statement: VNR Structural Engineering Series
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1. Introduction -- 2. Wood Structure and Properties -- 3. Production and Grading of Sawn Lumber -- 4. Loads and Allowable Stresses -- 5. Connections—Nails, Screws, and Bolts -- 6. Selecting Sawn-Timber Beams -- 7. Selecting Sawn-Timber Compression and Tension Members -- 8. Glued Laminated Members -- 9. Bolts, Timber Connectors, and Special Weldments -- 10. Timber Trusses -- 11. Plywood and Similar Wood Products -- 12. Diaphragm Action and Design -- 13. Built-Up and Composite Members -- 14. Formwork for Concrete -- 15. Miscellaneous Structure Types -- 16. Wood Durability, Protection, and Preservation -- Appendix A -- Appendix B -- Appendix C.
    Abstract: Why another textbook on the design of wood sets this book apart is its inclusion of "struc­ structures? In many years of teaching structural tural planning. " Most textbooks show only the design in wood, the authors have used virtually selection of member proportions or number of every textbook available, as well as using only connectors in a joint to satisfy a given, com­ a code and no textbook at all. The textbooks pletely defined situation. This book, on the used have included both the old and the rela­ other hand, shows the thinking process needed tively modem; some have been fairly good, but to determine whether or not the member is re­ in our opinion each has deficiencies. Some quired in the first place. Following this, the books have too few solved examples. Others spacing and continuity of the member are de­ omit important material or have an arrange­ cided, its loads are determined, and finally its ment making them difficult to use as formal shape and size are selected. teaching tools. By writing this book, we intend We believe that illustrating structural plan­ to correct such deficiencies. ning as well as detailed member and connec­ The prime purpose of this book is to serve as tion design is of considerable value in helping a classroom text for the engineering or archi­ the student make the transition from the often tecture student.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 37
    ISBN: 9781468465662
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , digital
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Series Statement: Competitive Manufacturing Series
    Series Statement: Competitve Manufacturing Series
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1. Materials Management Concept and Organization -- 1. Introduction to Total Materials Management -- 2. Organization of Total Materials Management -- 2. Planning and Control of Materials Management -- 3. Materials Management Planning -- 4. The Integration of Inventory Control in Materials Management -- 5. Roles of Production Control in Materials Management -- 6. The Impact of Material Requirements Planning and Distribution Requirements Planning on Materials Management -- 3. Procurement, Materials Flow, and Distribution -- 7. Purchasing -- 8. Receiving and Stores -- 9. Materials Handling -- 10. Physical Distribution -- 4. Implementation and Control of Materials Management -- 11. System Design and Computer Application for Materials Management -- 12. Pitfalls, Problems, and Operation of a Total Materials Management Program -- 13. Control of Materials Management Functions -- 14. Financial Considerations Related to Materials Management.
    Abstract: Materials management has become an important activity in both manu­ facturing and service organizations. Rapid changes in the industrial envi­ ronment, such as the introduction of automation and Just-In-Time, and demands for increased productivity and quality have increased the need for alI personnel to be concerned with total control of materials. Clearly this trend will continue, and materials management wilI play an increasingly vital role in organizational success, especialIy for operations that are be­ coming automated. Materials management will be more critical in many service organizations where the materials group has received little attention in the past. This book covers the basic materials management function and provides valuable insights into various other major functions related to it. We believe that each of these-manufacturing, marketing, finance, quaIity assurance, and engineering-is vitalIy involved in materiaIs management, and any coverage of the subject that excludes these functions offers too narrow a perspective. With increasing demand for materials managers, human resource re­ quirements will be satisfied by individuals trained within the discipline and by personnel who have worked in other fields. The dimensions of materials management have grown so rapidly that many practicing managers are not aware that they are fulfilling material management functions. It is impor­ tant that alI individuals have the basic knowledge required to perforrn their roles in these organizations.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 38
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Springer US
    ISBN: 9781461308515
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (IX, 179 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: I Polymers -- 1. Electrically Conductive Polymers -- 2. Lonically Conductive Polymers -- II Plastics -- 3. Metallic Plating and Coating on Plastics -- 4. Conductive Plastics.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 39
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401170505
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XI, 436 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Control engineering. ; Robotics. ; Automation. ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: I: An Overview of Robotics -- 1. Introduction -- 2. Types of Robots -- II: Robotic Technology -- 3. Introduction to Robot Mechanics -- 4. Robot Electronic Design -- 5. Robotic Sensors -- 6. Vision Systems -- 7. Ultrasonic Systems -- 8. Mobile Robots -- III: Computer Hardware and Software -- 9. Computers for Robots -- 10. Robot Languages -- 11. Robot Intelligence -- IV: Robotic Applications -- 12. Robot Standards -- 13. Applications Engineering -- 14. Application-Oriented Requirements -- V: Future Considerations -- 15. Trends in Robotic Systems -- 16. New Technology -- 17. New Application Areas -- Appendix 1: Robotic Systems Manufacturers -- Appendix 2: Major University Robotics Laboratories -- Appendix 3: International Robotics Organizations.
    Abstract: Robotics engineering has progressed from an infant industry in 1961 to one including over 500 robot and allied firms around the world in 1989. During this growth period, many robotics books have been published, so me of which have served as industry standards. Until recently, the design of robotics sys­ tems has been primarily the responsibility of the mechanical engineer, and their application in factories has been the responsibility of the manufacturing engineer. Few robotics books address the many systems issues facing electron­ ics engineers or computer programmers. The mid-1980s witnessed a major change in the robotics field. The develop­ ment of advanced sensor systems (particularly vision), improvements in the intelligence area, and the desire to integrate groups of robots working together in local work cells or in factory-wide systems have greatly increased the partic­ ipation of electronics engineers and computer programmers. Further, as ro­ bots ga in mobility, they are being used in completely new areas, such as construction, firefighting, and underwater exploration, and the need for com­ puters and smart sensors has increased. Fundamentals af Rabaties Engineering is aimed at the practicing electrical engineer or computer analyst who needs to review the fundamentals of engi­ neering as applied to robotics and to understand the impact on system design caused by constraints unique to robotics. Because there are many good texts covering mechanical engineering topics, this book is limited to an overview of those topics and the effects they have on electrical design and system pro­ grams.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 40
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Springer US
    ISBN: 9781468414721
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Security systems. ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: One — Overview -- 1 Taguchi’s Quality Philosophy: Analysis and Commentary -- 2 Macro-Quality with Micro-Money -- 3 Quality Engineering using Design of Experiments -- 4 Off-Line Quality Control, Parameter Design, and the Taguchi Method -- 5 Quality Engineering through Design Optimization -- Two — Case Studies -- 6 Off-Line Quality Control in Integrated circuit Fabrication using Experimental Design -- 7 Optimizing the Wave Soldering Process -- 8 Robust Design: A Cost-Effective Method for Improving Manufacturing Processes -- 9 Tuning Computer Systems for Maximum Performance: A Statistical Approach -- 10 Design Optimization Case Studies -- Three — Methodology -- 11 Testing in Industrial Experiments with Ordered Categorical Data -- 12 Performance Measures Independent of Adjustment: An Explanation and Extension of Taguchi’s Signal-To-Noise Ratios -- 13 A Geometric Interpretation of Taguchfs Signal to Noise Ratio -- 14 A Data Analysis Strategy for Quality Engineering Experiments.
    Abstract: In 1980, I received a grant from Aoyama-gakuin university to come to the United States to assist American Industry improve the quality of their products. In a small way this was to repay the help the US had given Japan after the war. In the summer of 1980, I visited the AT&T Bell Laboratories Quality Assurance Center, the organization that founded modern quality control. The result of my first summer at AT&T was an experiment with an orthogonal array design of size 18 (OA18) for optimization of an LSI fabrication process. As a measure of quality, the quantity "signal-ta-noise" ratio was to be optimized. Since then, this experi­ mental approach has been named "robust design" and has attracted the attention of both engineers and statisticians. My colleagues at Bell Laboratories have written several expository articles and a few theoretical papers on robust design from the viewpoint of statistics. Because so many people have asked for copies of these papers, it has been decided to publish them in a book form. This anthology is the result of these efforts. Despite the fact that quality engineering borrows some technical words from traditional design of experiments, the goals of quality engineering are different from those of statistics. For example, suppose there are two vendors. One vendor supplies products whose quality characteristic has a normal distribution with the mean on target (the desired value) and a certain standard deviation.
    Description / Table of Contents: One - Overview1 Taguchi’s Quality Philosophy: Analysis and Commentary -- 2 Macro-Quality with Micro-Money -- 3 Quality Engineering using Design of Experiments -- 4 Off-Line Quality Control, Parameter Design, and the Taguchi Method -- 5 Quality Engineering through Design Optimization -- Two - Case Studies -- 6 Off-Line Quality Control in Integrated circuit Fabrication using Experimental Design -- 7 Optimizing the Wave Soldering Process -- 8 Robust Design: A Cost-Effective Method for Improving Manufacturing Processes -- 9 Tuning Computer Systems for Maximum Performance: A Statistical Approach -- 10 Design Optimization Case Studies -- Three - Methodology -- 11 Testing in Industrial Experiments with Ordered Categorical Data -- 12 Performance Measures Independent of Adjustment: An Explanation and Extension of Taguchi’s Signal-To-Noise Ratios -- 13 A Geometric Interpretation of Taguchfs Signal to Noise Ratio -- 14 A Data Analysis Strategy for Quality Engineering Experiments.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 41
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401197373
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    DDC: 50
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Introduction -- Nature of vegetation and analytical approaches -- Purposes of vegetation analysis -- Phytosociological and more objective methods -- Samples -- Types of data -- 2 Field methods -- Primary survey – many species -- More detailed field work – one or a few species -- Plotless sampling -- 3 Fundamental principles of analytical methods -- The geometric model -- Classification and ordination -- Normal and inverse analyses -- Qualitative and quantitative data -- Species of low occurrence in a data set – retain or discard? -- 4 Case studies – introduction -- Artificial Data -- Iping Common – a lowland heath -- Coed Nant Lolwyn – a deciduous wood -- 5 Association between species and similarity between stands -- Concepts -- Qualitative data -- Quantitative data -- Comparisons of similarity coefficients -- 6 Classification -- Normal Association Analysis -- Types of classification -- Divisive monothetic methods -- Agglomerative polythetic methods -- Divisive polythetic methods -- Comparison of the methods by the examples results -- Inverse classifications -- Nodal Analysis (Lambert & Williams 1962) -- 7 Ordination -- A classification of ordinations -- Direct Gradient Analysis – one factor -- Direct Gradient Analysis – many factors -- Indirect Gradient Analysis – one factor -- Indirect Gradient Analysis – many factors (ordination sensu stricto) -- Polar ordination -- Non-polar ordination -- Comparisons of ordination methods -- 8 Correlations between vegetation and environment -- Single species -- Several species -- Environmental factors in associations -- 9 Case studies analyses -- Iping Common -- Coed Nant Lolwyn -- Concluding remarks on vegetation analysis results -- References -- Indices.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 IntroductionNature of vegetation and analytical approaches -- Purposes of vegetation analysis -- Phytosociological and more objective methods -- Samples -- Types of data -- 2 Field methods -- Primary survey - many species -- More detailed field work - one or a few species -- Plotless sampling -- 3 Fundamental principles of analytical methods -- The geometric model -- Classification and ordination -- Normal and inverse analyses -- Qualitative and quantitative data -- Species of low occurrence in a data set - retain or discard? -- 4 Case studies - introduction -- Artificial Data -- Iping Common - a lowland heath -- Coed Nant Lolwyn - a deciduous wood -- 5 Association between species and similarity between stands -- Concepts -- Qualitative data -- Quantitative data -- Comparisons of similarity coefficients -- 6 Classification -- Normal Association Analysis -- Types of classification -- Divisive monothetic methods -- Agglomerative polythetic methods -- Divisive polythetic methods -- Comparison of the methods by the examples results -- Inverse classifications -- Nodal Analysis (Lambert & Williams 1962) -- 7 Ordination -- A classification of ordinations -- Direct Gradient Analysis - one factor -- Direct Gradient Analysis - many factors -- Indirect Gradient Analysis - one factor -- Indirect Gradient Analysis - many factors (ordination sensu stricto) -- Polar ordination -- Non-polar ordination -- Comparisons of ordination methods -- 8 Correlations between vegetation and environment -- Single species -- Several species -- Environmental factors in associations -- 9 Case studies analyses -- Iping Common -- Coed Nant Lolwyn -- Concluding remarks on vegetation analysis results -- References -- Indices.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 42
    ISBN: 9781489926838
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XII, 307 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: Many books on ageing attempt to cover the whole field of gerontology. However, since gerontology is now such a diversified and rapidly expanding subject, the results of such attempts tend to be either incomprehensible compendia or encyc10pedias of disheartening size. The present book aims to be both more modest and more ambitious. It focuses on a single object (Drosophila), but attempts to off er a synthesis of all the gerontological work that has been done on it. It also aims to show the extent to which this work has led to an understanding of the biological phenomena of ageing, longevity, senescence and death in higher organisms, inc1uding man. Finally it attempts, on the basis of current knowledge, to mark out the paths that the next generation of researchers will most probably follow. Drosophila has been used as a model organism to advance our basic knowledge of the fundamentals of genetics and gerontology. It may be noted that the pioneering work on the genetics of ageing, which used Drosophila, began very early in this century, within the first decade of the rediscovery of Mendel's laws.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 43
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401164962
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 The scope -- 1.1 The questions -- 1.2 Experimental philosophy -- 1.3 Conclusions -- 2 The good experiment -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 The conditions -- 2.3 What goes in: starting materials -- 2.4 Measurement imperfections -- 2.5 What comes out: analytical techniques -- 2.6 Conclusions -- 3 The machines -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Machines for “easy” conditions (atmospheric pressure) -- 3.3 Machines for near-surface hydrothermal conditions -- 3.4 Moderate pressure: crust-upper-mantle machines -- 3.5 Ultra-pressure machines -- 3.6 Machines for thermodynamic measurements -- 3.7 Conclusions -- 4 Metamorphic experiments on solid-solid reactions -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Reactions involving pure phases -- 4.3 Displaced equilibria and activity measurements -- 4.4 Displaced equilibria with two solid solutions -- 4.5 Coexisting solid solutions -- 4.6 Putting it all together -- 5 Metamorphic experiments on solid-fluid reactions -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Fluid generation and control -- 5.3 Devolatilization experiments -- 5.4 Mineral-fluid interactions -- 6 Just fluids -- 6.1 Objectives -- 6.2 Volumetric measurements: P-V-T -- 6.3 Speciation from solubility -- 6.4 Speciation from spectroscopy -- 6.5 Speciation from electrical conductivity -- 6.6 Conclusions -- 7 Igneous experiments on melts and crystals -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Atmospheric pressure experiments -- 7.3 Crustal magmas -- 7.4 Experiments at mantle pressures -- 7.5 Trace element behavior -- 7.6 Conclusions -- 8 Igneous experiments on melts and fluids -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 Volatile solubilities in melts -- 8.3 Spectroscopic measurements and speciation methods -- 8.4 Distribution of elements between melts and fluids -- 8.5 Conclusions -- 9 Physical properties of Earth materials -- 9.1 Introduction -- 9.2 Viscosity of silicate melts -- 9.3 Diffusion -- 9.4 Crystal growth -- 9.5 Elastic properties -- 9.6 Conclusions -- A.1 Measuring temperature -- A.2 Measuring and generating pressure -- A.3 Controlling oxygen fugacity -- A.4 Materials -- A.5 Preparation of starting materials -- Bibliography/References.
    Abstract: This is a book about the why and how of doing experiments on rocks, minerals, magmas, and fluids. It could have as logically been subtitled "Experimental petrology" as "Experimental geochemistry," but we chose geochemistry to emphasize the broad and overlapping nature of current experimental work. We have tried to aim the book at a general readership which we hope will include advanced undergraduate students, graduate students, and anyone else interested in learning something about experimental petrology. Although we hope there will be something of interest for the practicing experimentalist, our aim is at the non-experimentalist interested in learning why experiments are useful, what kind of experiments can be done, and what some of the major problems and limitations are and how they can best be avoided. The result of a journey through this book should be an ability to evaluate published experimental work critically and a knowledge of the kinds of problems an experimentalist might be able to help solve. Some details of experimental technique are included in the Appendix for those readers who want to "get their hands dirty. " Indeed, one of our main incentives for writing this book was to try to encourage more petrologists and geochemists to become experimentalists. In our pedagogical approach we have chosen to discuss a small number of case histories as illustrations of principles and techniques. We have tried to select studies we regard as well executed.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 The scope1.1 The questions -- 1.2 Experimental philosophy -- 1.3 Conclusions -- 2 The good experiment -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 The conditions -- 2.3 What goes in: starting materials -- 2.4 Measurement imperfections -- 2.5 What comes out: analytical techniques -- 2.6 Conclusions -- 3 The machines -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Machines for “easy” conditions (atmospheric pressure) -- 3.3 Machines for near-surface hydrothermal conditions -- 3.4 Moderate pressure: crust-upper-mantle machines -- 3.5 Ultra-pressure machines -- 3.6 Machines for thermodynamic measurements -- 3.7 Conclusions -- 4 Metamorphic experiments on solid-solid reactions -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Reactions involving pure phases -- 4.3 Displaced equilibria and activity measurements -- 4.4 Displaced equilibria with two solid solutions -- 4.5 Coexisting solid solutions -- 4.6 Putting it all together -- 5 Metamorphic experiments on solid-fluid reactions -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Fluid generation and control -- 5.3 Devolatilization experiments -- 5.4 Mineral-fluid interactions -- 6 Just fluids -- 6.1 Objectives -- 6.2 Volumetric measurements: P-V-T -- 6.3 Speciation from solubility -- 6.4 Speciation from spectroscopy -- 6.5 Speciation from electrical conductivity -- 6.6 Conclusions -- 7 Igneous experiments on melts and crystals -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Atmospheric pressure experiments -- 7.3 Crustal magmas -- 7.4 Experiments at mantle pressures -- 7.5 Trace element behavior -- 7.6 Conclusions -- 8 Igneous experiments on melts and fluids -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 Volatile solubilities in melts -- 8.3 Spectroscopic measurements and speciation methods -- 8.4 Distribution of elements between melts and fluids -- 8.5 Conclusions -- 9 Physical properties of Earth materials -- 9.1 Introduction -- 9.2 Viscosity of silicate melts -- 9.3 Diffusion -- 9.4 Crystal growth -- 9.5 Elastic properties -- 9.6 Conclusions -- A.1 Measuring temperature -- A.2 Measuring and generating pressure -- A.3 Controlling oxygen fugacity -- A.4 Materials -- A.5 Preparation of starting materials -- Bibliography/References.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 44
    ISBN: 9781468469066
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Fourth Edition
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 The Nature of Printing Inks -- 1.1 Visual characteristics of inks -- 1.2 The nature of printing inks as determined by the printing process -- 1.3 The drying characteristics -- 1.4 The adhesive nature of printing inks -- 1.5 The resistance properties of printing inks -- 2 The Printing Processes -- 2.1 The letterpress process -- 2.2 The offset lithographic process -- 2.3 The gravure process -- 2.4 The flexographic process -- 2.5 The screen printing process -- 2.6 Non-impact printing processes -- 2.7 Other printing processes -- 2.8 Print recognition -- 2.9 Substrate selection -- 2.10 The need for communication -- 3 Colour and Colour Matching -- 3.1 The physical nature of colour -- 3.2 The perception of colour -- 3.3 Additive and subtractive colour mixing -- 3.4 Origins of colour in printed material -- 3.5 Graphic reproduction -- 3.6 The measurement of colour -- 3.7 The recording of colour data and the specification of colour -- 3.8 Colour matching -- 3.9 Instrumental colour match prediction -- References -- 4 Raw Materials -- Section I Pigments -- Section II Dyestuffs -- Section III Oils -- Section IV Resins -- Section V Solvents -- Section VI Plasticisers -- Section VII Waxes -- Section VIII Driers -- Section IX Miscellaneous additives -- Section X Raw materials for radiation curing systems -- Section XI Health and safety at work -- References -- 5 Letterpress Inks -- 5.1 Nature of the process -- 5.2 General characteristics of letterpress inks -- 5.3 Physical properties -- 5.4 Raw materials -- 5.5 Letterpress ink formulation -- 5.6 Ink-related problems and their possible solutions -- 5.7 New developments -- 6 Lithographic Inks -- 6.1 General characteristics of litho inks -- 6.2 Drying mechanisms -- 6.3 Physical properties -- 6.4 Formulating principles -- 6.5 Typical inks and varnishes -- 6.6 Ink-related problems and their possible solutions -- 6.7 Recent and future trends -- 7 Gravure Inks -- 7.1 General characteristics -- 7.2 Physical properties of inks and their measurement -- 7.3 Formulating principles -- 7.4 Inks and varnishes for specific end-use applications -- 7.5 Printing ink faults -- 7.6 Future developments -- 8 Flexographic Inks -- 8.1 General characteristics of the inks -- 8.2 Physical properties of flexographic inks and their measurement -- 8.3 Formulating principles -- 8.4 Inks and varnishes for special purposes -- 8.5 Ink-related printing problems and possible solutions -- 8.6 Recent and future trends -- 9 Screen Inks -- 9.1 Important characteristics of screen inks -- 9.2 Requirements of raw materials -- 9.3 Inks for paper and board -- 9.4 Inks for impervious surfaces -- 9.5 Inks for plastic containers -- 9.6 Textile inks -- 9.7 Transfer inks -- 9.8 Overprint varnishes -- 9.9 Daylight fluorescent inks -- 9.10 Process inks -- 9.11 Metallics -- 9.12 Ink-related printing problems -- 9.13 Recent and future trends -- 10 Radiation Curable Systems -- 10.1 Electromagnetic radiation and electron beams -- 10.2 Microwave and radio frequency drying -- 10.3 Infra-red curing systems -- 10.4 Ultraviolet and electron beam curable inks and varnishes -- 10.5 Radiation curing equipment -- 10.6 State of the art and future trends -- Further reading -- 11 Inks for Special Purposes -- 11.1 Non-impact printing -- 11.2 Speciality screen inks -- 11.3 Inks for the electronics industry -- 11.4 Inks for laminated plastics -- 11.5 Inks for wallcoverings -- 11.6 Textile transfer inks -- 11.7 Sterilisation inks -- 11.8 Metal decorating -- 11.9 Letterset printing -- 12 Manufacture of Inks and Varnishes -- 12.1 General requirements -- 12.2 The manufacturing processes -- 12.3 Mixing equipment -- 12.4 Milling equipment -- 12.5 Handling, storage and manufacture of UV inks -- 12.6 Manufacture of newspaper inks -- 12.7 Handling and storage of inks -- 12.8 Modern production trends -- 12.9 The future -- 13 Rheology of Printing Inks -- 13.1 Flow in ideal systems -- 13.2 Deviations from Newtonian behaviour -- 13.3 Apparatus for the measurement of the viscosity of Newtonian liquids -- 13.4 Practical measurements for non-Newtonian systems -- 13.5 Tack -- 13.6 Tack measurement -- 13.7 Ink distribution and related matters -- 13.8 Rheological measurements and machine design -- References -- 14 Testing, Control and Analysis -- 14.1 Standard tests -- 14.2 Sampling technique -- 14.3 Pigment testing -- 14.4 Chips and pre-dispersions -- 14.5 Dye testing -- 14.6 Resins -- 14.7 Varnishes and oils -- 14.8 Solvents -- 14.9 Radiation curing products -- 14.10 Miscellaneous materials -- 14.11 Ink quality control -- 14.12 Short-term ink testing -- 14.13 Long-term ink testing -- 14.14 Press performance tests -- 14.15 Dry print performance tests -- 14.16 Analysis of printing inks -- References -- Further reading -- 15 Health, Safety and the Environment -- 15.1 Handling of dangerous substances in the manufacture of printing inks -- 15.2 Mechanical and operational aspects -- 15.3 Specific printing ink applications -- 15.4 Some international constraints -- Glossary of abbreviations -- References.
    Abstract: The Printing Ink Manual was first published in 1961 under the auspices of the Society of British Printing Ink Manufacturers with the object of providing an authoritative work on printing ink technology. This, the fourth edition, continues that purpose and presents a comprehensive study of the current 'state of the art' in the ink industry. For those starting in the printing ink industry it is a textbook dealing with all aspects of the formulation and manufacture of printing ink. For the ink technician it is a practical manual and useful source of reference. For printers and users of printed material the manual supplies helpful information on the nature and behaviour of ink both on the printing press and as the finished print. Readers with a little scientific knowledge will have no difficulty in using the manual, but as in previous editions, sufficient chemistry and physics have been introduced to assist the advanced technician and research scientist.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 The Nature of Printing Inks1.1 Visual characteristics of inks -- 1.2 The nature of printing inks as determined by the printing process -- 1.3 The drying characteristics -- 1.4 The adhesive nature of printing inks -- 1.5 The resistance properties of printing inks -- 2 The Printing Processes -- 2.1 The letterpress process -- 2.2 The offset lithographic process -- 2.3 The gravure process -- 2.4 The flexographic process -- 2.5 The screen printing process -- 2.6 Non-impact printing processes -- 2.7 Other printing processes -- 2.8 Print recognition -- 2.9 Substrate selection -- 2.10 The need for communication -- 3 Colour and Colour Matching -- 3.1 The physical nature of colour -- 3.2 The perception of colour -- 3.3 Additive and subtractive colour mixing -- 3.4 Origins of colour in printed material -- 3.5 Graphic reproduction -- 3.6 The measurement of colour -- 3.7 The recording of colour data and the specification of colour -- 3.8 Colour matching -- 3.9 Instrumental colour match prediction -- References -- 4 Raw Materials -- Section I Pigments -- Section II Dyestuffs -- Section III Oils -- Section IV Resins -- Section V Solvents -- Section VI Plasticisers -- Section VII Waxes -- Section VIII Driers -- Section IX Miscellaneous additives -- Section X Raw materials for radiation curing systems -- Section XI Health and safety at work -- References -- 5 Letterpress Inks -- 5.1 Nature of the process -- 5.2 General characteristics of letterpress inks -- 5.3 Physical properties -- 5.4 Raw materials -- 5.5 Letterpress ink formulation -- 5.6 Ink-related problems and their possible solutions -- 5.7 New developments -- 6 Lithographic Inks -- 6.1 General characteristics of litho inks -- 6.2 Drying mechanisms -- 6.3 Physical properties -- 6.4 Formulating principles -- 6.5 Typical inks and varnishes -- 6.6 Ink-related problems and their possible solutions -- 6.7 Recent and future trends -- 7 Gravure Inks -- 7.1 General characteristics -- 7.2 Physical properties of inks and their measurement -- 7.3 Formulating principles -- 7.4 Inks and varnishes for specific end-use applications -- 7.5 Printing ink faults -- 7.6 Future developments -- 8 Flexographic Inks -- 8.1 General characteristics of the inks -- 8.2 Physical properties of flexographic inks and their measurement -- 8.3 Formulating principles -- 8.4 Inks and varnishes for special purposes -- 8.5 Ink-related printing problems and possible solutions -- 8.6 Recent and future trends -- 9 Screen Inks -- 9.1 Important characteristics of screen inks -- 9.2 Requirements of raw materials -- 9.3 Inks for paper and board -- 9.4 Inks for impervious surfaces -- 9.5 Inks for plastic containers -- 9.6 Textile inks -- 9.7 Transfer inks -- 9.8 Overprint varnishes -- 9.9 Daylight fluorescent inks -- 9.10 Process inks -- 9.11 Metallics -- 9.12 Ink-related printing problems -- 9.13 Recent and future trends -- 10 Radiation Curable Systems -- 10.1 Electromagnetic radiation and electron beams -- 10.2 Microwave and radio frequency drying -- 10.3 Infra-red curing systems -- 10.4 Ultraviolet and electron beam curable inks and varnishes -- 10.5 Radiation curing equipment -- 10.6 State of the art and future trends -- Further reading -- 11 Inks for Special Purposes -- 11.1 Non-impact printing -- 11.2 Speciality screen inks -- 11.3 Inks for the electronics industry -- 11.4 Inks for laminated plastics -- 11.5 Inks for wallcoverings -- 11.6 Textile transfer inks -- 11.7 Sterilisation inks -- 11.8 Metal decorating -- 11.9 Letterset printing -- 12 Manufacture of Inks and Varnishes -- 12.1 General requirements -- 12.2 The manufacturing processes -- 12.3 Mixing equipment -- 12.4 Milling equipment -- 12.5 Handling, storage and manufacture of UV inks -- 12.6 Manufacture of newspaper inks -- 12.7 Handling and storage of inks -- 12.8 Modern production trends -- 12.9 The future -- 13 Rheology of Printing Inks -- 13.1 Flow in ideal systems -- 13.2 Deviations from Newtonian behaviour -- 13.3 Apparatus for the measurement of the viscosity of Newtonian liquids -- 13.4 Practical measurements for non-Newtonian systems -- 13.5 Tack -- 13.6 Tack measurement -- 13.7 Ink distribution and related matters -- 13.8 Rheological measurements and machine design -- References -- 14 Testing, Control and Analysis -- 14.1 Standard tests -- 14.2 Sampling technique -- 14.3 Pigment testing -- 14.4 Chips and pre-dispersions -- 14.5 Dye testing -- 14.6 Resins -- 14.7 Varnishes and oils -- 14.8 Solvents -- 14.9 Radiation curing products -- 14.10 Miscellaneous materials -- 14.11 Ink quality control -- 14.12 Short-term ink testing -- 14.13 Long-term ink testing -- 14.14 Press performance tests -- 14.15 Dry print performance tests -- 14.16 Analysis of printing inks -- References -- Further reading -- 15 Health, Safety and the Environment -- 15.1 Handling of dangerous substances in the manufacture of printing inks -- 15.2 Mechanical and operational aspects -- 15.3 Specific printing ink applications -- 15.4 Some international constraints -- Glossary of abbreviations -- References.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 45
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401170871
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: Importance of estuaries -- Dymanamic role -- Scope of volume -- Suggested reading -- 1 The Estuary as a Resource -- 1.1 History of estuarine usage -- 1.2 Types and values of usage -- 1.3 Shipping -- 1.4 Domestic and industrial wastes -- 1.5 Fishing -- 1.6 Amenity -- 2 The Estuarine System -- 2.1 Estuarine classification -- 2.2 Sediment processes -- 2.3 Geochemical cycles -- 2.4 Primary production -- 2.5 Secondary pruduction -- 2.6 Energy flow -- 2.7 Environmental stresses -- 3 Impacts, Contamination and Pollution -- 3.1 Impacts -- 3.2 Contamination and pollution -- 3.3 Sewage and organic wastes -- 3.4 Heat -- 3.5 Hydrocarbons -- 3.6 Heavy metals -- 3.7 Organochlorines -- 3.8 Radioactivity -- 4 Effects and Detection -- 4.1 Indices -- 4.2 Biological indicators -- 4.3 Dose/response relationship -- 4.4 Community responses -- 4.5 Population responses -- 4.6 Individual responses -- 4.7 Cellular and sub-cellular responses -- 4.8 Overview -- 5 Management -- 5.1 Goals -- 5.2 Uniform Emission Standards and Best Available Technology -- 5.3 Environmental Quality Objective -- 5.4 Discharge Location -- 5.5 Environmental Quality Standards -- 5.6 International legislation -- 5.7 Future developments.
    Abstract: Estuaries are the interface between man and the sea. and they are the channels for the impact of man on the marine environment. Because they are to a greater or lesser extent connected to the sea. they have traditionally been regarded as part of that seemingly infinite resource. or at best an open-ended means of access to it. This approach has led to conflicts between the users of the estuary. and with the increase not only in population but more particularly in the developed countries in manufacturing output. these conflicts have become more and more acute . The estuary should always be regarded as a resource. and a finite resource at that. and the problem in management is to optimise the use of that resource. It is clearly wasteful and inefficient not to use it to its full capacity. and this includes both overuse of the system. such that the whole thing collapses. and underuse. in which there is still spare capacity for one use or another. The objective of this book is to explore the uses to which estuaries are put and the means by which the performance of the system under load may be assessed. It seems appropriate here to mention that although this book will be talking about estuaries. the majority of it will be applicable also to lagoons. semi-enclosed bays and other such systems.
    Description / Table of Contents: Importance of estuariesDymanamic role -- Scope of volume -- Suggested reading -- 1 The Estuary as a Resource -- 1.1 History of estuarine usage -- 1.2 Types and values of usage -- 1.3 Shipping -- 1.4 Domestic and industrial wastes -- 1.5 Fishing -- 1.6 Amenity -- 2 The Estuarine System -- 2.1 Estuarine classification -- 2.2 Sediment processes -- 2.3 Geochemical cycles -- 2.4 Primary production -- 2.5 Secondary pruduction -- 2.6 Energy flow -- 2.7 Environmental stresses -- 3 Impacts, Contamination and Pollution -- 3.1 Impacts -- 3.2 Contamination and pollution -- 3.3 Sewage and organic wastes -- 3.4 Heat -- 3.5 Hydrocarbons -- 3.6 Heavy metals -- 3.7 Organochlorines -- 3.8 Radioactivity -- 4 Effects and Detection -- 4.1 Indices -- 4.2 Biological indicators -- 4.3 Dose/response relationship -- 4.4 Community responses -- 4.5 Population responses -- 4.6 Individual responses -- 4.7 Cellular and sub-cellular responses -- 4.8 Overview -- 5 Management -- 5.1 Goals -- 5.2 Uniform Emission Standards and Best Available Technology -- 5.3 Environmental Quality Objective -- 5.4 Discharge Location -- 5.5 Environmental Quality Standards -- 5.6 International legislation -- 5.7 Future developments.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 46
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401159838
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 General background -- Spatial scale -- Rock resistance -- Mechanisms of rock control -- Conclusions -- 2 Rock type and landform assemblages -- Igneous rocks -- Metamorphic rocks -- Sedimentary rocks -- Assessment of landform assemblages -- Spatial distribution of rock types -- Other rock classifications -- Conclusions -- 3 Landscape evolution and rock properties -- Slope angle, form and processes -- Denudation rates -- Slope development on horizontally bedded rocks -- Drainage basin properties -- Bedrock meanders -- Drainage patterns -- Conclusions -- 4 Rock strength and resistance -- Hardness and toughness -- Porosity, permeability and water absorption -- Strength and rock deformation -- Appraisal -- 5 Resistance to weathering -- Chemical weathering -- Chemical weathering of minerals -- Chemical weathering of rocks -- Physical weathering -- Conclusions -- 6 Weathering profiles and landform development -- Weathering front -- Weathering profile differentiation -- Weathering grades -- Weathering depths -- Weathering and the water table -- Spatial patterns of weathering profiles -- Duricrusts -- Weathering profiles and slope form -- Weathering and rock strength -- Weathering and slope instability -- Threshold slopes -- 7 Instability in jointed and fissured rock -- Characteristics of jointed rock -- Unloading joints and rebound phenomena -- Models of jointed rock behaviour -- Rock mass strength classifications -- Strength equilibrium slopes -- Modes of rock failure -- 8 Landforms on granitic rocks -- Inselbergs -- Domed inselbergs (bornhardts) -- Tors (boulder inselbergs) -- Landscape types -- Conclusions -- 9 Properties and landforms of mudrocks -- Terminology of mudrocks -- Composition of mudrocks -- Consolidation and unloading of mudrocks -- Consistency limits -- Microstructure -- Macrostructure -- Shear strength -- Weathering effects -- Swelling and shrinkage -- Landslides and slope development -- Mudslides -- Sensitive clays -- Conclusions -- 10 A rock-landform synthesis -- Landforms of glacial erosion -- Marine cliffs and shore platforms -- Rocks, landforms and climate -- Conclusions.
    Abstract: Geomorphology can be defined simply as the study of landforms. Landforms are the result of the interaction between what Ritter (1978) has called the driving and resisting forces. The driving forces or processes are the methods by which energy is exerted on earth materials and include both surface, geomorphological or exogenous processes and subsurface, geological or endogenous processes. The resisting forces are the surface materials with their inherent resistances determined by a complex combination of rock properties. Stated in these simple terms it would be expected that both sides of the equation be given equal weight in syntheses of landform evolution. However, this has not been the case. Until about the 1950s, geomorphology was mainly descriptive and concerned with producing time-dependent models of landscape evolution. Although the form of the land was the main focus, there was little detailed mention of process and scant attention to the properties of surface materials. There were, of course, exceptions. In the late 19th century G.K. Gilbert was stressing the equilibrium between landforms and processes. Many hydrologists were examining the detailed workings of river 'systems and drainage basins, culminating in the classic paper of Horton (1945).
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 General backgroundSpatial scale -- Rock resistance -- Mechanisms of rock control -- Conclusions -- 2 Rock type and landform assemblages -- Igneous rocks -- Metamorphic rocks -- Sedimentary rocks -- Assessment of landform assemblages -- Spatial distribution of rock types -- Other rock classifications -- Conclusions -- 3 Landscape evolution and rock properties -- Slope angle, form and processes -- Denudation rates -- Slope development on horizontally bedded rocks -- Drainage basin properties -- Bedrock meanders -- Drainage patterns -- Conclusions -- 4 Rock strength and resistance -- Hardness and toughness -- Porosity, permeability and water absorption -- Strength and rock deformation -- Appraisal -- 5 Resistance to weathering -- Chemical weathering -- Chemical weathering of minerals -- Chemical weathering of rocks -- Physical weathering -- Conclusions -- 6 Weathering profiles and landform development -- Weathering front -- Weathering profile differentiation -- Weathering grades -- Weathering depths -- Weathering and the water table -- Spatial patterns of weathering profiles -- Duricrusts -- Weathering profiles and slope form -- Weathering and rock strength -- Weathering and slope instability -- Threshold slopes -- 7 Instability in jointed and fissured rock -- Characteristics of jointed rock -- Unloading joints and rebound phenomena -- Models of jointed rock behaviour -- Rock mass strength classifications -- Strength equilibrium slopes -- Modes of rock failure -- 8 Landforms on granitic rocks -- Inselbergs -- Domed inselbergs (bornhardts) -- Tors (boulder inselbergs) -- Landscape types -- Conclusions -- 9 Properties and landforms of mudrocks -- Terminology of mudrocks -- Composition of mudrocks -- Consolidation and unloading of mudrocks -- Consistency limits -- Microstructure -- Macrostructure -- Shear strength -- Weathering effects -- Swelling and shrinkage -- Landslides and slope development -- Mudslides -- Sensitive clays -- Conclusions -- 10 A rock-landform synthesis -- Landforms of glacial erosion -- Marine cliffs and shore platforms -- Rocks, landforms and climate -- Conclusions.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 47
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401170819
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1. Introduction -- 1.1 Nature and Origin of Anutrients in the Diet -- 1.2 Potential Carcinogens in Foods -- 1.3 Pharmacological Agents (Drugs) -- 1.4 Clinical Implications of Induced Rate of Metabolism of Foreign Compounds -- 2. The Fate of Anutrients in the Body -- 2.1 Metabolism of Foreign Compounds -- 2.2 Nutritional Factors Affecting the Metabolism ofAnutrients -- 2.3 Non-nutritional Dietary Factors Affecting the Metabolism of Anutrients -- 3. Nutritional Consequences of Drug Therapy -- 3.1 Drugs Affecting Food Intake -- 3.2 Drugs Affecting Absorption -- 3.3 Drugs Affecting Carbohydrate Metabolism -- 3.4 Drugs Affecting Lipid Metabolism -- 3.5 Drugs Affecting Protein and Amino Acid Metabolism -- 3.6 Drugs and Vitamin Interactions -- 3.7 Drug and Mineral Interactions -- 3.8 Conclusions -- 4. Alcohol and Nutrition -- 4.1 Alcohol Metabolism -- 4.2 Metabolic Effectsof Alcohol in the Liver -- 4.3 Alcohol and Malnutrition -- 4.4 Alcohol-related Conditions -- 5. Possible Adverse Effects of the Pharmacological Use of Vitamins -- 5.1 Fat-soluble Vitamins -- 5.2 Water-soluble Vitamins -- 5.3 Conclusions -- 6. Drug-Food Interactions -- 6.1 Food Reduces/Delays Drug Absorption -- 6.2 Food Increases Drug Absorption -- 6.3 Food Affecting Urinary Excretion of Drugs -- 6.4 Adverse Reactions Caused by Food -- 7. Nutrition and Experimental Carcinogenesis -- 7.1 Vitamin A (Retinol) -- 7.2 ?-Carotene -- 7.3 Vitamin E(?-Tocopherol) -- 7.4 Selenium -- 7.5 Vitamin C (Ascorbic Acid) -- 7.6 Conclusions -- 8. General Conclusions -- References.
    Abstract: In the world at large and in the Western World in particular, the average age of the population is increasing. This is related to an increase in lifespan resulting from remarkable advances in preventive medicine and the clinical sciences. There has also been a concomitant rise of the modern pharmaceutical and chemical industries which support modern treatment methods and influence the pattern of human disease. The science of nutrition has also made major advances in recent years and is poised for even more encouraging contributions as the tools of molecular biology are applied to mechanisms of nutrient effects at the molecular level. Instruction in nutritional science can no longer be restricted to a description of the chemistry of major dietary constituents, diseases associated with a deficiency, and the amounts of nutrients required to prevent them. Modern nutritionists must now address the pervasive interrelationships of long-term nutritional habits and chronic diseases of the cardiovascular system, of cancer, and of osteoporosis, among others. There is also the role of nutrition as a tool in the treatment of post­ operative and other patients in the clinical setting. It is at these interfaces that drugs and nutrients interact in significant ways.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Introduction1.1 Nature and Origin of Anutrients in the Diet -- 1.2 Potential Carcinogens in Foods -- 1.3 Pharmacological Agents (Drugs) -- 1.4 Clinical Implications of Induced Rate of Metabolism of Foreign Compounds -- 2. The Fate of Anutrients in the Body -- 2.1 Metabolism of Foreign Compounds -- 2.2 Nutritional Factors Affecting the Metabolism ofAnutrients -- 2.3 Non-nutritional Dietary Factors Affecting the Metabolism of Anutrients -- 3. Nutritional Consequences of Drug Therapy -- 3.1 Drugs Affecting Food Intake -- 3.2 Drugs Affecting Absorption -- 3.3 Drugs Affecting Carbohydrate Metabolism -- 3.4 Drugs Affecting Lipid Metabolism -- 3.5 Drugs Affecting Protein and Amino Acid Metabolism -- 3.6 Drugs and Vitamin Interactions -- 3.7 Drug and Mineral Interactions -- 3.8 Conclusions -- 4. Alcohol and Nutrition -- 4.1 Alcohol Metabolism -- 4.2 Metabolic Effectsof Alcohol in the Liver -- 4.3 Alcohol and Malnutrition -- 4.4 Alcohol-related Conditions -- 5. Possible Adverse Effects of the Pharmacological Use of Vitamins -- 5.1 Fat-soluble Vitamins -- 5.2 Water-soluble Vitamins -- 5.3 Conclusions -- 6. Drug-Food Interactions -- 6.1 Food Reduces/Delays Drug Absorption -- 6.2 Food Increases Drug Absorption -- 6.3 Food Affecting Urinary Excretion of Drugs -- 6.4 Adverse Reactions Caused by Food -- 7. Nutrition and Experimental Carcinogenesis -- 7.1 Vitamin A (Retinol) -- 7.2 ?-Carotene -- 7.3 Vitamin E(?-Tocopherol) -- 7.4 Selenium -- 7.5 Vitamin C (Ascorbic Acid) -- 7.6 Conclusions -- 8. General Conclusions -- References.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 48
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Springer US
    ISBN: 9781461597070
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Lumped and distributed circuits -- 2 Characteristics of ideal transmission lines/cables -- 2.1 Equations for an ideal line -- 2.2 Possibility of line pulse reflections -- 2.3 Matching and mismatching -- 2.4 ‘Phantom generator’ interpretation of reflections -- 3 The reflection chart -- 3.1 The Reflection Chart: step-input voltage -- 3.2 Rectangular pulse drive -- 3.3 Input waveforms with finite rise- and fall-times -- 4’ sliding-Load-Line’ analysis of pulses on lines -- 4.1 Resistive terminations -- 4.2 Nonlinear load: a diode termination -- 4.3 Reflections with logic circuit interconnections -- 5 Time domain reflectometry -- 5.1 Application examples: step and truncated-ramp drive -- 6 Crosstalk -- 6.1 Crosstalk with strip lines -- 6.2 Crosstalk with cable bundles: general comments -- 7 Logic signal transmission: an introduction -- 7.1 Transmission characteristics -- 7.2 Noise rejection in unbalanced and balanced systems -- 7.3 Single-ended, point-to-point transmission: RS232C -- 7.4 Multi-point bidirectional data transmission: RS485 -- Appendix A: Résumé of practical line characteristics -- Appendix B: Laboratory demonstration work -- General considerations -- Circuit descriptions and observed waveforms -- Appendix C: General notes on waveform observation -- Lumped systems -- Distributed systems -- Answers (including worked solutions to problems) -- References.
    Abstract: The coming of digital electronics has given rise to many textbook- outstanding among which are the authoritative works of Douglas Lewin- dealing, in the main, with the combinational and sequential logic aspects of system design. By comparison, the coverage of digital hardware has been meagre: in particular, books on logic circuit interconnections have been scarce in number. When circuits operated at relatively low speeds this did not cause major problems to engineers and students, but the increasing use of fast, and very fast, logic circuits employed extensively in modern digital systems has brought the requirement for properly-designed transmission paths between printed circuit boards, on the boards, and even in the integrated circuit packages themselves. turn, has necessitated a physical understanding of line pulse This, in behaviour, and an ability to design practically appropriate interconnection systems, by a far wider audience of engineers, scientists and students than has been the case hitherto. For many years the study of transmission lines was, primarily, the province of the telecommunications engineer sending high-frequency radio signals to antennas for radiation into space, and the power engineer working at low frequencies (50/60 Hz) but with corresponding wavelengths comparable with the relatively large distances involved in the supply of power from generating stations to remote users. The textbook treatment of lines was well­ established, but based mainly on the assumption of sinusoidal signals. This 'frequency-domain' approach is not best suited to the understanding of the transmission of digital signals.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Lumped and distributed circuits2 Characteristics of ideal transmission lines/cables -- 2.1 Equations for an ideal line -- 2.2 Possibility of line pulse reflections -- 2.3 Matching and mismatching -- 2.4 ‘Phantom generator’ interpretation of reflections -- 3 The reflection chart -- 3.1 The Reflection Chart: step-input voltage -- 3.2 Rectangular pulse drive -- 3.3 Input waveforms with finite rise- and fall-times -- 4’ sliding-Load-Line’ analysis of pulses on lines -- 4.1 Resistive terminations -- 4.2 Nonlinear load: a diode termination -- 4.3 Reflections with logic circuit interconnections -- 5 Time domain reflectometry -- 5.1 Application examples: step and truncated-ramp drive -- 6 Crosstalk -- 6.1 Crosstalk with strip lines -- 6.2 Crosstalk with cable bundles: general comments -- 7 Logic signal transmission: an introduction -- 7.1 Transmission characteristics -- 7.2 Noise rejection in unbalanced and balanced systems -- 7.3 Single-ended, point-to-point transmission: RS232C -- 7.4 Multi-point bidirectional data transmission: RS485 -- Appendix A: Résumé of practical line characteristics -- Appendix B: Laboratory demonstration work -- General considerations -- Circuit descriptions and observed waveforms -- Appendix C: General notes on waveform observation -- Lumped systems -- Distributed systems -- Answers (including worked solutions to problems) -- References.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 49
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Springer US
    ISBN: 9781461310679
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Introduction -- 1.1 Arrivals in time -- 1.2 Reliability -- 1.3 Safety assessment -- 1.4 Random stress and strength -- Notes on the literature -- Problems -- 2 Point processes -- 2.1 The probabilistic context -- 2.2 Two methods of representation -- 2.3 Parameters of point processes -- 2.4 Transformation to a process with constant arrival rate -- 2.5 Time between arrivals -- Notes on the literature -- Problems -- 3 Homogeneous Poisson processes -- 3.1 Definition -- 3.2 Characterization -- 3.3 Time between arrivals for the hP process -- 3.4 Relations to the uniform distribution -- 3.5 A process with simultaneous arrivals -- Notes on the literature -- Problems -- 4 Application of point processes to a theory of safety assessment -- 4.1 The Reactor Safety Study -- 4.2 The annual probability of a reactor accident -- 4.3 A stochastic consequence model -- 4.4 A concept of rare events -- 4.5 Common mode failures -- 4.6 Conclusion -- Notes on the literature -- Problems -- 5 Renewal processes -- 5.1 Probabilistic theory -- 5.2 The renewal process cannot model equipment wearout -- Notes on the literature -- Problems -- 6 Poisson processes -- 6.1 The Poisson model -- 6.2 Characterization of regular Poisson processes -- 6.3 Time between arrivals for Poisson processes -- 6.4 Further observations on software error detection -- Notes on the literature -- Problems -- 7 Superimposed processes -- Notes on the literature -- Problems -- 8 Markov point processes -- 8.1 Theory -- 8.2 The Poisson process -- 8.3 Facilitation and hindrance -- Notes on the literature -- Problems -- 9 Applications of Markov point processes -- 9.1 Egg-laying dispersal of the bean weevil -- 9.2 Application of facilitation — hindrance to the spatial distribution of benthic invertebrates -- 9.3 The Luria-Delbrück model -- 9.4 Chance placement of balls in cells -- 9.5 A model for multiple vehicle automobile accidents -- 9.6 Engels’ model -- Notes on the literature -- Problems -- 10 The order statistics process -- 10.1 The sampling of lifetimes -- 10.2 Derivation from the Poisson process -- 10.3 A Poisson model of equipment wearout -- Notes on the literature -- Problems -- 11 Competing risk theory -- 11.1 Markov chain model -- 11.2 Classical competing risks -- 11.3 Competing risk presentation of reactor safety studies -- 11.4 Delayed fatalities -- 11.5 Proportional hazard rates -- Notes on the literature -- Problems -- Further reading -- Appendix 1 Probability background -- A1.1 Probability distributions -- A1.2 Expectation -- A1.3 Transformation of variables -- A1.4 The distribution of order statistics -- A1.5 Conditional probability -- A1.6 Operational methods in probability -- A1.7 Convergence concepts and results in the theory of probability -- Notes on the literature -- Appendix 2 Technical topics -- A2.1 Existence of point process parameters -- A2.2 No simultaneous arrivals -- Solutions to a few of the problems -- References -- Author index.
    Abstract: In teaching an elementary course in stochastic processes it was noticed that many seemingly deep results in point processes are readily accessible by the device of representing them in terms of random gap lengths between points. The possibility of representing point processes in terms of sequences of random variables rather than probability measures makes them mathemati­ cally simpler than general stochastic processes. Point processes can be studied using only the tools of elementary probability, that is the joint distributions of finitely many random variables. Given the wide applicability of point process models and the difficulty of access by the measure-theoretic route, it was determined that the simpler representation is of sufficient expository im­ portance to deserve emphasis. The present book is the result: it is specialized and short and therefore is called a monograph. In its development the material has been taught to several classes with pleasing results. Students have apparently understood theorems which by other methods appear difficult and deep. A few of the results, particularly on reliability, safety assessment and clustering, are original applied research. An alternative title for this monograph might be 'Point processes: What they are and what they are good for.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Introduction1.1 Arrivals in time -- 1.2 Reliability -- 1.3 Safety assessment -- 1.4 Random stress and strength -- Notes on the literature -- Problems -- 2 Point processes -- 2.1 The probabilistic context -- 2.2 Two methods of representation -- 2.3 Parameters of point processes -- 2.4 Transformation to a process with constant arrival rate -- 2.5 Time between arrivals -- Notes on the literature -- Problems -- 3 Homogeneous Poisson processes -- 3.1 Definition -- 3.2 Characterization -- 3.3 Time between arrivals for the hP process -- 3.4 Relations to the uniform distribution -- 3.5 A process with simultaneous arrivals -- Notes on the literature -- Problems -- 4 Application of point processes to a theory of safety assessment -- 4.1 The Reactor Safety Study -- 4.2 The annual probability of a reactor accident -- 4.3 A stochastic consequence model -- 4.4 A concept of rare events -- 4.5 Common mode failures -- 4.6 Conclusion -- Notes on the literature -- Problems -- 5 Renewal processes -- 5.1 Probabilistic theory -- 5.2 The renewal process cannot model equipment wearout -- Notes on the literature -- Problems -- 6 Poisson processes -- 6.1 The Poisson model -- 6.2 Characterization of regular Poisson processes -- 6.3 Time between arrivals for Poisson processes -- 6.4 Further observations on software error detection -- Notes on the literature -- Problems -- 7 Superimposed processes -- Notes on the literature -- Problems -- 8 Markov point processes -- 8.1 Theory -- 8.2 The Poisson process -- 8.3 Facilitation and hindrance -- Notes on the literature -- Problems -- 9 Applications of Markov point processes -- 9.1 Egg-laying dispersal of the bean weevil -- 9.2 Application of facilitation - hindrance to the spatial distribution of benthic invertebrates -- 9.3 The Luria-Delbrück model -- 9.4 Chance placement of balls in cells -- 9.5 A model for multiple vehicle automobile accidents -- 9.6 Engels’ model -- Notes on the literature -- Problems -- 10 The order statistics process -- 10.1 The sampling of lifetimes -- 10.2 Derivation from the Poisson process -- 10.3 A Poisson model of equipment wearout -- Notes on the literature -- Problems -- 11 Competing risk theory -- 11.1 Markov chain model -- 11.2 Classical competing risks -- 11.3 Competing risk presentation of reactor safety studies -- 11.4 Delayed fatalities -- 11.5 Proportional hazard rates -- Notes on the literature -- Problems -- Further reading -- Appendix 1 Probability background -- A1.1 Probability distributions -- A1.2 Expectation -- A1.3 Transformation of variables -- A1.4 The distribution of order statistics -- A1.5 Conditional probability -- A1.6 Operational methods in probability -- A1.7 Convergence concepts and results in the theory of probability -- Notes on the literature -- Appendix 2 Technical topics -- A2.1 Existence of point process parameters -- A2.2 No simultaneous arrivals -- Solutions to a few of the problems -- References -- Author index.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 50
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400912113
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XII, 291 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Probability and its laws -- 1.1 Uncertainty and probability -- 1.2 Direct measurement -- Exercises 1(a) -- 1.3 Betting behaviour -- 1.4 Fair bets -- 1.5 The Addition Law -- Exercises 1(b) -- 1.6 The Multiplication Law -- 1.7 Independence -- Exercises 1(c) -- 2 Probability measurements -- 2.1 True probabilities -- Exercises 2(a) -- 2.2 Elaboration -- Exercises 2(b) -- 2.3 The disjunction theorem -- Exercises 2(c) -- 2.4 The sum theorem -- Exercises 2(d) -- 2.5 Partitions -- 2.6 Symmetry probability -- Exercises 2(e) -- 3 Bayes’ theorem -- 3.1 Extending the argument -- Exercises 3(a) -- 3.2 Bayes’ theorem -- 3.3 Learning from experience -- Exercises 3(b) -- 3.4 Zero probabilities in Bayes’ theorem -- 3.5 Example: disputed authorship -- 4 Trials and deals -- 4.1 The product theorem -- 4.2 Mutual independence -- Exercises 4(a) -- 4.3 Trials -- 4.4 Factorials and combinations -- Exercises 4(b) -- 4.5 Binomial probabilities -- Exercises 4(c) -- 4.6 Multinomial probabilities -- Exercises 4(d) -- 4.7 Deals -- 4.8 Probabilities from information -- Exercises 4(e) -- 4.9 Properties of deals -- 4.10 Hypergeometric probabilities -- Exercises 4(f) -- 4.11 Deals from large collections -- Exercises 4(g) -- 5 Random variables -- 5.1 Definitions -- 5.2 Two or more random variables -- Exercises 5(a) -- 5.3 Elaborations with random variables -- 5.4 Example: capture-recapture -- 5.5 Example: job applications -- Exercises 5(b) -- 5.6 Mean and standard deviation -- Exercises 5(c) -- 5.7 Measuring distributions -- 5.8 Some standard distributions -- Exercises 5(d) -- 6 Distribution theory -- 6.1 Deriving standard distributions -- 6.2 Combining distributions -- Exercises 6(a) -- 6.3 Basic theory of expectations -- 6.4 Further expectation theory -- Exercises 6(b) -- 6.5 Covariance and correlation -- Exercises 6(c) -- 6.6 Conditional expectations -- 6.7 Linear regression functions -- Exercises 6(d) -- 7 Continuous distributions -- 7.1 Continuous random variables -- 7.2 Distribution functions -- Exercises 7(a) -- 7.3 Density functions -- 7.4 Transformations and expectations -- Exercises 7(b) -- 7.5 Standard continuous distributions -- Exercises 7(c) -- 7.6 Two continuous random variables -- 7.7 Example: heat transfer -- Exercises 7(d) -- 7.8 Random variables of mixed type -- Exercises 7(e) -- 7.9 Continuous distribution theory -- Exercises 7(f) -- 8 Frequencies -- 8.1 Exchangeable propositions -- 8.2 The finite characterization -- Exercises 8(a) -- 8.3 De Finetti’s theorem -- 8.4 Updating -- Exercises 8(b) -- 8.5 Beta prior distributions -- Exercises 8(c) -- 8.6 Probability and frequency -- 8.7 Calibration -- 9 Statistical models -- 9.1 Parameters and models -- 9.2 Exchangeable random variables -- Exercises 9(a) -- 9.3 Samples -- 9.4 Measuring mean and variance -- Exercises 9(b) -- 9.5 Exchangeable parametric models -- 9.6 The normal location model -- Exercises 9(c) -- 9.7 The Poisson model -- 9.8 Linear estimation -- Exercises 9(d) -- 9.9 Postscript -- Appendix — Solutions to exercises.
    Abstract: This book is an elementary and practical introduction to probability theory. It differs from other introductory texts in two important respects. First, the per­ sonal (or subjective) view of probability is adopted throughout. Second, emphasis is placed on how values are assigned to probabilities in practice, i.e. the measurement of probabilities. The personal approach to probability is in many ways more natural than other current formulations, and can also provide a broader view of the subject. It thus has a unifying effect. It has also assumed great importance recently because of the growth of Bayesian Statistics. Personal probability is essential for modern Bayesian methods, and it can be difficult for students who have learnt a different view of probability to adapt to Bayesian thinking. This book has been produced in response to that difficulty, to present a thorough introduction to probability from scratch, and entirely in the personal framework.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Probability and its laws1.1 Uncertainty and probability -- 1.2 Direct measurement -- Exercises 1(a) -- 1.3 Betting behaviour -- 1.4 Fair bets -- 1.5 The Addition Law -- Exercises 1(b) -- 1.6 The Multiplication Law -- 1.7 Independence -- Exercises 1(c) -- 2 Probability measurements -- 2.1 True probabilities -- Exercises 2(a) -- 2.2 Elaboration -- Exercises 2(b) -- 2.3 The disjunction theorem -- Exercises 2(c) -- 2.4 The sum theorem -- Exercises 2(d) -- 2.5 Partitions -- 2.6 Symmetry probability -- Exercises 2(e) -- 3 Bayes’ theorem -- 3.1 Extending the argument -- Exercises 3(a) -- 3.2 Bayes’ theorem -- 3.3 Learning from experience -- Exercises 3(b) -- 3.4 Zero probabilities in Bayes’ theorem -- 3.5 Example: disputed authorship -- 4 Trials and deals -- 4.1 The product theorem -- 4.2 Mutual independence -- Exercises 4(a) -- 4.3 Trials -- 4.4 Factorials and combinations -- Exercises 4(b) -- 4.5 Binomial probabilities -- Exercises 4(c) -- 4.6 Multinomial probabilities -- Exercises 4(d) -- 4.7 Deals -- 4.8 Probabilities from information -- Exercises 4(e) -- 4.9 Properties of deals -- 4.10 Hypergeometric probabilities -- Exercises 4(f) -- 4.11 Deals from large collections -- Exercises 4(g) -- 5 Random variables -- 5.1 Definitions -- 5.2 Two or more random variables -- Exercises 5(a) -- 5.3 Elaborations with random variables -- 5.4 Example: capture-recapture -- 5.5 Example: job applications -- Exercises 5(b) -- 5.6 Mean and standard deviation -- Exercises 5(c) -- 5.7 Measuring distributions -- 5.8 Some standard distributions -- Exercises 5(d) -- 6 Distribution theory -- 6.1 Deriving standard distributions -- 6.2 Combining distributions -- Exercises 6(a) -- 6.3 Basic theory of expectations -- 6.4 Further expectation theory -- Exercises 6(b) -- 6.5 Covariance and correlation -- Exercises 6(c) -- 6.6 Conditional expectations -- 6.7 Linear regression functions -- Exercises 6(d) -- 7 Continuous distributions -- 7.1 Continuous random variables -- 7.2 Distribution functions -- Exercises 7(a) -- 7.3 Density functions -- 7.4 Transformations and expectations -- Exercises 7(b) -- 7.5 Standard continuous distributions -- Exercises 7(c) -- 7.6 Two continuous random variables -- 7.7 Example: heat transfer -- Exercises 7(d) -- 7.8 Random variables of mixed type -- Exercises 7(e) -- 7.9 Continuous distribution theory -- Exercises 7(f) -- 8 Frequencies -- 8.1 Exchangeable propositions -- 8.2 The finite characterization -- Exercises 8(a) -- 8.3 De Finetti’s theorem -- 8.4 Updating -- Exercises 8(b) -- 8.5 Beta prior distributions -- Exercises 8(c) -- 8.6 Probability and frequency -- 8.7 Calibration -- 9 Statistical models -- 9.1 Parameters and models -- 9.2 Exchangeable random variables -- Exercises 9(a) -- 9.3 Samples -- 9.4 Measuring mean and variance -- Exercises 9(b) -- 9.5 Exchangeable parametric models -- 9.6 The normal location model -- Exercises 9(c) -- 9.7 The Poisson model -- 9.8 Linear estimation -- Exercises 9(d) -- 9.9 Postscript -- Appendix - Solutions to exercises.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 51
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400911918
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Formation and occurrence of gemstones -- 1.1 Formation of inclusions -- 1.2 Inclusions in the major gemstones -- 1.3 Photographing inclusions -- 2 The nature of gemstones -- 2.1 Valency -- 2.2 Bonding -- 2.3 The building blocks of crystals -- 2.4 Polymorphism and isomorphism -- 2.5 The classification of minerals -- 2.6 Crystal structure -- 2.7 Properties of crystals -- 2.8 Gem crystals -- 3 Gem testing -- 3.1 Hardness -- 3.2 Gemstones and light -- 3.3 Specific gravity -- 4 Recent developments in gem testing -- 4.1 Thermal conductivity -- 4.2 Measurement of refractive index -- 4.3 Measurement of reflectivity -- 4.4 Surface assessment -- 4.5 X-ray topography -- 4.6 The electron microscope -- 4.7 The electron microprobe -- 4.8 Electron paramagnetic resonance -- 4.9 Energy dispersive X-ray spectrophotometry -- 4.10 UV spectrophotometry -- 5 Colour -- 5.1 The physics of colour -- 5.2 The chemistry of colour -- 5.3 Colour filters -- 5.4 The spectroscope -- 5.5 Alteration of colour -- 6 Fashioning -- 6.1 Fashioning of diamond -- 6.2 Other stones -- 7 Gemstones in commerce -- 7.1 Diamond grading -- 7.2 Buying gemstones -- 8 Descriptive section: inorganic materials -- 9 Descriptive section: organic materials -- 10 Synthetic and imitation stones -- 10.1 Crystal growth from solution -- 10.2 Growth by flame-fusion -- 10.3 Hydrothermal growth -- 10.4 Crystal pulling -- 10.5 Flux-melt growth -- 10.6 Manufacture of important stones -- 10.7 Composites -- 10.8 Glass -- 10.9 Metals -- 10.10 Ceramics -- 10.11 Plastics -- Appendix A Identification tables -- A1 Specific gravity -- A2 Refractive index -- A3 Birefringence -- A4 Dispersion -- A5 Hardness -- A6 Cleavage -- A7 Less common and trade names -- Appendix B Useful sources of information -- Appendix C Birthstones.
    Abstract: Gemstones is the first attempt in English to bring together the geological, mineralogical and gemmological developments that have taken place during the last thirty years. Though there have been many gemstone books published in that time, most have been concerned, understandably and rightly, with the science of gem testing and have covered that area very well. Details of the geological occurrence of many of the classic gemstones, and of nearly all those which have only recently been discovered, have been less adequately dealt with. Coverage has been restricted to a number of papers in a wide variety of geological and mineralogical journals. Gemstones hopes to get the balance right. In the preparation of the book all the journals and monographs in the field have been consulted so that the book should stand for some years as the authority to which gemmologists and others turn in the first instance. Ease of reference and depth of coverage make Gemstones both a reference book and a bench book. Acknow ledgements I am grateful to Brian Jackson of the Department of Geology, Royal Museums of Scotland who read the manuscript and painstakingly indicated places where amendment or alteration was needed. I am also grateful to the publishers of the books on which the line illustrations are based. The colour plates present in the book derive from a number of sources, which I would like to acknowledge as follows. Plates 1, 4-15 and 17 Crown copyright reserved.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Formation and occurrence of gemstones1.1 Formation of inclusions -- 1.2 Inclusions in the major gemstones -- 1.3 Photographing inclusions -- 2 The nature of gemstones -- 2.1 Valency -- 2.2 Bonding -- 2.3 The building blocks of crystals -- 2.4 Polymorphism and isomorphism -- 2.5 The classification of minerals -- 2.6 Crystal structure -- 2.7 Properties of crystals -- 2.8 Gem crystals -- 3 Gem testing -- 3.1 Hardness -- 3.2 Gemstones and light -- 3.3 Specific gravity -- 4 Recent developments in gem testing -- 4.1 Thermal conductivity -- 4.2 Measurement of refractive index -- 4.3 Measurement of reflectivity -- 4.4 Surface assessment -- 4.5 X-ray topography -- 4.6 The electron microscope -- 4.7 The electron microprobe -- 4.8 Electron paramagnetic resonance -- 4.9 Energy dispersive X-ray spectrophotometry -- 4.10 UV spectrophotometry -- 5 Colour -- 5.1 The physics of colour -- 5.2 The chemistry of colour -- 5.3 Colour filters -- 5.4 The spectroscope -- 5.5 Alteration of colour -- 6 Fashioning -- 6.1 Fashioning of diamond -- 6.2 Other stones -- 7 Gemstones in commerce -- 7.1 Diamond grading -- 7.2 Buying gemstones -- 8 Descriptive section: inorganic materials -- 9 Descriptive section: organic materials -- 10 Synthetic and imitation stones -- 10.1 Crystal growth from solution -- 10.2 Growth by flame-fusion -- 10.3 Hydrothermal growth -- 10.4 Crystal pulling -- 10.5 Flux-melt growth -- 10.6 Manufacture of important stones -- 10.7 Composites -- 10.8 Glass -- 10.9 Metals -- 10.10 Ceramics -- 10.11 Plastics -- Appendix A Identification tables -- A1 Specific gravity -- A2 Refractive index -- A3 Birefringence -- A4 Dispersion -- A5 Hardness -- A6 Cleavage -- A7 Less common and trade names -- Appendix B Useful sources of information -- Appendix C Birthstones.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 52
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Springer US
    ISBN: 9781468415148
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: Section 1 The Design Process -- Module 1.1 The Relationship between Geometry and Function -- Module 1.2 The Form of the Design Process -- Module 1.3 Traditional Drawing Practices -- Module 1.4 The Development of the CAD Industry -- Exercises -- Section 2 System Configuration -- Module 2.1 Workstations -- Module 2.2 Computers—Mainframes to Micros -- Module 2.3 Output Devices -- Module 2.4 Data Storage -- Module 2.5 Networked Systems -- Exercises -- Section 3 Entity Descriptions -- Module 3.1 Points, Lines and Circular Arcs -- Module 3.2 Basic Geometric Manipulations -- Module 3.3 Free-form Curves 1 -- Module 3.4 Free-form Curves 2 -- Module 3.5 Finding Intersections of Free-form Curves -- Module 3.6 Surfaces -- Exercises -- Section 4 View Transformations -- Module 4.1 Two-dimensional Transformations—Pan, Rotate and Zoom -- Module 4.2 Three-dimensional Transformation Matrices -- Module 4.3 Axial and Observer Systems -- Module 4.4 The Use of Perspective -- Module 4.5 Multi-view Presentations -- Module 4.6 Advanced Viewing Techniques -- Exercises -- Section 5 Types of CAD Modelling Systems -- Module 5.1 Two-dimensional Drafting Practice -- Module 5.2 Three-dimensional Wireframe Models -- Module 5.3 Surface Modelling -- Module 5.4 Solid Modelling -- Module 5.5 Display of Solid Models -- Exercises -- Section 6 The User Interface -- Module 6.1 User Command Language -- Module 6.2 Use of Menus -- Module 6.3 Graphics Interface Languages -- Module 6.4 Use of Parametrics -- Exercises -- Section 7 System Effectiveness and Organization -- Module 7.1 Information Flow -- Module 7.2 Establishing Design Needs -- Module 7.3 Identifying Benefits -- Module 7.4 Training for Operation -- Module 7.5 Working Environment -- Module 7.6 Design and Social Structure -- Module 7.7 System Management -- Exercises -- Section 8 Applications Programs -- Module 8.1 Analysis-centred Applications Programs -- Module 8.2 Manufacturing-centred Applications Programs -- Module 8.3 Control-centred Applications Programs -- Further Reading.
    Abstract: Many books already exist on computer-aided design and manufacture most of which are dedicated to describing the complexities of mathematical modelling and its application to industrial problems. In the experience of the present authors, however, if the subject is to be understood within its true, industrial context it must be taught in relation to the design process. Thus, while this book discusses both modelling and industrial applications, it also tries to provide an insight into design methodology, system selection and usage, and the social relationships that exist within design and manufacturing facilities. The teaching modules which make up the book are the distillation of material used by the authors both for undergraduate courses in CAD at BruneI University, and for seminars given to industrial users. The modules are not intended to be used in isolation, but rather to serve as an introductory survey which will enable students to grasp the broad outlines of the subject. Most aspects ofthe course presented here will need to be supported by further work and reading (see 'Further Reading'). In the authors' own courses much of the geometric and modelling work described in the text is supported by tutorial activities using the university department's commercial and research CAD/CAM systems. These include the Computervision-CADDS4X and Personal Systems.
    Description / Table of Contents: Section 1 The Design ProcessModule 1.1 The Relationship between Geometry and Function -- Module 1.2 The Form of the Design Process -- Module 1.3 Traditional Drawing Practices -- Module 1.4 The Development of the CAD Industry -- Exercises -- Section 2 System Configuration -- Module 2.1 Workstations -- Module 2.2 Computers-Mainframes to Micros -- Module 2.3 Output Devices -- Module 2.4 Data Storage -- Module 2.5 Networked Systems -- Exercises -- Section 3 Entity Descriptions -- Module 3.1 Points, Lines and Circular Arcs -- Module 3.2 Basic Geometric Manipulations -- Module 3.3 Free-form Curves 1 -- Module 3.4 Free-form Curves 2 -- Module 3.5 Finding Intersections of Free-form Curves -- Module 3.6 Surfaces -- Exercises -- Section 4 View Transformations -- Module 4.1 Two-dimensional Transformations-Pan, Rotate and Zoom -- Module 4.2 Three-dimensional Transformation Matrices -- Module 4.3 Axial and Observer Systems -- Module 4.4 The Use of Perspective -- Module 4.5 Multi-view Presentations -- Module 4.6 Advanced Viewing Techniques -- Exercises -- Section 5 Types of CAD Modelling Systems -- Module 5.1 Two-dimensional Drafting Practice -- Module 5.2 Three-dimensional Wireframe Models -- Module 5.3 Surface Modelling -- Module 5.4 Solid Modelling -- Module 5.5 Display of Solid Models -- Exercises -- Section 6 The User Interface -- Module 6.1 User Command Language -- Module 6.2 Use of Menus -- Module 6.3 Graphics Interface Languages -- Module 6.4 Use of Parametrics -- Exercises -- Section 7 System Effectiveness and Organization -- Module 7.1 Information Flow -- Module 7.2 Establishing Design Needs -- Module 7.3 Identifying Benefits -- Module 7.4 Training for Operation -- Module 7.5 Working Environment -- Module 7.6 Design and Social Structure -- Module 7.7 System Management -- Exercises -- Section 8 Applications Programs -- Module 8.1 Analysis-centred Applications Programs -- Module 8.2 Manufacturing-centred Applications Programs -- Module 8.3 Control-centred Applications Programs -- Further Reading.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 53
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401178105
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Introduction -- Problems of manufacturing management -- Just-in-time -- Implementation: the five steps -- 2 Traditional Manufacturing Management -- Inventory control policies -- Materials requirements planning systems -- Manufacturing resource planning: MRP II -- MRP problems -- 3 Just-In-Time Overview -- JIT is not a software package -- JIT is not a methodology -- Attack fundamental problems -- Eliminate waste -- Strive for simplicity -- Devise systems to identify problems -- Cost/benefit of implementing JIT -- Conclusion and summary -- 4 Step 1 : Getting the Ball Rolling -- Basic understanding -- Preliminary education -- Cost/benefit analysis -- Commitment -- Go/no go decision -- JIT project team selection -- Identifying the pilot plant -- Conclusion -- 5 Step 2: Education — The Make or Break Issue -- What is JIT education? -- Who needs JIT education? -- What should be covered? -- Conclusion -- 6 Step 3: Process Improvements -- Set-up time reduction -- How is low set-up time achieved? -- Preventative maintenance -- Changing to flow lines -- Conclusion -- 7 Step 4: Control Improvements -- Simple control -- Pull systems -- Kanban systems -- Linking MRP with pull/Kanban systems -- Shop floor control and quality at source -- Conclusion -- 8 Step 5: Vendor/Customer Links -- Links with vendors -- Multi-sourcing versus single-sourcing -- Short- versus long-term agreements -- Local versus distant suppliers -- How to implement links with vendors -- Links with customers -- Conclusion -- 9 JIT Implementation — The Proven Path -- How long should the implementation take? -- The implementation sequence — the proven path -- Case study A -- Case study B -- Conclusion -- 10 Summary and Conclusion -- Just-in-time systems -- Potential pitfalls -- The future -- Bibliography and Futher Reading.
    Abstract: This book describes both the essential features of Just-In-Time (JIT) how JIT can be successfully approaches to manufacturing and implemented. JIT marks a significant departure from previous western approaches to manufacturing management, and aims to improve quality levels and customer service while decreasing lead times and inventory levels. The use of simple though effective methods can, with proper management, lead to continual improvements in the manufacturing operation. A number of companies have now implemented JIT and some of these implementations have been very successful. However, what is becoming increasingly clear is that there is a significant number of JIT implementations that fail to achieve the potential benefits of JIT. It is not an easy task, and there are a number of pitfalls that await the unwary manager. My motivation for writing this book has been my experience of working with companies that have been successful in JIT and of seeing what needs to be done and how the implementing most common pitfalls can be avoided. The book is oriented towards batch manufacturing since this accounts for a large proportion of manufacturing in most western countries. Other types (including process, mass and jobbing) can also profitably use many of the JIT techniques to improve their operation.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 IntroductionProblems of manufacturing management -- Just-in-time -- Implementation: the five steps -- 2 Traditional Manufacturing Management -- Inventory control policies -- Materials requirements planning systems -- Manufacturing resource planning: MRP II -- MRP problems -- 3 Just-In-Time Overview -- JIT is not a software package -- JIT is not a methodology -- Attack fundamental problems -- Eliminate waste -- Strive for simplicity -- Devise systems to identify problems -- Cost/benefit of implementing JIT -- Conclusion and summary -- 4 Step 1 : Getting the Ball Rolling -- Basic understanding -- Preliminary education -- Cost/benefit analysis -- Commitment -- Go/no go decision -- JIT project team selection -- Identifying the pilot plant -- Conclusion -- 5 Step 2: Education - The Make or Break Issue -- What is JIT education? -- Who needs JIT education? -- What should be covered? -- Conclusion -- 6 Step 3: Process Improvements -- Set-up time reduction -- How is low set-up time achieved? -- Preventative maintenance -- Changing to flow lines -- Conclusion -- 7 Step 4: Control Improvements -- Simple control -- Pull systems -- Kanban systems -- Linking MRP with pull/Kanban systems -- Shop floor control and quality at source -- Conclusion -- 8 Step 5: Vendor/Customer Links -- Links with vendors -- Multi-sourcing versus single-sourcing -- Short- versus long-term agreements -- Local versus distant suppliers -- How to implement links with vendors -- Links with customers -- Conclusion -- 9 JIT Implementation - The Proven Path -- How long should the implementation take? -- The implementation sequence - the proven path -- Case study A -- Case study B -- Conclusion -- 10 Summary and Conclusion -- Just-in-time systems -- Potential pitfalls -- The future -- Bibliography and Futher Reading.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 54
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401170307
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIII, 786 p) , online resource
    Edition: Third Edition
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Introduction -- 1 General Discussion on the Stability of Nutrients -- 2 The Major Food Groups, Their Nutrient Content, and Principles of Food Processing -- 2 Nutrients in Food-Raw and Processed -- 3 Effects of Agricultural Practices, Handling, Processing, and Storage on Vegetables -- 4 Effects of Agricultural Practices, Handling, Processing, and Storage on Fruits -- 5 Effects of Agricultural Practices, Handling, Processing, and Storage on Cereals -- 6 Effects of Agricultural Practices, Handling, Processing, and Storage on Legumes and Oilseeds -- 7 Effects of Agricultural Practices, Handling, Processing, and Storage on Meat -- 8 Effects of Agricultural Practices on Milk and Dairy Products -- 9 Effects of Agricultural Practices on Poultry and Eggs -- 10 Effects of Handling, Processing, and Storage on Fish and Shellfish -- 3 Effects of Commercial Processing and Storage on Nutrients -- 11 Effects of Freeze Preservation on Nutrients -- 12 Effects of Heat Processing on Nutrients -- 13 Effects of Baking on Nutrients -- 14 Effects of Extrusion Processing on Nutrients -- 15 Effects of Moisture Removal on Nutrients -- 16 Effects of Fermentation on the Nutritional Properties of Food -- 17 Effects of Treatment with Food Additives on Nutrients -- 18 Use of Ionizing Radiation to Preserve Food -- 19 Stability of Nutrients during Storage of Processed Foods -- 4 Effects of Preparation and Service of Food on Nutrients -- 20 Effects of Food Preparation Procedures in Nutrient Retention with Emphasis on Foodservice Practices -- 21 Effects of Home Food Preparation Practices on Nutrient Content of Foods -- 5 Nutrification, Legal Aspects, and Nutrient Analysis -- 22 Addition of Vitamins, Minerals, and Amino Acids to Foods -- 23 Protein Complementation of Foods -- 24 Improving the Nutritional Quality of Vegetables through Plant Breeding -- 25 The Role of the United States Government in Regulating the Nutritional Value of the Food Supply -- 26 The Contribution of Consumption of Processed Food to Nutrient Intake Status in the united States -- 27 Methodology for Nutrient Analysis -- 28 Nutrient Data Banks for Nutrient Evaluation in Foods.
    Abstract: Dramatic changes in the attitudes toward human nutrition have taken place dur­ ing the past decade. Food-related and medical professionals as well as consumers are now, more than ever before, aware of and concerned about diet, nutrition, and the beneficial and deleterious effects of food processing upon nutrients. The old saying "We are what we eat" is still relevant. Nutritious food will contribute greatly to consumers' good health and ultimately reduce medical bills. Food processing is essential to maintaining our food reserves from one harvest to another, thus letting us serve our daily meals regularly. If food processing is defined as including all treatments of foodstuffs from harvest to consumption, then more than 95% of our food may be considered as processed. In most cases, food processing and storage cause some reduction in the nutritional value of foods. Advances in food science and food technology have resulted in an increase in nu­ trient retention after processing. In addition, today's consumer better understands how to avoid excessive nutrient losses during food preparation. The information presented in this completely revised reference and textbook will help the reader to understand better the relationship between food processing and nutrient retention. The authors' scholarly contributions are greatly appreciated.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Introduction1 General Discussion on the Stability of Nutrients -- 2 The Major Food Groups, Their Nutrient Content, and Principles of Food Processing -- 2 Nutrients in Food-Raw and Processed -- 3 Effects of Agricultural Practices, Handling, Processing, and Storage on Vegetables -- 4 Effects of Agricultural Practices, Handling, Processing, and Storage on Fruits -- 5 Effects of Agricultural Practices, Handling, Processing, and Storage on Cereals -- 6 Effects of Agricultural Practices, Handling, Processing, and Storage on Legumes and Oilseeds -- 7 Effects of Agricultural Practices, Handling, Processing, and Storage on Meat -- 8 Effects of Agricultural Practices on Milk and Dairy Products -- 9 Effects of Agricultural Practices on Poultry and Eggs -- 10 Effects of Handling, Processing, and Storage on Fish and Shellfish -- 3 Effects of Commercial Processing and Storage on Nutrients -- 11 Effects of Freeze Preservation on Nutrients -- 12 Effects of Heat Processing on Nutrients -- 13 Effects of Baking on Nutrients -- 14 Effects of Extrusion Processing on Nutrients -- 15 Effects of Moisture Removal on Nutrients -- 16 Effects of Fermentation on the Nutritional Properties of Food -- 17 Effects of Treatment with Food Additives on Nutrients -- 18 Use of Ionizing Radiation to Preserve Food -- 19 Stability of Nutrients during Storage of Processed Foods -- 4 Effects of Preparation and Service of Food on Nutrients -- 20 Effects of Food Preparation Procedures in Nutrient Retention with Emphasis on Foodservice Practices -- 21 Effects of Home Food Preparation Practices on Nutrient Content of Foods -- 5 Nutrification, Legal Aspects, and Nutrient Analysis -- 22 Addition of Vitamins, Minerals, and Amino Acids to Foods -- 23 Protein Complementation of Foods -- 24 Improving the Nutritional Quality of Vegetables through Plant Breeding -- 25 The Role of the United States Government in Regulating the Nutritional Value of the Food Supply -- 26 The Contribution of Consumption of Processed Food to Nutrient Intake Status in the united States -- 27 Methodology for Nutrient Analysis -- 28 Nutrient Data Banks for Nutrient Evaluation in Foods.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 55
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Springer US
    ISBN: 9781461536642
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Second Edition
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Introduction -- 1.1 Background -- 1.2 Structure and properties of plastics -- 1.3 Additives -- 1.4 Processing of plastics -- 1.5 Practical methods of processing -- 1.6 Interactions between shaping process and plastics materials -- 2 Fundamentals of design -- 2.1 Engineering design -- 2.2 Design limitations imposed by processing method -- 2.3 Product design -- 2.4 Importance of economics of processing in design -- 3 Styrene plastics -- 3.1 Polystyrene -- 3.2 High impact polystyrene -- 3.3 Styrene copolymers -- 3.4 ABS plastics -- 3.5 Polystyrene—poly(phenylene oxide) blends -- 4 Other amorphous thermoplastics -- 4.1 Poly(methyl methacrylate) -- 4.2 Cellulose plastics -- 4.2.1 Regenerated cellulose -- 5 Propylene plastics -- 5.1 Homopolymer and impact-modified grades -- 5.2 Filled polypropylene -- 5.3 Foamed polypropylene -- 5.4 Miscellaneous applications of propylene polymers -- 6 Other polyolefin plastics -- 6.1 Polyethylene -- 6.2 Ethylene copolymers -- 6.3 Polybut-1-ene -- 6.4 Poly-4-methylpent-1-ene -- 7 Other crystalline thermoplastics -- 7.1 Polyamides -- 7.2 Thermoplastic polyesters -- 7.3 Polyacetals -- 8 Vinyl chloride plastics -- 8.1 Unplasticized poly(vinyl chloride) -- 8.2 Plasticized poly(vinyl chloride) -- 8.3 Vinyl chloride copolymers -- 8.4 Blends of poly(vinyl chloride) -- 8.5 Vinylidene chloride polymers and copolymers -- 9 Speciality thermoplastics -- 9.1 Fluoroplastics -- 9.2 Polysulphones -- 9.3 Poly(phenylene sulphide) -- 10 Cross-linked plastics -- 10.1 Introduction -- 10.2 Phenol-formaldehyde plastics -- 10.3 Urea-formaldehyde plastics -- 10.4 Melamine-formaldehyde plastics -- 10.5 Unsaturated polyester resins -- 10.6 Epoxide resins -- 11 Polyurethane plastics -- 11.1 Introduction -- 11.2 Molecular structure—property relationships -- 11.3 Properties and applications of polyurethanes -- Further reading.
    Abstract: Plastics are part of everyday life and contribute immensely to the benefit of humanity. When failures occur, they are due in part either to inferior properties (resulting from poor design or badly controlled processing), or to an incomplete understanding of the properties and applications of plastics materials. Since publication of the first edition, the plastics industry has increas­ ingly adopted advanced business procedures and automation (such as closed loop control and robotics), to combat the effects of recession, and has moved increasingly towards methods based on sound scientific and technological principles. Plastics have increasingly been used in appli­ cations once dominated by the use of metals and ceramics. For instance, in the automotive industry, the modern car now contains a much higher proportion of polymers, including commodity plastics and more spec­ ialized materials. In addition, compact discs are being made from new injection-moulding grades of polycarbonate, which meet the requirements of a demanding process. This second edition has been thoroughly revised and extended to include new materials, technologies and design concepts. Chapters on thermoplastics reflect the development of polymer blends and alloys, whilst the chapters devoted to thermosets have been reorganized to accommodate the renaissance in the applications of phenolics and to cover the growing importance of polyurethanes. The related two­ component process technologies are now included; having undergone major developments in the last decade, they have become important shaping processes.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Introduction1.1 Background -- 1.2 Structure and properties of plastics -- 1.3 Additives -- 1.4 Processing of plastics -- 1.5 Practical methods of processing -- 1.6 Interactions between shaping process and plastics materials -- 2 Fundamentals of design -- 2.1 Engineering design -- 2.2 Design limitations imposed by processing method -- 2.3 Product design -- 2.4 Importance of economics of processing in design -- 3 Styrene plastics -- 3.1 Polystyrene -- 3.2 High impact polystyrene -- 3.3 Styrene copolymers -- 3.4 ABS plastics -- 3.5 Polystyrene-poly(phenylene oxide) blends -- 4 Other amorphous thermoplastics -- 4.1 Poly(methyl methacrylate) -- 4.2 Cellulose plastics -- 4.2.1 Regenerated cellulose -- 5 Propylene plastics -- 5.1 Homopolymer and impact-modified grades -- 5.2 Filled polypropylene -- 5.3 Foamed polypropylene -- 5.4 Miscellaneous applications of propylene polymers -- 6 Other polyolefin plastics -- 6.1 Polyethylene -- 6.2 Ethylene copolymers -- 6.3 Polybut-1-ene -- 6.4 Poly-4-methylpent-1-ene -- 7 Other crystalline thermoplastics -- 7.1 Polyamides -- 7.2 Thermoplastic polyesters -- 7.3 Polyacetals -- 8 Vinyl chloride plastics -- 8.1 Unplasticized poly(vinyl chloride) -- 8.2 Plasticized poly(vinyl chloride) -- 8.3 Vinyl chloride copolymers -- 8.4 Blends of poly(vinyl chloride) -- 8.5 Vinylidene chloride polymers and copolymers -- 9 Speciality thermoplastics -- 9.1 Fluoroplastics -- 9.2 Polysulphones -- 9.3 Poly(phenylene sulphide) -- 10 Cross-linked plastics -- 10.1 Introduction -- 10.2 Phenol-formaldehyde plastics -- 10.3 Urea-formaldehyde plastics -- 10.4 Melamine-formaldehyde plastics -- 10.5 Unsaturated polyester resins -- 10.6 Epoxide resins -- 11 Polyurethane plastics -- 11.1 Introduction -- 11.2 Molecular structure-property relationships -- 11.3 Properties and applications of polyurethanes -- Further reading.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 56
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400912151
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: I The Biological Underpinnings of Scents -- 1 Human odour culture: a zoological perspective -- 2 The molecular dimension in perfumery -- 3 The significance of odorous steroids in axillary odour -- II Developmental and Social Aspects of Fragrance -- 4 The acquisition of odour hedonics -- 5 Perfume as a tactic of impression management in social and organizational settings -- III Odour Perception and the Language of the Brain -- 6 Contingent negative variation (CNV) and the psychological effects of odour -- 7 Emotion and the brain -- IV Fragrance Therapies -- 8 Anxiety reduction using fragrances -- 9 Essential oils as psychotherapeutic agents -- V The Consumer and Perfume -- 10 The psychology of fragrance selection -- 11 Perfume, people, perceptions and products -- 12 Selling perfume: a technique or an art? -- 13 Fragrance education and the psychology of smell -- References -- Author Index.
    Abstract: in 1951 Oellinek, 1951), until the conference held at the University of Warwick in 1986 there has previously never been a joint meeting of the industrial and academic disciplines relating to the sense of smell. Each year brings the launchings of many new perfumes; the respective national perfumery societies hold meetings; conferences on the sense of smell take place. These events involve the exchange of important knowledge relating to perfumes but the information remains largely isolated. The Warwick Olfaction Research Group is unusual in that it is led by two people, one of whom is a practising perfumer with an understanding of what it means to be asked to create a perfume, and the other a psychologist with an expertise in the area of emotion. Our interaction (Dodd and Van Toller, 1983) was a potent stimulus to hold the First International Conference on the Psychology of Perfumery. The main purpose of the meeting was to see if there was a framework that would knit the area together into a coherent set of ideas and also to give new perspectives to the study of perfumes. We invited speakers from all areas of the discipline. Thus, the meeting brought together people from the fragrance industry, academics and aromatherapists into a forum for debate. Besides the scientific basis of smell and perfumery, other important topics, including the important one of educating the general public about; olfaction and perfume, were discussed.
    Description / Table of Contents: I The Biological Underpinnings of Scents1 Human odour culture: a zoological perspective -- 2 The molecular dimension in perfumery -- 3 The significance of odorous steroids in axillary odour -- II Developmental and Social Aspects of Fragrance -- 4 The acquisition of odour hedonics -- 5 Perfume as a tactic of impression management in social and organizational settings -- III Odour Perception and the Language of the Brain -- 6 Contingent negative variation (CNV) and the psychological effects of odour -- 7 Emotion and the brain -- IV Fragrance Therapies -- 8 Anxiety reduction using fragrances -- 9 Essential oils as psychotherapeutic agents -- V The Consumer and Perfume -- 10 The psychology of fragrance selection -- 11 Perfume, people, perceptions and products -- 12 Selling perfume: a technique or an art? -- 13 Fragrance education and the psychology of smell -- References -- Author Index.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 57
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Springer US
    ISBN: 9781489963338
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 435 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Mathematics ; Life sciences. ; Social sciences. ; Humanities. ; Science. ; Engineering.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 58
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400913516
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1. Waterborne Coatings -- 2. Electrodeposition of Paints -- 3. Acoustic Emission Testing of Coatings -- 4. Organic Coatings in Corrosion Protection -- 5. Galvanized Reinforcements in Concrete -- 6. Titanium Dioxide for Surface Coatings.
    Abstract: The science and technology of surface coatings continues to advance. Among the key areas are polymer chemistry, as new binders are developed to meet increasingly stringent environmental demands; testing and evaluation, as the need to understand the factors affecting coatings performance becomes ever more intense; and studies of that enduring problem, corrosion of metal substrates, from which coatings of ever­ improving effectiveness are emerging. We have in this present volume of the series continued to cover aspects of these numerous developments. There are chapters on waterborne paint, a subject of increasing environmental importance, by J. W. Nicholson, and by H.-J. Streitberger and R. P. Osterloh; on a new and sophisticated test method, acoustic emission (R. D. Rawlings); and on anticorrosion coatings both organic (W. Funke) and inorganic (M. C. Andrade and A. Macias). Finally, that topic of immense practical importance to paint technology, pigmentation, is covered in a chapter by the late T. Entwistle. All the authors have brought considerable experience in their chosen field of coatings technology to the preparation of their chapters, all of which are timely reviews of developing topics. We are grateful to each author for helping in the preparation of this volume, and for putting their experience at the disposal of the wide audience for whom this book is intended.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Waterborne Coatings2. Electrodeposition of Paints -- 3. Acoustic Emission Testing of Coatings -- 4. Organic Coatings in Corrosion Protection -- 5. Galvanized Reinforcements in Concrete -- 6. Titanium Dioxide for Surface Coatings.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 59
    ISBN: 9783034891585
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Functions of complex variables. ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1) Cross-ratios and Schwarzian derivatives in Rn -- 2) Remarks on “almost best” approximation in the complex plane -- 3) Conformal mappings onto nonoverlapping regions -- 4) On Wiener conditions for minimally thin and rarefied sets -- 5) The matrix and chordal norms of Möbius transformations -- 6) On meromorphic functions with growth conditions -- 7) A theorem of Wolff-Denjoy type -- 8) Curvature estimates for some minimal surfaces -- 9) On some elementary applications of the reflection principle to Schwarz-Christoffel integrals -- 10) Konforme Verheftung und logarithmisches Potential -- 11) On boundary correspondence for domains on the sphere -- 12) On circulants -- 13) Interpolation by entire functions in ? — another look -- 14) Möglichst konforme Spiegelung an einem Jordanbogen auf der Zahlenkugel -- 15) On BMO and the torsion function -- 16) Subharmonic majorants and some applications -- 17) On weighted extremal length of families of curves -- 18) On approximation by rational functions of class L1 -- 19) On fixed points of conformal automorphisms of Riemann surfaces -- 20) The variation of harmonic differentials and their periods -- 21) On the extremality and unique extremality of certain Teichmüller mappings -- 22) Angular distribution of meromorphic functions in the unit disk.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1) Cross-ratios and Schwarzian derivatives in Rn2) Remarks on “almost best” approximation in the complex plane -- 3) Conformal mappings onto nonoverlapping regions -- 4) On Wiener conditions for minimally thin and rarefied sets -- 5) The matrix and chordal norms of Möbius transformations -- 6) On meromorphic functions with growth conditions -- 7) A theorem of Wolff-Denjoy type -- 8) Curvature estimates for some minimal surfaces -- 9) On some elementary applications of the reflection principle to Schwarz-Christoffel integrals -- 10) Konforme Verheftung und logarithmisches Potential -- 11) On boundary correspondence for domains on the sphere -- 12) On circulants -- 13) Interpolation by entire functions in ? - another look -- 14) Möglichst konforme Spiegelung an einem Jordanbogen auf der Zahlenkugel -- 15) On BMO and the torsion function -- 16) Subharmonic majorants and some applications -- 17) On weighted extremal length of families of curves -- 18) On approximation by rational functions of class L1 -- 19) On fixed points of conformal automorphisms of Riemann surfaces -- 20) The variation of harmonic differentials and their periods -- 21) On the extremality and unique extremality of certain Teichmüller mappings -- 22) Angular distribution of meromorphic functions in the unit disk.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 60
    ISBN: 9781461309758
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: I. Voltage-Activated Calcium Channels -- Calcium Channel Diversity -- Multiple Types of Calcium Channels: Is their Function Related to Their Localization? -- Calcium Channels Incorporated Into Planar Lipid Bilayers: Phenomenology, Pharmacology, and Phylogeny -- Modulation of Ionic Selectivity of Ca Channels in the Neuronal Membrane by Ca2+ Ions. -- Proton-Induced Transformation of Ca2+ Channel in Dorsal Root Ganglion Neurons. -- Physiology of Multiple Calcium Channels. -- Expression of Presynaptic Calcium Channels in Xenopus Oocytes. -- II. Intracellular Calcium and Cell Function: Sensory Transduction, Modulation of Excitability and Neurosecretion -- Control of Light Emitting Photoprotein by Calcium Channels in a Hydrozoan Coelenterate -- Calcium in Photoreceptors. -- Small Conductance Ca2+ Activated K Channels in Mollusks. -- Ca2+ Diffusion in the Cytoplasm of Aplysia Neurons: Its Relationship to Local Concentration Changes. -- Fura-2 Imaging of Localized Calcium Accumulation Within Squid ‘Giant’ Presynaptic Terminal -- Toward a Molecular Understanding of Synaptic Transmitter Release: Physiological Clues from the Squid Giant Synapse. -- Quantal Classes and Subunits of Quanta in the Neuromuscular Junction -- III. Ion Channel Modulation by Neurotransmitters and Second Messengers -- Cytoplasmic Modulation of Ion Channel Functioning in the Neuronal Membrane. -- Control of the Generation and Removal of Calcium-Mediated Inactivation of the Calcium Current in Helix aspersa Neurons. -- The Role of Protein Phosphorylation in the Response of Dihydropyridine-Sensitive Calcium Channels to Membrane Depolarization in Mammalian Pituitary Tumor Cells. -- Modulation of the Potassium Conductance in the Squid Giant Axon. -- Physiological Interaction Between Calcium and Cyclip AMP in an Aplysia Bursting Pacemaker Neuron. -- Functional Implications of Calcium Channel Modulation in Embryonic Dorsal Root Ganglion Neurons. -- Neurotransmitter Modulation of Calcium Currents in Rat Sensory Neurons. -- Modulation of Potassium and Calcium Currents by FMRFamide in Aplysia Neurons: A Mechanism of Presynaptic Inhibition -- Cytoplasmic Modulation of Transmitter Gated K Channels in Cultured Mammalian Central Neurons -- IV. Ion Channels as Causes and Consequences of Development -- Regulation of Cortical Vesicle Exocytosis in Sea Urchin Eggs. -- Studies on the Development of Voltage-Activated Calcium Channels in Vertebrate Neurons. -- Generation of Neuronal Architecture: Ionic Regulation of Growth Cone Behavior. -- Target Cell Contact Modulates Spontaneous Quantal and Non-quantal Acetylcholine Release by Xenopus Spinal Neurons -- Development and Regulation of Acetylcholine Receptor Function -- Steroidal Regulation of mRNA Coding for Potassium Channels in Uterine Smooth Muscle. -- V. New Approaches to Ion Channel Function and Regulation -- Fast Patch-Pipette Internal Perfusion with Minimum Solution Flow -- Evidence for a Bicarbonate Conductance in Neuroglia -- Divalent Cations as Modulators of NMDA-Receptor Channels on Mouse Central Neurons. -- Fluorescence Imaging Applied to the Measurement of Ca2+ in Mammalian Neurons. -- Use of Fused Synaptosomes or Synaptic Vesicles to Study Ion Channels Involved in Neurotransmission. -- Ion Channels of Three Microbes: Paramecium, Yeast and Escherichia coli.
    Abstract: Cellular neurobiology has been transformed in the past decade by new technologies and fundamental discoveries. One result is an enormous increase in our understanding of how ion channels function in nerve and muscle cells and a widening perspective on the role of ion channels in non-neuronal cell physiology and development. Patch clamp techniques now permit direct observation of the transitions between functional confor­ mations of individual ion channels in their native membrane. Recombinant DNA techniques are being used to determine the primary structure of ion channel proteins and to test hypotheses about channel conformations, sites of grating and modulation, and the basis of ion selectivity. At the same time, biochemical techniques have revealed intricate signalling systems in­ side cells, involving second messengers such as calcium, phospholipids and cyclic nucleotides, which interface with the external milieu through GTP binding proteins and regulate cell metabolism by altering protein phos­ phorylation. This panorama of second messenger systems has greatly increas­ ed our application for their potential role in regulating ion channel function. We now recognize that ion channels are much more complicated than we once thought, and more interesting. They are not simply isolated macro­ molecules in the membrane, gated directly by depolarization or trans­ mitter binding to open briefly at a fixed conductance and then close or inactivate. Instead, individual channels now appear to have many open and closed states that are regulated independently by voltage and transmitters.
    Description / Table of Contents: I. Voltage-Activated Calcium ChannelsCalcium Channel Diversity -- Multiple Types of Calcium Channels: Is their Function Related to Their Localization? -- Calcium Channels Incorporated Into Planar Lipid Bilayers: Phenomenology, Pharmacology, and Phylogeny -- Modulation of Ionic Selectivity of Ca Channels in the Neuronal Membrane by Ca2+ Ions. -- Proton-Induced Transformation of Ca2+ Channel in Dorsal Root Ganglion Neurons. -- Physiology of Multiple Calcium Channels. -- Expression of Presynaptic Calcium Channels in Xenopus Oocytes. -- II. Intracellular Calcium and Cell Function: Sensory Transduction, Modulation of Excitability and Neurosecretion -- Control of Light Emitting Photoprotein by Calcium Channels in a Hydrozoan Coelenterate -- Calcium in Photoreceptors. -- Small Conductance Ca2+ Activated K Channels in Mollusks. -- Ca2+ Diffusion in the Cytoplasm of Aplysia Neurons: Its Relationship to Local Concentration Changes. -- Fura-2 Imaging of Localized Calcium Accumulation Within Squid ‘Giant’ Presynaptic Terminal -- Toward a Molecular Understanding of Synaptic Transmitter Release: Physiological Clues from the Squid Giant Synapse. -- Quantal Classes and Subunits of Quanta in the Neuromuscular Junction -- III. Ion Channel Modulation by Neurotransmitters and Second Messengers -- Cytoplasmic Modulation of Ion Channel Functioning in the Neuronal Membrane. -- Control of the Generation and Removal of Calcium-Mediated Inactivation of the Calcium Current in Helix aspersa Neurons. -- The Role of Protein Phosphorylation in the Response of Dihydropyridine-Sensitive Calcium Channels to Membrane Depolarization in Mammalian Pituitary Tumor Cells. -- Modulation of the Potassium Conductance in the Squid Giant Axon. -- Physiological Interaction Between Calcium and Cyclip AMP in an Aplysia Bursting Pacemaker Neuron. -- Functional Implications of Calcium Channel Modulation in Embryonic Dorsal Root Ganglion Neurons. -- Neurotransmitter Modulation of Calcium Currents in Rat Sensory Neurons. -- Modulation of Potassium and Calcium Currents by FMRFamide in Aplysia Neurons: A Mechanism of Presynaptic Inhibition -- Cytoplasmic Modulation of Transmitter Gated K Channels in Cultured Mammalian Central Neurons -- IV. Ion Channels as Causes and Consequences of Development -- Regulation of Cortical Vesicle Exocytosis in Sea Urchin Eggs. -- Studies on the Development of Voltage-Activated Calcium Channels in Vertebrate Neurons. -- Generation of Neuronal Architecture: Ionic Regulation of Growth Cone Behavior. -- Target Cell Contact Modulates Spontaneous Quantal and Non-quantal Acetylcholine Release by Xenopus Spinal Neurons -- Development and Regulation of Acetylcholine Receptor Function -- Steroidal Regulation of mRNA Coding for Potassium Channels in Uterine Smooth Muscle. -- V. New Approaches to Ion Channel Function and Regulation -- Fast Patch-Pipette Internal Perfusion with Minimum Solution Flow -- Evidence for a Bicarbonate Conductance in Neuroglia -- Divalent Cations as Modulators of NMDA-Receptor Channels on Mouse Central Neurons. -- Fluorescence Imaging Applied to the Measurement of Ca2+ in Mammalian Neurons. -- Use of Fused Synaptosomes or Synaptic Vesicles to Study Ion Channels Involved in Neurotransmission. -- Ion Channels of Three Microbes: Paramecium, Yeast and Escherichia coli.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 61
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401091541
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIV, 326 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Molecular and ionic recognition by biological systems -- 2 Molecular and ionic recognition by chemical methods -- 3 Organic sensor materials in entangled and polymer-bound matrices for ion-selective electrodes -- 4 Conducting polymers -- 5 Chemically modified electrodes -- 6 Immunoassay techniques -- 7 Selective chemical transduction based on chemoreceptive control of membrane ion permeability -- 8 Voltammetric and amperometric transducers -- 9 Potentiometric transducers -- 10 MOSFET devices -- 11 Thick film devices -- 12 Catalytic devices -- 13 Spectroscopic and fibre-optic transducers -- 14 Piezoelectric transducers.
    Abstract: At the beginning of this book, and in the absence of guidance from IUPAC, it is appropriate to clarify the term 'chemical sensor'. A chemical sensor may be defined as a simple-to-use, robust device that is capable of reliable quantitative or qualitative recognition of atomic, molecular or ionic species. It is hard to imagine a field of applied chemistry in which a significant impact could not be made by such a device. Undoubtedly, it is this potential that has fuelled the contemporary preoccupation with chemical sensors. An unfortunate side-effect of this otherwise welcome interest is the use of the term 'chemical sensor' to add the chemical equivalent of a 'High-Tech gloss' to a rather ordinary device, publication, conference or research group. This loose usage of terminology is responsible in part for the ambiguity that surrounds many chemists' concepts of the form and function of chemical sensors. Further ambiguity arises from the extravagant claims that have been made for some sensors, and the impression that has been given of much 'verging-on-a-breakthrough' research. The research chemist engaged in sensor development should be mindful of the fact that the ultimate target for these devices is the real world, and that a successful laboratory device operating under well-defined conditions and careful calibration does not constitute a chemical sensor. Research into chemical sensors is not a recent phenomenon; it has been under way for over 80 years.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Molecular and ionic recognition by biological systems2 Molecular and ionic recognition by chemical methods -- 3 Organic sensor materials in entangled and polymer-bound matrices for ion-selective electrodes -- 4 Conducting polymers -- 5 Chemically modified electrodes -- 6 Immunoassay techniques -- 7 Selective chemical transduction based on chemoreceptive control of membrane ion permeability -- 8 Voltammetric and amperometric transducers -- 9 Potentiometric transducers -- 10 MOSFET devices -- 11 Thick film devices -- 12 Catalytic devices -- 13 Spectroscopic and fibre-optic transducers -- 14 Piezoelectric transducers.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 62
    ISBN: 9781468455021
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: Molecular Biology and Biosynthesis of Neuropeptides -- Oxytocin and Vasopressin: After the Genes, What Next? -- The Evolution of FMRFamide-Like Neuropeptide Genes -- Developmental and Molecular Studies of Neurons That Express FMRFamide-Related Genes in Insects -- The Role of RNA Splicing and Post-Translational Proteolytic Processing in the Biosynthesis of Neuropeptides -- Precursors of Urotensins and Their Co-Expression in the , Caudal Neurosecretory System -- In Situ Hybridization Study of Neurohypophysial Hormone mRNAS -- The Release of Enkephalin-Containing Peptides from the Adrenal Gland in Conscious Calves -- Localization of Neuropeptides -- Modern Microscopical Imaging Techniques for the Study of the Neuroendocrine System -- Combined Use of Lectin Histochemistry and Immunocytochemistry for the Study of Neurosecretoon -- Mapping and Analysis of Receptors for Neurohypophyseal Peptides Present in the Brain -- Somatostatin and Neuropeptide Y: Coexistence in the Hippocampus and Alterations in Alzheimer’s Disease -- Bioactive Peptides at the Neuromuscular Junction of Insects -- The Role of Head Activator in Cell Growth and Control Processes -- Cell Biology of Neuropeptide Secretion -- Release of Neuropeptides from Magnocellular Neurones: Does Anatomical Compartmentation Have a Functional Significance? -- Biosynthesis and Release of Multiple Peptides by the Caudodorsal Cells of Lymnaea Stagnalis -- Emerging Identity in Cytophysiology of Synaptic and Neurosecretory Terminals -- Isolated Neurohypophysial Nerve Endings, a Promising Tool to Study the Mechanism of Stimulus-Secretion Coupling -- Neuronal-Glial and Synaptic Plasticity in the Adult Oxytocinergic System -- Electrical Activity of Peptidergic Neurones Sponsored by Upjohn Ltd -- Contributions of Electrophysiology to the Study of Neurosecretion -- Electrical Activity of Peptidergic Neurones and Its Relation to Hormone Release -- Rhythmic Patterns of Discharge from Preoptic Neurones: Relationship to LH Release in Conscious Rabbits -- Electrical Attributes of Neurosecretory Terminals and Their Relationship to Secretion -- Neuroanatomical and Electrophysiological Analysis of the Brain-Sinus Gland Neurosecretory System in a Crustacean -- Intrinsic and Synaptic Factors Regulating Mammalian Magnocellular Neurosecretory Neuron Activity -- Intrinsic Electrophysiological Regulation of Firing Patterns of Bursting Neurons in Aplysia -- The Neonatal Rat Supraoptic Neurone in Culture: Development of a Model for Control of Peptidergic Secretion -- Effects of Atrial Natriuretic Polypeptide and Angiotensin II on the Supraoptic Neurons in Vitro -- Poster Presentations -- Participants.
    Abstract: This volume collects together the Proceedings of the Tenth International Symposium on Neurosecretion which was held in Bristol in September 1987. This series of symposia began with a meeting in Naples in 1953 and it was particularly gratifying to welcome two members of that original gathering, Berta Scharrer and Ellen Thomsen, to the 10th Symposium. The acceptance of the invitation to meet in Bristol gave particular pleasure to the Local Organising Committee because it was the first time that a former venue was revisited - the 3rd Symposium was organised in Bristol by Hans Heller in 1961 and we were very glad that his widow, Josephine, was able to be the Guest-of-Honour at the banquet of our 10th symposium. Neurosecretion has diversified considerably since the first meeting in 1953. From the outset, the local committee decided to focus the meeting by organising it under the title "Cellular aspects of the production and release of neuropeptides. " Having sought advice from the International Committee for Symposia on Neurosecretion, we invited 28 scientists from throughout the world to present their work on aspects ranging from the organisation of the gene through to the electrical properties of peptide-secreting neurones. The progress of studies in neurosecretion owes much to the comparative approach and we attempted to reflect this in the programme of the tenth symposium by inviting the speakers, to illustrate the various aspects of neuropeptide secretion, from among scientists working with systems in many parts of the animal kingdom.
    Description / Table of Contents: Molecular Biology and Biosynthesis of NeuropeptidesOxytocin and Vasopressin: After the Genes, What Next? -- The Evolution of FMRFamide-Like Neuropeptide Genes -- Developmental and Molecular Studies of Neurons That Express FMRFamide-Related Genes in Insects -- The Role of RNA Splicing and Post-Translational Proteolytic Processing in the Biosynthesis of Neuropeptides -- Precursors of Urotensins and Their Co-Expression in the , Caudal Neurosecretory System -- In Situ Hybridization Study of Neurohypophysial Hormone mRNAS -- The Release of Enkephalin-Containing Peptides from the Adrenal Gland in Conscious Calves -- Localization of Neuropeptides -- Modern Microscopical Imaging Techniques for the Study of the Neuroendocrine System -- Combined Use of Lectin Histochemistry and Immunocytochemistry for the Study of Neurosecretoon -- Mapping and Analysis of Receptors for Neurohypophyseal Peptides Present in the Brain -- Somatostatin and Neuropeptide Y: Coexistence in the Hippocampus and Alterations in Alzheimer’s Disease -- Bioactive Peptides at the Neuromuscular Junction of Insects -- The Role of Head Activator in Cell Growth and Control Processes -- Cell Biology of Neuropeptide Secretion -- Release of Neuropeptides from Magnocellular Neurones: Does Anatomical Compartmentation Have a Functional Significance? -- Biosynthesis and Release of Multiple Peptides by the Caudodorsal Cells of Lymnaea Stagnalis -- Emerging Identity in Cytophysiology of Synaptic and Neurosecretory Terminals -- Isolated Neurohypophysial Nerve Endings, a Promising Tool to Study the Mechanism of Stimulus-Secretion Coupling -- Neuronal-Glial and Synaptic Plasticity in the Adult Oxytocinergic System -- Electrical Activity of Peptidergic Neurones Sponsored by Upjohn Ltd -- Contributions of Electrophysiology to the Study of Neurosecretion -- Electrical Activity of Peptidergic Neurones and Its Relation to Hormone Release -- Rhythmic Patterns of Discharge from Preoptic Neurones: Relationship to LH Release in Conscious Rabbits -- Electrical Attributes of Neurosecretory Terminals and Their Relationship to Secretion -- Neuroanatomical and Electrophysiological Analysis of the Brain-Sinus Gland Neurosecretory System in a Crustacean -- Intrinsic and Synaptic Factors Regulating Mammalian Magnocellular Neurosecretory Neuron Activity -- Intrinsic Electrophysiological Regulation of Firing Patterns of Bursting Neurons in Aplysia -- The Neonatal Rat Supraoptic Neurone in Culture: Development of a Model for Control of Peptidergic Secretion -- Effects of Atrial Natriuretic Polypeptide and Angiotensin II on the Supraoptic Neurons in Vitro -- Poster Presentations -- Participants.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 63
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401170536
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 The Poultry Industry -- Biological Classification -- Domestication -- American Poultry Association Classification -- Commercial Classification -- Poultry as Food-Producing Animals -- Poultry as Laboratory Animals -- World Poultry Production -- The United States Poultry Industry -- Consumption of Poultry Products -- Careers in the Poultry Industry -- References -- 2 Anatomy and Structure of the Fowl -- Feathers -- Skin -- Muscles -- Skeleton -- Circulatory System -- Body Temperature -- Respiration -- Digestion -- Mouth and Esophagus -- Crop and Proventriculus -- Gizzard -- Pancreas -- Liver -- Small Intestine -- Ceca -- Large Intestine, Rectum, and Cloaca -- Excretory System -- Nervous System -- Avian Senses -- Endocrine Organs -- References -- 3 Physiology and Reproduction in Poultry -- Endocrine System -- Physiology of Reproduction -- Reproduction -- References -- 4 Genetics and Poultry Breeding -- The Cell Theory -- Cell Division -- Gene Function -- Genetic Code -- Mutations -- Phenotypic Expression (Nonadditive) -- Phenotypic Expression of Genes (Additive) -- Heritability Estimates -- Selection -- Current Breeding Systems -- Strain Crosses -- Crossbreeding -- Selecting Superior Genetic Stock -- Progeny Testing -- Sources of Genetic Stock -- Breeds and Varieties of Chickens -- The Utilitarian Concept -- Future Poultry Genetics and Breeding -- Lethal Genes -- Parthenogenesis -- References -- 5 Incubation and Hatchery Management -- Poultry Reproduction -- Storage and Selection of Hatching Eggs -- Embryonic Development -- Extraembryonic Membranes -- Daily Embryonic Growth -- Embryonic Nutrition -- Embryonic Communication -- Embryology in Research and Teaching -- Artificial Incubation -- Modern Incubators -- Temperature -- Relative Humidity -- Air Supply -- Hatching Egg Positions -- Embryonic Mortality -- The National Poultry Improvement Plan -- Hatchery Sanitation -- Franchise Hatchery System -- Hatchery Services -- References -- 6 Social Behavior and Animal Welfare -- Social Organization -- Behavior of Feral Chickens -- Communication -- Behavior of Domestic Poultry -- Social Behavior in Growing Chicks -- Other Adult Social Behavior Characteristics -- Animal Rights -- The Humane Movement -- Animal Welfarists -- Animal Rightists -- Animal Liberationists -- Agricultural Involvement with Humane Groups -- Public Relations -- Need for a Code of Ethics -- References -- 7 Environment and Housing -- Farmstead Planning -- External Services and Utilities -- Water Supply -- Poultry Building Orientation -- Aesthetic Value -- House Construction -- Turnkey Houses -- Criteria for Selecting a Manufactured House -- Vapor Barriers -- Ventilation -- References -- 8 Poultry Nutrition -- Nutrients -- References -- 9 Diseases and Parasites of Poultry -- Disease Prevention -- Diagnostic Organs in Postmortem Examinations -- Immunology of Disease Control -- Poultry Disease Control Strategy -- Vaccination -- Nutritional Deficiency Diseases -- Protozoan Diseases -- Bacterial Diseases -- Fowl Cholera -- Nonrespiratory Bacterial Diseases -- Mycoplasma -- Viral Diseases -- Fungal and Mold Diseases -- Mycotoxicosis -- External Parasites -- Internal Parasites -- Behavioral Diseases -- Reproductive Diseases -- References -- 10 Poultry and Egg Marketing -- Assembling -- Transporting -- Assumption of Risk -- Market News -- Futures Trading -- Processing Poultry -- Further Processing -- Eggs -- Storage -- Inspection and Grading -- Packaging -- Merchandising -- New Product Development -- References -- 11 Broiler Production -- United States Broiler Industry -- World Broiler Industry -- Broiler Breeders -- Housing and Egg Production -- Care of Hatching Eggs -- The Hatchery -- Housing for Broilers -- Litter -- Brooding -- Brooding Methods -- Density -- Placement -- Management Suggestions for Partial House Brooding -- Watering Equipment -- Feeding Equipment -- Lighting Programs -- Ventilation -- Gas Concentrations -- Ventilation for Partial House Brooding -- Fan Timers -- Fan Thermostats -- Air Intakes -- Broiler Diets -- Catching and Hauling Broilers -- Grower Responsibilities -- Catching Crews -- Types of Broilers -- Roasters -- Grower Contracts -- References -- 12 Commercial Egg Production -- Starting Pullets in Cages -- Brooding -- Growing Pullets in Cages -- Managing Laying Hens in Cages -- Induced Molting -- References -- 13 Turkey Production -- Origin of the Turkey -- Color Varieties -- Turkey Genetics -- Turkey Breeder Flocks -- Turkey Breeders -- Turkey Breeder Toms -- Turkey Breeder Hens -- Artificial Insemination -- Hatching Eggs -- Hatchery Services -- Brooding -- Floor Brooding -- Floor Covering -- Brooders -- Brooder Guards -- Equipment Arrangement -- Trough Feeders -- Mechanical Feeders -- Waterers -- Rearing Turkeys -- References -- 14 Waterfowl Production -- Ducks -- Geese -- Processing Waterfowl -- Handling Waterfowl -- Pinioning -- Sexing Waterfowl -- References -- 15 Miscellaneous Poultry -- Coturnix Quail -- Bobwhite Quail -- Chukar Partridge -- Pheasants -- Guinea Fowl -- Peafowl -- Pigeons -- Swan -- References -- 16 Poultry Management Practices -- Production Management -- Specialized Procedures and Devices -- Sanitation and Waste Disposal Procedures -- Financial Management -- References.
    Abstract: Poultry Meat and Egg Production has been prepared primarily for use as a text for students taking their first courses in poultry manage­ ment. The general overall science and production practices currently in use in the industry have been characterized and described so that the student can gain insight into the industry. Reading portions of chapters before the lecture discussions and laboratory sessions will be helpful in giving students an understanding of the material. Also, this gives the instructor an opportunity to emphasize in the lectures areas of current concern in the industry, and to present topics of his or her choice in greater detail. We wish to acknowledge and thank the following scientists who reviewed and critically evaluated the several chapters and made many helpful suggestions: Dr. Bobby Barnett, Clemson University; Mr. D. O. Bell, University of California; Dr. Donald Bray (retired), University of Illinois; Dr. W. H. Burke, University of Georgia; Dr. Frank Cherms, Nicholas Turkey Breeding Farms, Inc., Sonoma, California; Dr. Wen­ dell Carlson (retired), South Dakota State University; Dr. J. V. Craig, Kansas State University; Dr. K. Goodwin (retired), Pennsylvania State University; Dr. T. L. Goodwin, University of Arkansas; Dr. G. C.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 The Poultry IndustryBiological Classification -- Domestication -- American Poultry Association Classification -- Commercial Classification -- Poultry as Food-Producing Animals -- Poultry as Laboratory Animals -- World Poultry Production -- The United States Poultry Industry -- Consumption of Poultry Products -- Careers in the Poultry Industry -- References -- 2 Anatomy and Structure of the Fowl -- Feathers -- Skin -- Muscles -- Skeleton -- Circulatory System -- Body Temperature -- Respiration -- Digestion -- Mouth and Esophagus -- Crop and Proventriculus -- Gizzard -- Pancreas -- Liver -- Small Intestine -- Ceca -- Large Intestine, Rectum, and Cloaca -- Excretory System -- Nervous System -- Avian Senses -- Endocrine Organs -- References -- 3 Physiology and Reproduction in Poultry -- Endocrine System -- Physiology of Reproduction -- Reproduction -- References -- 4 Genetics and Poultry Breeding -- The Cell Theory -- Cell Division -- Gene Function -- Genetic Code -- Mutations -- Phenotypic Expression (Nonadditive) -- Phenotypic Expression of Genes (Additive) -- Heritability Estimates -- Selection -- Current Breeding Systems -- Strain Crosses -- Crossbreeding -- Selecting Superior Genetic Stock -- Progeny Testing -- Sources of Genetic Stock -- Breeds and Varieties of Chickens -- The Utilitarian Concept -- Future Poultry Genetics and Breeding -- Lethal Genes -- Parthenogenesis -- References -- 5 Incubation and Hatchery Management -- Poultry Reproduction -- Storage and Selection of Hatching Eggs -- Embryonic Development -- Extraembryonic Membranes -- Daily Embryonic Growth -- Embryonic Nutrition -- Embryonic Communication -- Embryology in Research and Teaching -- Artificial Incubation -- Modern Incubators -- Temperature -- Relative Humidity -- Air Supply -- Hatching Egg Positions -- Embryonic Mortality -- The National Poultry Improvement Plan -- Hatchery Sanitation -- Franchise Hatchery System -- Hatchery Services -- References -- 6 Social Behavior and Animal Welfare -- Social Organization -- Behavior of Feral Chickens -- Communication -- Behavior of Domestic Poultry -- Social Behavior in Growing Chicks -- Other Adult Social Behavior Characteristics -- Animal Rights -- The Humane Movement -- Animal Welfarists -- Animal Rightists -- Animal Liberationists -- Agricultural Involvement with Humane Groups -- Public Relations -- Need for a Code of Ethics -- References -- 7 Environment and Housing -- Farmstead Planning -- External Services and Utilities -- Water Supply -- Poultry Building Orientation -- Aesthetic Value -- House Construction -- Turnkey Houses -- Criteria for Selecting a Manufactured House -- Vapor Barriers -- Ventilation -- References -- 8 Poultry Nutrition -- Nutrients -- References -- 9 Diseases and Parasites of Poultry -- Disease Prevention -- Diagnostic Organs in Postmortem Examinations -- Immunology of Disease Control -- Poultry Disease Control Strategy -- Vaccination -- Nutritional Deficiency Diseases -- Protozoan Diseases -- Bacterial Diseases -- Fowl Cholera -- Nonrespiratory Bacterial Diseases -- Mycoplasma -- Viral Diseases -- Fungal and Mold Diseases -- Mycotoxicosis -- External Parasites -- Internal Parasites -- Behavioral Diseases -- Reproductive Diseases -- References -- 10 Poultry and Egg Marketing -- Assembling -- Transporting -- Assumption of Risk -- Market News -- Futures Trading -- Processing Poultry -- Further Processing -- Eggs -- Storage -- Inspection and Grading -- Packaging -- Merchandising -- New Product Development -- References -- 11 Broiler Production -- United States Broiler Industry -- World Broiler Industry -- Broiler Breeders -- Housing and Egg Production -- Care of Hatching Eggs -- The Hatchery -- Housing for Broilers -- Litter -- Brooding -- Brooding Methods -- Density -- Placement -- Management Suggestions for Partial House Brooding -- Watering Equipment -- Feeding Equipment -- Lighting Programs -- Ventilation -- Gas Concentrations -- Ventilation for Partial House Brooding -- Fan Timers -- Fan Thermostats -- Air Intakes -- Broiler Diets -- Catching and Hauling Broilers -- Grower Responsibilities -- Catching Crews -- Types of Broilers -- Roasters -- Grower Contracts -- References -- 12 Commercial Egg Production -- Starting Pullets in Cages -- Brooding -- Growing Pullets in Cages -- Managing Laying Hens in Cages -- Induced Molting -- References -- 13 Turkey Production -- Origin of the Turkey -- Color Varieties -- Turkey Genetics -- Turkey Breeder Flocks -- Turkey Breeders -- Turkey Breeder Toms -- Turkey Breeder Hens -- Artificial Insemination -- Hatching Eggs -- Hatchery Services -- Brooding -- Floor Brooding -- Floor Covering -- Brooders -- Brooder Guards -- Equipment Arrangement -- Trough Feeders -- Mechanical Feeders -- Waterers -- Rearing Turkeys -- References -- 14 Waterfowl Production -- Ducks -- Geese -- Processing Waterfowl -- Handling Waterfowl -- Pinioning -- Sexing Waterfowl -- References -- 15 Miscellaneous Poultry -- Coturnix Quail -- Bobwhite Quail -- Chukar Partridge -- Pheasants -- Guinea Fowl -- Peafowl -- Pigeons -- Swan -- References -- 16 Poultry Management Practices -- Production Management -- Specialized Procedures and Devices -- Sanitation and Waste Disposal Procedures -- Financial Management -- References.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 64
    ISBN: 9781475702989
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XL, 885 p) , digital
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: I. Progress in Amyloidosis Research -- II. Amyloidogenesis -- III. Al Amyloidosis -- IV. AA Amyloidosis -- V. Familial Amyloid Polyneuropathy (FAP): Chemical Study -- VI. Familial Amyloid Polyneuropathy (FAP): Clinical and Morphological Study -- VII. Cerebral Amyloid -- VIII. Other Types of Amyloid -- IX. Clinical and Morphological Study -- X. Therapy -- Participants.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 65
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400912298
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , digital
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Series Statement: Reviews of United Kingdom Statistical Sources 24
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: of Review 42 -- 1. Introduction -- 1.1 Coverage and Arrangement of Subjects -- 1.2 Previous Coverage -- 1.3 Recent Changes -- 1.4 Some Specific Points -- 2. Organisation and Functions of Local Authorities -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 England and Wales -- 2.3 Scotland -- 2.4 Isles of Scilly -- 2.5 Northern Ireland -- 3. Financial Statistics: General Considerations -- 3.1 Important Characteristics -- 3.2 The Publication of Local Authority Financial Statistics -- 3.3 The Structure of Local Authority Accounts -- 3.4 Northern Ireland -- 4 Financial Statistics: Expenditure -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Revenue (or current) Expenditure -- 4.3 Capital Expenditure -- 4.4 Local Authority Expenditure in Context of Public Expenditure -- 4.5 Northern Ireland -- 5 Financial Statistics: Rates -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Rate Income -- 5.3 Rate Poundage and Average Rate Payment -- 5.4 Rate Collection -- 5.5 Rate Rebates -- 5.6 Northern Ireland -- 6 Financial Statistics: Government Grants -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Specific and Supplementary Grants -- 6.3 Rate Rebate Grants -- 6.4 Rate Support Grant -- 6.5 Northern Ireland -- 7 Financial Statistics: Borrowing and Debt -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Borrowing -- 7.3 Outstanding Debt -- 7.4 Net Financial Transactions -- 7.5 Northern Ireland -- 8 Financial Statistics: Miscellaneous Income -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 Rate Fund Services -- 8.3 Housing Revenue Account -- 8.4 Trading Services -- 8.5 Special Funds -- 8.6 Superannuation Funds -- 8.7 Northern Ireland -- 9 Rateable Values and Penny Rate Products -- 9.1 Rateable Values -- 9.2 Penny Rate Product -- 9.3 Northern Ireland -- 10 Manpower Earnings and Hours -- 10.1 Manpower -- 10.2 Earnings and Hours -- 10.3 Northern Ireland -- 11 Elections -- 11.1 Incidence of Elections -- 11.2 Electoral Statistics -- 11.3 Election Results -- 11.4 Northern Ireland -- 12 Public Protection -- 12.1 Police -- 12.2 Fire -- 12.3 Probation -- 12.4 Administration of Justice and Public Protection Items -- 12.5 Consumer Protection (including Trading Standards) -- 12.6 Northern Ireland -- 13 Transport -- 13.1 Highways and Transportation (England and Wales) -- 13.2 Highways and Transportation (Scotland) -- 13.3 Ports -- 13.4 Airports -- 13.5 Northern Ireland -- 14 Environmental Services -- 14.1 Definition and Scope -- 14.2 Environmental Health (England and Wales) -- 14.3 Refuse Collection (England and Wales) -- 14.4 Refuse Disposal (England and Wales) -- 14.5 Cemeteries and Crematoria (England and Wales) -- 14.6 Scotland -- 14.7 Northern Ireland -- 15 Miscellaneous -- 15.1 Museums, Art Galleries and Library Services -- 15.2 Direct Labour Organisations -- 15 3 Smallholdings -- 15.4 Surveys -- 15.5 Northern Ireland -- 16 Complaints -- 16.1 Great Britain -- 16.2 Northern Ireland -- 17 Conclusion -- 17.1 Recent Developments -- 17.2 Shortcomings -- 17.3 Suggestions -- Quick Reference List Contents -- Quick Reference List -- Quick Reference List Key to Publications -- List of Appendices -- Appendices.
    Abstract: The Sources and Nature of the Statistics of the United Kingdom, produced under the auspices of the Royal S~atistical Society and edited by Maurice Kendall, filled a notable gap on the library shelves when it made its appearance in the early post-war years. Through a series of critical reviews by many of the foremost national experts, it constituted a valuable contemporary guide to statisticians working in many fields as well as a bench-mark to which historians of the development of Statistics in this country are likely to return again and again. The Social Science Research Council* and the Society were both delighted when Professor Maunder came forward with the proposal that a revised version should be produced, indicating as well his willingness to take on the onerous task of editor. The two bodies were more than happy to act as co-sponsors of the project and to help in its planning through a joint steering committee. The result, we are confident, will be judged a worthy successor to the previous volumes by the very much larger 'statistics public' that has come into being in the intervening years. Mrs SUZANNE REEVE Mrs EJ. SNELL Secretary Honorary Secretary Economic and Social Research Council Royal Statistical Society *SSRC is now the Economic and Social Research Council (ESRC). vii MEMBERSHIP OF JOINT STEERING COMMITTEE (November 1986) Chairman: Miss S. V. Cunliffe Representing the Royal Statistical Society: Mr M. C. Fessey Dr S. Rosenbaum Mrs E. J.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 66
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789401165259
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 166 p) , digital
    Edition: Second edition
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Series Statement: Tutorial Guides in Electronic Engineering 3
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Basic Concepts -- Algorithm -- Programming languages -- Software tools -- Pascal -- Identifiers -- Pascal structure -- Comments -- Examples of bad and good programming -- 2 Scalar Data Type: Constant, Integer, Real. Input-Output -- Constant definition -- Variable declarations -- Integers -- Reals -- Pascal arithmetic -- Arithmetic functions -- Input to a program -- Output from a program -- Formatted output -- A step by step development of simple Pascal programs -- 3 Scalar Data Type: Char, Boolean, Enumerated and Subrange. The Array Data Structure -- Computer character set -- The data type character -- Input and output of character variables -- Standard function identifiers for character -- The data type boolean -- Operator hierarchy -- Standard functions for boolean -- Scalar data type -- Enumerated scalar data type -- Subrange scalar data type -- The array data structure -- 4 Conditional, Repetitive and Goto Statements -- Assignment statement -- Compound statement -- The if statement -- The case statement -- The while-do statement -- The repeat-until statement -- The for-statement -- The goto statement -- 5 Functions and Procedures -- Why use functions and procedures? -- Functions -- Local declarations within functions -- Scope of identifiers and side effects -- Procedures -- Procedures with no formal parameters -- Procedures with value parameters -- Using global variables -- Procedures with variable parameters -- Procedural and functional parameters -- Recursion -- Forward directive -- 6 Structured Data Types: Array, File, Set and Record. The Pointer Data Type -- The array structure -- Arrays as subprogram parameters -- Packed arrays -- Strings -- The file structure -- Standard Pascal procedures for files -- Textfiles and standard procedures -- The set structure -- Set operators -- The record structure -- Variant record -- The pointer data type -- 7 Case Studies -- Network transfer functions -- Transfer function analysis program -- Active filter synthesis -- Active circuit synthesis program -- Linear passive circuits -- Circuit analysis program -- Appendix A Syntax diagrams -- Appendix B Pascal special symbols -- Standard Pascal identifiers -- Description of standard functions -- References.
    Abstract: In the last few years there has been a tremendous increase in the number of Pascal courses taught at various levels in schools and universities. Also with the advances made in electronics it is possible today for the majority of people to own or have access to a microcomputer which invariably runs BASIC and Pascal. A number of Pascal implementations exist and in the last two years a new Pascal specification has emerged. This specification has now been accepted as the British Standard BS6192 (1982). This standard also forms the technical content of the proposed International Standard IS07185. In addition to a separate knowledge of electronic engineering and programming a marriage of engineering and computer science is required. The present method of teaching Pascal in the first year of electronic engineering courses is wasteful. Little, if any, benefit is derived from a course that only teaches Pascal and its use with abstract examples. What is required is continued practice in the use of Pascal to solve meaningful problems in the student's chosen discipline. The purpose of this book is to make the use of standard Pascal (BS6192) as natural a tool in solving engineering problems as possible. In order to achieve this aim, only problems in or related to electrical and elec­ tronic engineering are considered in this book. The many worked examples are of various degrees of difficulty ranging from a simple example to bias a transistor to programs that analyse passive RLC networks or synthesise active circuits.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 67
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789401725583
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XX, 268 p) , digital
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: I The Biological Underpinnings of Scents -- 1 Human odour culture: a zoological perspective -- 2 The molecular dimension in perfumery -- 3 The significance of odorous steroids in axillary odour -- II Developmental and Social Aspects of Fragrance -- 4 The acquisition of odour hedonics -- 5 Perfume as a tactic of impression management in social and organizational settings -- III Odour Perception and the Language of the Brain -- 6 Contingent negative variation (CNV) and the psychological effects of odour -- 7 Emotion and the brain -- IV Fragrance Therapies -- 8 Anxiety reduction using fragrances -- 9 Essential oils as psychotherapeutic agents -- V The Consumer and Perfume -- 10 The psychology of fragrance selection -- 11 Perfume, people, perceptions and products -- 12 Selling perfume: a technique or an art? -- 13 Fragrance education and the psychology of smell -- References -- Author Index.
    Abstract: THE SENSE OF SMELL The nose is normally mistakenly assumed to be the organ of smell reception. It is not. The primary function of the nose is to regulate the temperature and humidity of inspired air, thereby protecting the delicate linings of the lungs. This is achieved by the breathed air passing through narrow passageways formed by three nasal turbinates in each nostril. The turbinates are covered by spongy vascular cells which can expand or contract to open or close the nasal pathways. The olfactory receptors, innervated by the 1st cranial nerve, are located at the top of the nose. There are about 50 million smell receptors in the human olfactory epithelia, the total size of which, in humans, is about that of a small postage stamp, with half being at the top of the left and half at the top of the right nostril. The receptive surfaces of olfactory cells are ciliated and extend into a covering layer of mucus. There is a constant turnover of olfactory cells. Their average active life has been estimated to be about 28 days.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 68
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Springer US
    ISBN: 9781461310631
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Mechatronics. ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: I Background -- 1 Introduction to Mechatronics -- 2 Mechatronic System Elements -- II Applications -- 3 Factory Automation -- 4 Office Automation -- 5 Home Automation -- III Technology -- 6 Computer Integrated Systems -- 7 Smart Robots -- 8 Machine Vision Systems -- IV Assessment -- 9 Technology Assessment -- 10 Trends in Mechatronics -- 11 A Blueprint for the Future -- Appendix A Glossary -- Appendix B Reference Materials -- Japanese Information Sources -- U.S. Report on Mechatronics -- Mechatronics Standards.
    Description / Table of Contents: I Background1 Introduction to Mechatronics -- 2 Mechatronic System Elements -- II Applications -- 3 Factory Automation -- 4 Office Automation -- 5 Home Automation -- III Technology -- 6 Computer Integrated Systems -- 7 Smart Robots -- 8 Machine Vision Systems -- IV Assessment -- 9 Technology Assessment -- 10 Trends in Mechatronics -- 11 A Blueprint for the Future -- Appendix A Glossary -- Appendix B Reference Materials -- Japanese Information Sources -- U.S. Report on Mechatronics -- Mechatronics Standards.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 69
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401160674
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: This book brings together and makes easily accessible data on flash points pres­ ently listed in the standard references, plus many values measured in American indus­ trial laboratories and European data as represented by the Fluka catalog and by values given in Nabert and Schoen. It is a collection that should be useful to those involved in manufacturing, handling, and shipping the many organics and organometallics now in production. The author would like to thank David Harvey, President, and Chuck Pouchert, of Aldrich Chemical Company, for permission to use their material and for provid­ ing a computer printout of some six thousand chemicals listed in the Aldrich cata­ log. Flash points for most of these chemicals were measured in the Aldrich laboratories and are not available elsewhere. Thanks are due also to Dr. Marjan Bace of Elsevier Science Publishing Co., Inc., who recognized the need for a handbook on flash points and handled the pub­ lishing arrangements. Particular thanks go to my wife, Mary, who prepared the entire camera-ready manuscript. Richard M. Stephenson The University of Connecticut Storrs, Connecticut December, 1986 v Introduction Flash points are of particular importance to those involved with the handling and ship­ ping of organics and organometaliics. As each country has its own shipping regula­ tions, this can be a real problem for international shippers. Many flash points have been determined by individual chemical manufacturers in answer to their own needs
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 70
    ISBN: 9781475756265
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VI, 67 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: Towards the end of 1983, the Advisory Council for Applied Research and Development (ACARD) published a report giving the findings of a working group which had been set up to study the factors which inhibited or supported the introduction of advanced manufacturing technology (AMT) in engineering manufacture. Prominent amongst their findings was that, up to that time, 'appraisal of investment in AMT on a short-term financial basis was not entirely adequate' and that 'the conventional approach to financial appraisal techniques, directed towards an early return on capital invested, may be inappropriate'. Today, over three years later, advanced manufacturing technology is more widely recognised and is providing a proven solution to survival and growth for manufacturers. However, many medium-and small-size companies are still finding great difficulty in the evaluation and justification of investment in this vital area. The Institution of Production Engineers therefore set up a special joint working party with The Chartered Institute of Management Accountants to follow up the ACARD report, with the objective of examining the whole area of the justification of investment in advanced manufacturing technology.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 71
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400913455
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: Opening Session -- Opening address -- Wood Defibring Processes -- BOS-038-F The wood behaviour during mechanical defibring -- BOS-137-S Chip refining : Influence of mechanical and chemical treatments on the energy consumption during fatigue of wood -- High Yield Pulping -- BOS-039-F Search for new fibrous composition in order to upgrade low value forest products -- BOS-040-F Pulp delignification and bleaching with hydrogen peroxide -- BOS-043-F New technology for bleached high yield pulp process -- BOS-057-I CTMP from hardwoods and their possible use in some paper grades -- BOS-085-UK Use of anthraquinone as a pulping aid in the NSSC pulping of European hardwoods -- The Problem of Stickies in the Reuse of Waste Paper -- BOS-013-D Formation mechanisms of stickies in waste paper pulp used in papermaking -- BOS-065-NL The influence of zeta-potential on the agglomeration of stickies on a tissue machine using waste -- BOS-122-I Easily removable hot-melt adhesives for use in repulpable paper products and related process -- BOS-006-D Optimization of bleaching and deinking of waste paper for strength and brightness improvement -- BOS-090-UK The chemical treatment of fractionated stock from “freely available” grades of waste paper -- BOS-104-DK Production scale trials with fractionation of recycled fibres -- BOS-131-D Optimization of waste paper fractionation to improve secondary fiber quality for packaging papers -- BOS-005-D Improvement of the efficiency of rosin size in the neutral pH-range -- BOS-010-D More filler in printing papers by optimizing forms and distribution curve of filler particles -- BOS-088-UK The development of processes to increase the filler content of woodfree papers to 40% -- BOS-042-F Study of the properties, applications and widening uses of corrugated board impregnated by total dipping in a solution of resin by a new process -- Paper Manufacturing -- BOS-055-I Paper drying under Z-direction restraint to improve the strength properties of short-fiber high-yield pulps -- BOS-135(I)-S Effects of improved control of the cross profile of the paper web -- BOS-135(II)-S Improved papermaking with emphasis on energy savings and high consistency technology -- Overview and Conclusions -- The future of the European paper industry as seen by CEPAC -- Wood as renewable raw material — Review and analysis of the results -- Plans for the future -- List of Participants -- Index of Authors.
    Abstract: Ph. BOURDEAU, Director, Commission of the European Communities, Directorate-General for Science, Research and Development Opening address K. -H. NARJES, Vice-President of the Commission of the European Communities 3 INTRODUCTION Ph. Bourdeau Director Directorate-General for Science, Research and Development This seminar is in many ways similar to the one which we organized here in Brussels in February 1982 to present to European industry the results of the first EC R&D programme on the Recycling of Paper and Board. That seminar was in fact something of an experiment, being the first one of its kind that we had organized. At the time it was favourably received and we have since had ample proof of its success from the number of practical applications of the techniques developed during the first programme and which were presented at the seminar. The first programme on the Recycling of Paper and Board, which ran from 1978 to 1981, aroused considerable interest. It was consequently followed by a more ambitious programme launched in 1982 and which terminated officially in 1985 - although some of the contracts in fact ran until 1986. This second programme covered the complete wood chain with research carried out on wood production; wood harvest, storage and transport; wood, as a material; wood processing without modification of its basic structure; processing of wood and related organic materials into fibre products; wood as a source of chemicals.
    Description / Table of Contents: Opening SessionOpening address -- Wood Defibring Processes -- BOS-038-F The wood behaviour during mechanical defibring -- BOS-137-S Chip refining : Influence of mechanical and chemical treatments on the energy consumption during fatigue of wood -- High Yield Pulping -- BOS-039-F Search for new fibrous composition in order to upgrade low value forest products -- BOS-040-F Pulp delignification and bleaching with hydrogen peroxide -- BOS-043-F New technology for bleached high yield pulp process -- BOS-057-I CTMP from hardwoods and their possible use in some paper grades -- BOS-085-UK Use of anthraquinone as a pulping aid in the NSSC pulping of European hardwoods -- The Problem of Stickies in the Reuse of Waste Paper -- BOS-013-D Formation mechanisms of stickies in waste paper pulp used in papermaking -- BOS-065-NL The influence of zeta-potential on the agglomeration of stickies on a tissue machine using waste -- BOS-122-I Easily removable hot-melt adhesives for use in repulpable paper products and related process -- BOS-006-D Optimization of bleaching and deinking of waste paper for strength and brightness improvement -- BOS-090-UK The chemical treatment of fractionated stock from “freely available” grades of waste paper -- BOS-104-DK Production scale trials with fractionation of recycled fibres -- BOS-131-D Optimization of waste paper fractionation to improve secondary fiber quality for packaging papers -- BOS-005-D Improvement of the efficiency of rosin size in the neutral pH-range -- BOS-010-D More filler in printing papers by optimizing forms and distribution curve of filler particles -- BOS-088-UK The development of processes to increase the filler content of woodfree papers to 40% -- BOS-042-F Study of the properties, applications and widening uses of corrugated board impregnated by total dipping in a solution of resin by a new process -- Paper Manufacturing -- BOS-055-I Paper drying under Z-direction restraint to improve the strength properties of short-fiber high-yield pulps -- BOS-135(I)-S Effects of improved control of the cross profile of the paper web -- BOS-135(II)-S Improved papermaking with emphasis on energy savings and high consistency technology -- Overview and Conclusions -- The future of the European paper industry as seen by CEPAC -- Wood as renewable raw material - Review and analysis of the results -- Plans for the future -- List of Participants -- Index of Authors.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 72
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400931398
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Introduction to polymer morphology -- 1.1 Polymer materials -- 1.2 Polymer morphology -- 1.3 Polymer processes -- 1.4 Polymer characterization -- 2 Fundamentals of microscopy -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Optical microscopy -- 2.3 Scanning electron microscopy (SEM) -- 2.4 Transmission electron microscopy (TEM) -- 2.5 Microscopy of radiation sensitive materials -- 2.6 Analytical microscopy -- 2.7 Quantitative microscopy -- 2.8 Dynamic microscopy -- 3 Imaging theory -- 3.1 Imaging with lenses -- 3.2 Imaging by scanning -- 3.3 Polarizing microscopy -- 3.4 Radiation effects -- 4 Specimen preparation methods -- 4.1 Simple preparation methods -- 4.2 Polishing -- 4.3 Microtomy -- 4.4 Staining -- 4.5 Etching -- 4.6 Replication -- 4.7 Conductive coatings -- 4.8 Yielding and fracture -- 4.9 Freezing and drying methods -- 5 Polymer applications -- 5.1 Fibers -- 5.2 Films and membranes -- 5.3 Engineering resins and plastics -- 5.4 Composites -- 5.5 Emulsions and adhesives -- 5.6 Liquid crystalline polymers -- 6 Problem solving summary -- 6.1 Where to start -- 6.2 Instrumental techniques -- 6.3 Interpretation -- 6.4 Supporting characterizations -- Appendixes -- Appendix I Abbreviations of polymer names -- Appendix II List of acronyms — techniques -- Appendix III Manmade polymeric fibers -- Appendix IV Common commercial polymers and tradenames for plastics, films and engineering resins -- Appendix V General suppliers of EM accessories -- Appendix VI Suppliers of optical and electron microscopes -- Appendix VII Suppliers of x-ray microanalysis equipment.
    Abstract: Modern materials include a vast array of polymers and plastics which are found in applications such as housing, appliances, clothing and household textiles and automotive and aerospace industries. Thus research scientists, engineers and materials science graduate students need to be aware of the methods and techniques required to understand the structure-property relations of polymer materials. This book will review the field of the microscopy of polymers. There is a vast literature which describes the research results obtained by study of polymer materials using microscopy and other complementary analytical techniques and such studies are best left to journals on specific topics. The major objective of this text is to provide the basic microscopy techniques and specimen preparation methods applicable to polymers. The book will attempt to provide enough detail so that the methods described can be applied, and also to reference appropriate publications for the investigator interested in more detail. The selection of two authors for this text came from the desire for a comprehen­ sive review of polymer microscopy with emphasis on methods and techniques, rather than on research results. The synergism provided by two authors with widely varied backgrounds was thought to be important: one author (LCS) has an industrial focus and a background in chemistry whilst the other (DTG) has an academic environment and offers a background in polymer physics.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Introduction to polymer morphology1.1 Polymer materials -- 1.2 Polymer morphology -- 1.3 Polymer processes -- 1.4 Polymer characterization -- 2 Fundamentals of microscopy -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Optical microscopy -- 2.3 Scanning electron microscopy (SEM) -- 2.4 Transmission electron microscopy (TEM) -- 2.5 Microscopy of radiation sensitive materials -- 2.6 Analytical microscopy -- 2.7 Quantitative microscopy -- 2.8 Dynamic microscopy -- 3 Imaging theory -- 3.1 Imaging with lenses -- 3.2 Imaging by scanning -- 3.3 Polarizing microscopy -- 3.4 Radiation effects -- 4 Specimen preparation methods -- 4.1 Simple preparation methods -- 4.2 Polishing -- 4.3 Microtomy -- 4.4 Staining -- 4.5 Etching -- 4.6 Replication -- 4.7 Conductive coatings -- 4.8 Yielding and fracture -- 4.9 Freezing and drying methods -- 5 Polymer applications -- 5.1 Fibers -- 5.2 Films and membranes -- 5.3 Engineering resins and plastics -- 5.4 Composites -- 5.5 Emulsions and adhesives -- 5.6 Liquid crystalline polymers -- 6 Problem solving summary -- 6.1 Where to start -- 6.2 Instrumental techniques -- 6.3 Interpretation -- 6.4 Supporting characterizations -- Appendixes -- Appendix I Abbreviations of polymer names -- Appendix II List of acronyms - techniques -- Appendix III Manmade polymeric fibers -- Appendix IV Common commercial polymers and tradenames for plastics, films and engineering resins -- Appendix V General suppliers of EM accessories -- Appendix VI Suppliers of optical and electron microscopes -- Appendix VII Suppliers of x-ray microanalysis equipment.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 73
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400931633
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Econometrics. ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Introduction -- 2 Bayesian Decision Theory -- 3 Behavioral and Control Theory of the Firm -- 4 Bayesian Analysis and Duopoly Theory -- 5 Multiperiod Decision Models with Alternating Choice as a Solution to the Duopoly Problem -- 6 Cooperation and Learning in a Duopoly Context -- 7 Interfirm Learning and the Kinked Demand Curve -- 8 Sequential Strategies in Dual Control Problems -- 9 Adaptive Utility -- 10 Some Examples of Adaptive Utility -- 11 Sequential Investment Decisions -- 12 Capital Allocation within Firms -- 13 Rational Expectations -- 14 Epilogue -- References -- Author Index.
    Abstract: We began this research with the objective of applying Bayesian methods of analysis to various aspects of economic theory. We were attracted to the Bayesian approach because it seemed the best analytic framework available for dealing with decision making under uncertainty, and the research presented in this book has only served to strengthen our belief in the appropriateness and usefulness of this methodology. More specif­ ically, we believe that the concept of organizational learning is funda­ mental to decision making under uncertainty in economics and that the Bayesian framework is the most appropriate for developing that concept. The central and unifying theme of this book is decision making under uncertainty in microeconomic theory. Our fundamental aim is to explore the ways in which firms and households make decisions and to develop models that have a strong empirical connection. Thus, we have attempted to contribute to economic theory by formalizing models of the actual pro­ cess of decision making under uncertainty. Bayesian methodology pro­ vides the appropriate vehicle for this formalization.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Introduction2 Bayesian Decision Theory -- 3 Behavioral and Control Theory of the Firm -- 4 Bayesian Analysis and Duopoly Theory -- 5 Multiperiod Decision Models with Alternating Choice as a Solution to the Duopoly Problem -- 6 Cooperation and Learning in a Duopoly Context -- 7 Interfirm Learning and the Kinked Demand Curve -- 8 Sequential Strategies in Dual Control Problems -- 9 Adaptive Utility -- 10 Some Examples of Adaptive Utility -- 11 Sequential Investment Decisions -- 12 Capital Allocation within Firms -- 13 Rational Expectations -- 14 Epilogue -- References -- Author Index.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 74
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400931572
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Numerical analysis. ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Introduction -- 1.1 Rounding errors and instability -- 2 Linear algebraic equations -- 2.1 Gauss elimination -- 2.2 Matrix decomposition methods -- 2.3 Iterative methods -- 3 Non-linear algebraic equations -- 3:1 Bracketing methods -- 3.2 Fixed point iteration -- 3.3 Newton’s method -- 3.4 Systems of non-linear equations -- 4 Eigenvalues and eigenvectors -- 4.1 The power method -- 4.2 Deflation -- 4.3 Jacobi’s method -- 4.4 Sturm sequence iteration -- 4.5 Givens’ and Householder’s methods -- 4.6 The LR and QR methods -- 4.7 Hessenberg form -- 5 Methods of approximation theory -- 5.1 Polynomial interpolation: Lagrange form -- 5.2 Polynomial interpolation: divided difference form -- 5.3 Polynomial interpolation: finite difference form -- 5.4 Hermite interpolation -- 5.5 Cubic spline interpolation -- 5.6 Least squares approximation to discrete data -- 5.7 Least squares approximation to continuous functions -- 6 Numerical differentiation and integration -- 6.1 Numerical differentiation -- 6.2 Numerical integration: Newton—Cotes formulas -- 6.3 Quadrature rules in composite form -- 6.4 Romberg’s method -- 6.5 Simpson’s adaptive quadrature -- 6.6 Gaussian quadrature -- 7 Ordinary differential equations: initial value problems -- 7.1 Derivation of linear multistep methods -- 7.2 Analysis of linear multistep methods -- 7.3 Runge-Kutta methods -- 7.4 Systems and higher order equations -- 8 Ordinary differential equations: boundary value problems -- 8.1 The finite difference method -- 8.2 The shooting method -- References -- Solutions to exercises.
    Abstract: This book is primarily intended for undergraduates in mathematics, the physical sciences and engineering. It introduces students to most of the techniques forming the core component of courses in numerical analysis. The text is divided into eight chapters which are largely self-contained. However, with a subject as intricately woven as mathematics, there is inevitably some interdependence between them. The level of difficulty varies and, although emphasis is firmly placed on the methods themselves rather than their analysis, we have not hesitated to include theoretical material when we consider it to be sufficiently interesting. However, it should be possible to omit those parts that do seem daunting while still being able to follow the worked examples and to tackle the exercises accompanying each section. Familiarity with the basic results of analysis and linear algebra is assumed since these are normally taught in first courses on mathematical methods. For reference purposes a list of theorems used in the text is given in the appendix.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Introduction1.1 Rounding errors and instability -- 2 Linear algebraic equations -- 2.1 Gauss elimination -- 2.2 Matrix decomposition methods -- 2.3 Iterative methods -- 3 Non-linear algebraic equations -- 3:1 Bracketing methods -- 3.2 Fixed point iteration -- 3.3 Newton’s method -- 3.4 Systems of non-linear equations -- 4 Eigenvalues and eigenvectors -- 4.1 The power method -- 4.2 Deflation -- 4.3 Jacobi’s method -- 4.4 Sturm sequence iteration -- 4.5 Givens’ and Householder’s methods -- 4.6 The LR and QR methods -- 4.7 Hessenberg form -- 5 Methods of approximation theory -- 5.1 Polynomial interpolation: Lagrange form -- 5.2 Polynomial interpolation: divided difference form -- 5.3 Polynomial interpolation: finite difference form -- 5.4 Hermite interpolation -- 5.5 Cubic spline interpolation -- 5.6 Least squares approximation to discrete data -- 5.7 Least squares approximation to continuous functions -- 6 Numerical differentiation and integration -- 6.1 Numerical differentiation -- 6.2 Numerical integration: Newton-Cotes formulas -- 6.3 Quadrature rules in composite form -- 6.4 Romberg’s method -- 6.5 Simpson’s adaptive quadrature -- 6.6 Gaussian quadrature -- 7 Ordinary differential equations: initial value problems -- 7.1 Derivation of linear multistep methods -- 7.2 Analysis of linear multistep methods -- 7.3 Runge-Kutta methods -- 7.4 Systems and higher order equations -- 8 Ordinary differential equations: boundary value problems -- 8.1 The finite difference method -- 8.2 The shooting method -- References -- Solutions to exercises.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 75
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400931596
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Linear Elasticity -- 1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 Simple analysis -- 1.3 More complex analysis -- 2 Non-Linear And Time-Dependent Elasticity -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Material properties -- 2.3 Visco-elasticity -- 2.4 Stress waves -- 3 Plasticity -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Plastic flow -- 3.3 More complex analysis -- 4 Fracture -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Ductile fracture -- 4.3 Fracture mechanics -- 5 Rigid Body Motion -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Simple analysis -- 5.3 More detailed analysis -- 6 Undamped Linear Vibrations -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Linear motion in one dimension -- 6.3 More complex analysis -- 7 Deformable Bodies -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Linear motion in one dimension -- 7.3 More complex analysis -- 8 Energy Absorbers -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 Isolating mountings -- 8.3 Deforming solids -- 9 Structures -- 9.1 Introduction -- 9.2 Structural components -- 9.3 Structural models -- 10 Impact Injury -- 10.1 Introduction -- 10.2 Whole body behaviour -- 10.3 Specific body components -- 11 Testing -- 11.1 Introduction -- 11.2 Tests of materials -- 11.3 Tests of components and systems -- 11.4 Data retrieval -- References.
    Abstract: We are all familiar with impact. Lesser impacts such as hammering a nail, cracking an egg or stubbing a toe are part of everyday life. More violent impacts such as those caused by car crashes or bullets are fortunately less common but are still well enough known to be taken for granted. Very violent impacts such as meteorites striking the earth are outside our personal experience but we are aware of them. Despite this, impacts remain mysterious. They occur too quickly for us to follow what is happening and the evidence they leave behind is often ambiguous. Over the last thirty years improvements in high speed instrumen­ tation and developments in computing have made them more comprehensible and an increasing amount of attention is being paid to the subject which is an area of expanding scientific and engineering research. A multi-disciplinary approach is not yet established and information is scattered in many places and expressed in a variety of jargons. In applied mathematics, impacts have provided interesting theoretical problems with elegant solutions but it has been difficult to check results experimentally. Impacts can change the behaviour of materials but similar changes can sometimes be produced in other ways and the underlying mechanisms are not clear. Empirical solutions to engineering problems have worked reasonably well but it is hard to know what to do if things go wrong.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Linear Elasticity1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 Simple analysis -- 1.3 More complex analysis -- 2 Non-Linear And Time-Dependent Elasticity -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Material properties -- 2.3 Visco-elasticity -- 2.4 Stress waves -- 3 Plasticity -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Plastic flow -- 3.3 More complex analysis -- 4 Fracture -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Ductile fracture -- 4.3 Fracture mechanics -- 5 Rigid Body Motion -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Simple analysis -- 5.3 More detailed analysis -- 6 Undamped Linear Vibrations -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Linear motion in one dimension -- 6.3 More complex analysis -- 7 Deformable Bodies -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Linear motion in one dimension -- 7.3 More complex analysis -- 8 Energy Absorbers -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 Isolating mountings -- 8.3 Deforming solids -- 9 Structures -- 9.1 Introduction -- 9.2 Structural components -- 9.3 Structural models -- 10 Impact Injury -- 10.1 Introduction -- 10.2 Whole body behaviour -- 10.3 Specific body components -- 11 Testing -- 11.1 Introduction -- 11.2 Tests of materials -- 11.3 Tests of components and systems -- 11.4 Data retrieval -- References.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 76
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400934252
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1. Degradation of Polymers of Methacrylic Acid Salts and Copolymers of these Salts with Methyl Methacrylate -- 2. Thermal Degradation Mechanisms in Condensation Polymers -- 3. Degradation and Stabilisation of Polyesters of Biological and Synthetic Origin -- 4. Degradation of Poly (methyl methacrylate) by Ionizing Radia-tion and Mechanical Forces -- 5. Mechanochemistry of Lignocellulosic Materials -- 6. Reactions of Small Radicals with Polymers during Degradation -- 7. Mechanism of Fire-retardancy in Chloroparaffin-Polymer Mixtures.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Degradation of Polymers of Methacrylic Acid Salts and Copolymers of these Salts with Methyl Methacrylate2. Thermal Degradation Mechanisms in Condensation Polymers -- 3. Degradation and Stabilisation of Polyesters of Biological and Synthetic Origin -- 4. Degradation of Poly (methyl methacrylate) by Ionizing Radia-tion and Mechanical Forces -- 5. Mechanochemistry of Lignocellulosic Materials -- 6. Reactions of Small Radicals with Polymers during Degradation -- 7. Mechanism of Fire-retardancy in Chloroparaffin-Polymer Mixtures.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 77
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Springer US
    ISBN: 9781461572886
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Third Edition
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Series Statement: The Wadsworth & Brooks/Cole Mathematics Series
    Series Statement: Springer eBook Collection
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: One The Propositional Calculus -- 1. Propositional Connectives. Truth Tables -- 2. Tautologies -- 3. Adequate Sets of Connectives -- 4. An Axiom System for the Propositional Calculus -- 5. Independence. Many-Valued Logics -- 6. Other Axiomatizations -- Two Quantification Theory -- 1. Quantifiers -- 2. Interpretations. Satisfiability and Truth. Models -- 3. First-Order Theories -- 4. Properties of First-Order Theories -- 5. Additional Metatheorems and Derived Rules -- 6. Rule C -- 7. Completeness Theorems -- 8. First-Order Theories with Equality -- 9. Definitions of New Function Letters and Individual Constants -- 10. Prenex Normal Forms -- 11. Isomorphism of Interpretations. Categoricity of Theories -- 12. Generalized First-Order Theories. Completeness and Decidability -- 13. Elementary Equivalence. Elementary Extensions -- 14. Ultrapowers. Nonstandard Analysis -- 15. Semantic Trees -- Three Formal Number Theory -- 1. Axiom System -- 2. Number-Theoretic Functions and Relations -- 3. Primitive Recursive and Recursive Functions -- 4. Arithmetization. Gödel Numbers -- 5. The Fixed Point Theorem. Gödel’s Incompleteness Theorem -- 6. Recursive Undecidability. Church’s Theorem -- Four Axiomatic Set Theory -- 1. An Axiom System -- 2. Ordinal Numbers -- 3. Equinumerosity. Finite And Denumerable Sets -- 4. Hartogs’ Theorem. Initial Ordinals. Ordinal Arithmetic -- 5. The Axiom of Choice. The Axiom of Regularity -- 6. Other Axiomatizations of Set Theory -- Five Effective Computability -- 1. Algorithms. Turing Machines -- 2. Diagrams -- 3. Partial Recursive Functions. Unsolvable Problems -- 4. The Kleene-Mostowski Hierarchy. Recursively Enumerable Sets -- 5. Other Notions of Effective Computability -- 6. Decision Problems -- Answers to Selected Exercises -- Notation.
    Abstract: This is a compact mtroduction to some of the pnncipal tOpICS of mathematical logic . In the belief that beginners should be exposed to the most natural and easiest proofs, I have used free-swinging set-theoretic methods. The significance of a demand for constructive proofs can be evaluated only after a certain amount of experience with mathematical logic has been obtained. If we are to be expelled from "Cantor's paradise" (as nonconstructive set theory was called by Hilbert), at least we should know what we are missing. The major changes in this new edition are the following. (1) In Chapter 5, Effective Computability, Turing-computabIlity IS now the central notion, and diagrams (flow-charts) are used to construct Turing machines. There are also treatments of Markov algorithms, Herbrand-Godel-computability, register machines, and random access machines. Recursion theory is gone into a little more deeply, including the s-m-n theorem, the recursion theorem, and Rice's Theorem. (2) The proofs of the Incompleteness Theorems are now based upon the Diagonalization Lemma. Lob's Theorem and its connection with Godel's Second Theorem are also studied. (3) In Chapter 2, Quantification Theory, Henkin's proof of the completeness theorem has been postponed until the reader has gained more experience in proof techniques. The exposition of the proof itself has been improved by breaking it down into smaller pieces and using the notion of a scapegoat theory. There is also an entirely new section on semantic trees.
    Description / Table of Contents: One The Propositional Calculus1. Propositional Connectives. Truth Tables -- 2. Tautologies -- 3. Adequate Sets of Connectives -- 4. An Axiom System for the Propositional Calculus -- 5. Independence. Many-Valued Logics -- 6. Other Axiomatizations -- Two Quantification Theory -- 1. Quantifiers -- 2. Interpretations. Satisfiability and Truth. Models -- 3. First-Order Theories -- 4. Properties of First-Order Theories -- 5. Additional Metatheorems and Derived Rules -- 6. Rule C -- 7. Completeness Theorems -- 8. First-Order Theories with Equality -- 9. Definitions of New Function Letters and Individual Constants -- 10. Prenex Normal Forms -- 11. Isomorphism of Interpretations. Categoricity of Theories -- 12. Generalized First-Order Theories. Completeness and Decidability -- 13. Elementary Equivalence. Elementary Extensions -- 14. Ultrapowers. Nonstandard Analysis -- 15. Semantic Trees -- Three Formal Number Theory -- 1. Axiom System -- 2. Number-Theoretic Functions and Relations -- 3. Primitive Recursive and Recursive Functions -- 4. Arithmetization. Gödel Numbers -- 5. The Fixed Point Theorem. Gödel’s Incompleteness Theorem -- 6. Recursive Undecidability. Church’s Theorem -- Four Axiomatic Set Theory -- 1. An Axiom System -- 2. Ordinal Numbers -- 3. Equinumerosity. Finite And Denumerable Sets -- 4. Hartogs’ Theorem. Initial Ordinals. Ordinal Arithmetic -- 5. The Axiom of Choice. The Axiom of Regularity -- 6. Other Axiomatizations of Set Theory -- Five Effective Computability -- 1. Algorithms. Turing Machines -- 2. Diagrams -- 3. Partial Recursive Functions. Unsolvable Problems -- 4. The Kleene-Mostowski Hierarchy. Recursively Enumerable Sets -- 5. Other Notions of Effective Computability -- 6. Decision Problems -- Answers to Selected Exercises -- Notation.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 78
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401174718
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1. Physical Properties of Fats and Oils -- 1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 Melting and Crystallization Behaviour -- 1.3 Solids Content and Phase Diagrams -- 1.4 Compatibility of Fats: Product Defects -- 1.5 Final Remarks -- 1.6 References -- 2. Fatty Acid Sequence in Triglycerides and Related Compounds -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Methods for Determining Fatty Acid Sequence -- 2.3 Selected Applications -- 2.4 Appendix: Experimental Procedures -- 2.5 References -- 3. Industrial Aspects of Lipid Oxidation -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 The Raw Materials -- 3.3 The Finished Product -- 4. Hydrogenation of Oils and Fats -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Layout -- 4.3 Autoclave Design -- 4.4 Reactions at the Catalyst Surface -- 4.5 References -- 5. The Analysis of Lipids with Special Reference to Milk Fat -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Lipid Class Separations -- 5.3 Fatty Acids and Related Aliphatic Compounds -- 5.4 The Positional Distributions of Fatty Acids in Milk Triacylglycerols -- 5.5 Molecular Species of Milk Triacylglycerols -- 5.6 Conclusions -- 5.7 Acknowledgement -- 5.8 References -- 6. Wheat Grain Lipids and their Role in the Bread-making Process -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Structure of the Wheat Grain -- 6.3 Composition of Lipids in Wheat Grains -- 6.4 Relationship Between Grain Lipid Composition and Flour Lipid Composition -- 6.5 Storage Stability of Wheat Flour -- 6.6 The Role of Flour Lipids in Baking of Bread -- 6.7 Acknowledgements -- 6.8 References -- 7. Varietal Differences in Fatty Acid Compositions -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Plant Lipid Compositions -- 7.3 Varieties Grown for Different Environmental Conditions -- 7.4 Compositions for Some Minor Seed Oils -- 7.5 References -- 8. Application of Modification Techniques -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 Soybean Hydrogenation -- 8.3 Lard — as a Shortening -- 8.4 Margarine Development -- 8.5 Palm Oil Utilisation -- 8.6 Summary -- 8.7 References.
    Abstract: Since we produced Fats and Oils: Chemistry and Technology in 1980, the trend we anticipated to up-date the classical texts of oils and fats has manifested itself. Bailey's famous textbook has been completely revised and a second edition of Bernardini's work has been produced. The present text is an attempt to provide some insight into the current state of the art. Chapter 1 discusses the physical properties of oils and fats with special reference to those properties which can be monitored to give an in­ dication of the suitability of fats for chocolate production. The physical properties of the fats are often determined by the order in which the fatty acids are attached to the glyceride molecule. Ram Bhati, in the last article he wrote before his death, showed how mass spectrometry and chemical methods could be used to determine the sequence of fatty acids. Ram's essentially practical approach to the problem is exemplified by the section dealing with the experimental details of the techniques. Chapter 3 outlines some of the problems which can arise in industry when the lipid part of a foodstuff undergoes oxidation, whilst in Chapter 4 Patterson describes the major technique, hydrogenation, which is used to circumvent the problems caused by oxidation of the unsaturated fatty acids. In Chapter 4 the essentials of the theory are given to enable the reader to appreciate the design features of the apparatus. Chapter 5 deals with the analysis, mainly chromatographic, of lipids.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Physical Properties of Fats and Oils1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 Melting and Crystallization Behaviour -- 1.3 Solids Content and Phase Diagrams -- 1.4 Compatibility of Fats: Product Defects -- 1.5 Final Remarks -- 1.6 References -- 2. Fatty Acid Sequence in Triglycerides and Related Compounds -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Methods for Determining Fatty Acid Sequence -- 2.3 Selected Applications -- 2.4 Appendix: Experimental Procedures -- 2.5 References -- 3. Industrial Aspects of Lipid Oxidation -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 The Raw Materials -- 3.3 The Finished Product -- 4. Hydrogenation of Oils and Fats -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Layout -- 4.3 Autoclave Design -- 4.4 Reactions at the Catalyst Surface -- 4.5 References -- 5. The Analysis of Lipids with Special Reference to Milk Fat -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Lipid Class Separations -- 5.3 Fatty Acids and Related Aliphatic Compounds -- 5.4 The Positional Distributions of Fatty Acids in Milk Triacylglycerols -- 5.5 Molecular Species of Milk Triacylglycerols -- 5.6 Conclusions -- 5.7 Acknowledgement -- 5.8 References -- 6. Wheat Grain Lipids and their Role in the Bread-making Process -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Structure of the Wheat Grain -- 6.3 Composition of Lipids in Wheat Grains -- 6.4 Relationship Between Grain Lipid Composition and Flour Lipid Composition -- 6.5 Storage Stability of Wheat Flour -- 6.6 The Role of Flour Lipids in Baking of Bread -- 6.7 Acknowledgements -- 6.8 References -- 7. Varietal Differences in Fatty Acid Compositions -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Plant Lipid Compositions -- 7.3 Varieties Grown for Different Environmental Conditions -- 7.4 Compositions for Some Minor Seed Oils -- 7.5 References -- 8. Application of Modification Techniques -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 Soybean Hydrogenation -- 8.3 Lard - as a Shortening -- 8.4 Margarine Development -- 8.5 Palm Oil Utilisation -- 8.6 Summary -- 8.7 References.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 79
    ISBN: 9781468469158
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Opening Session / Jean Vertut Memorial Session, Eulogy -- Advanced Teleoperation. Introductory Paper. The Advanced Teleoperation Project -- Advanced Teleoperation (I). Control and Supervision in Computer Aided Teleoperation -- Advanced Teleoperation (II). The Generalized Information Feedback Concept in Computer-Aided Teleoperation -- Advanced Teleoperation (III). An Integrated Experiment -- Analysis of a Robot Wrist Device for Mechanical Decoupling of the End-Effector Position and Orientation -- 2 Mechanics 1 -- Robot Motion: Configuration Analysis of Redundant and Non Redundant Manipulators -- Analysis of the Positioning and Orientation Accuracy in 6R Manipulators (Direct Task) -- A Unified Approach to Modelling of Flexible Robot Arms -- Solving the Inverse Kinematic Problem for Robotic Manipulators -- Determination of the Accuracy of Flexible Automatic Positioning Module with Clearances -- Invariant Kinestatic Filtering -- 3 Mechanics 2 -- Redundant Manipulators and Kinematic Singularities The Operational Space Approach -- Modelling and Simulation of Mechanical Process in Hyperstatical Gripping with n-Contact Points -- Computer Aided Modelling of Pneumo-Hydraulic Robots -- A Cartesian Model of Manipulator Kinematics -- A Method for Solving the Inverse Problem of Kinematics of Anthropomorphic Manipulators with Spherical Wrist -- Dynamic Equations of General Robots by Kane’s Method -- The Role of Delay in Robot Dynamics -- 4 Synthesis and Design 1 -- Smart Hand Systems for Robotics and Teleoperation -- A Mathematical Model of a Flexible Manipulator of the Elephant’s-Trunk-Type -- Analytical Design of Two-Revolute Open Chains -- On a Fundamental Study of Micro Mechanical Gripper Using Shape Memory Alloy (SMA) Actuator -- The Kinematic Design and Mass Redistribution of Manipulator Arms for Decoupled and Invariant Inertia -- Graphical-Interactive System for CAD and Simulation of Manipulation Systems -- 5 Sensing and Machine Intelligence 1 -- Force Feedback in Telemanipulators -- Theoretical and Experimental Investigations of Optical Fibre Reflective Sensors for Robotics -- Task Specification and Closed Loop Control of Manipulators in the Presence of External Sensors -- Adaptive Force Control of Grippers Taking into Account the Dynamics of Objects -- Bilateral Remote Control with Dynamic Reflexion -- 6 Control of Motion 1 -- Finger-Arm Coordination Control Method for Multiple Degrees of Freedom Robot -- A Model-Based Expert System for Strategical Control Level of Manipulation Robots -- Robot-Task Adaptability by Semi-Local Correction without Contact -- Robot Control Synthesis in Conjunction with Moving Workpieces -- Dynamic Command Motion Tuning for Robots. A Self Learning Algorithm -- 7 Sensing and Machine Intelligence 2 -- C-Surface Theory Applied to Force-Feedback Control of Robots -- Experimental Investigation of Active Force Control of Robot and Manipulator Arms -- Automatic Grasp Planning. An Operation Space Approach -- A Method of Optical Processing in the Robot Vision -- Tridimensional Optical Syntaxer -- 8 Locomotion and Walking Machines -- Towards Generalized Concepts and Tools for Unconventional Mobile Robots. General Languages, Mobility Modes -- Mobile Robotic Systems for Use in Unstructured Terrain -- Wall Climbing Vehicle Using Internally Balanced Magnetic Unit -- Experimental Development of a Walking Transport Robot -- Legs that Deform Elastically -- Features of Mechanisms Synthesis of Walking Robot Propelling Agents -- Avoiding Obstacles by a Mobile Robotized Vehicle -- 9 Application and Performance Evaluation -- The Automation of the Mine Support Erection Technology with Remotely-Controlled Manipulators -- Experimental Investigations of Robots and Manipulators -- Minimization of Vibrations of a Gantry Manipulator During Positioning -- Experimental Evaluation of Feedforward and Computed Torque Control -- Experimental Research and Development of Methods for Improving Kinematic and Dynamic Robot Characteristics -- 10 Synthesis and Design 2 -- Kinematics and Torque Control of Multi-Fingered Articulated Robot Hand -- Progress towards a Robotic Aid for the severely Disabled -- Logical Structures for Collision Avoidance in Assembly with Robots -- Repositioning-Unit for very Fine and Accurate Displacements Analysis and Design -- 11 Synthesis and Design 3 -- Polyarticulated Mechanical Structure for Decoupling the Position and Orientation of a Robot -- Application of I-Coordinates in Robotics -- Design of Spring Mechanisms for Balancing the Weight of Robots -- Structural and Geometrical Systematization of Spatial Positioning Kinematic Chains Employed in Industrial Robots -- Tasks and Methods of Constructing Mechanical Facilities and Control Systems of Industrial Robots Taking into Account their Force Interaction with the Equipment -- 12 Control of Motion 2 -- Contribution to Solving Dynamic Robot Control in Machining Process -- An Approach to Development of Real-Time Robot Models -- Time-Optimal Robotic Manipulator Task Planning -- Time-Optimal Motions of Some Robotic Systems -- Frequency Space Synthesis of a Robust Dynamic Command -- Structure Strategy Problem on a Redundant Manipulator -- Participants.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Opening Session / Jean Vertut Memorial Session, EulogyAdvanced Teleoperation. Introductory Paper. The Advanced Teleoperation Project -- Advanced Teleoperation (I). Control and Supervision in Computer Aided Teleoperation -- Advanced Teleoperation (II). The Generalized Information Feedback Concept in Computer-Aided Teleoperation -- Advanced Teleoperation (III). An Integrated Experiment -- Analysis of a Robot Wrist Device for Mechanical Decoupling of the End-Effector Position and Orientation -- 2 Mechanics 1 -- Robot Motion: Configuration Analysis of Redundant and Non Redundant Manipulators -- Analysis of the Positioning and Orientation Accuracy in 6R Manipulators (Direct Task) -- A Unified Approach to Modelling of Flexible Robot Arms -- Solving the Inverse Kinematic Problem for Robotic Manipulators -- Determination of the Accuracy of Flexible Automatic Positioning Module with Clearances -- Invariant Kinestatic Filtering -- 3 Mechanics 2 -- Redundant Manipulators and Kinematic Singularities The Operational Space Approach -- Modelling and Simulation of Mechanical Process in Hyperstatical Gripping with n-Contact Points -- Computer Aided Modelling of Pneumo-Hydraulic Robots -- A Cartesian Model of Manipulator Kinematics -- A Method for Solving the Inverse Problem of Kinematics of Anthropomorphic Manipulators with Spherical Wrist -- Dynamic Equations of General Robots by Kane’s Method -- The Role of Delay in Robot Dynamics -- 4 Synthesis and Design 1 -- Smart Hand Systems for Robotics and Teleoperation -- A Mathematical Model of a Flexible Manipulator of the Elephant’s-Trunk-Type -- Analytical Design of Two-Revolute Open Chains -- On a Fundamental Study of Micro Mechanical Gripper Using Shape Memory Alloy (SMA) Actuator -- The Kinematic Design and Mass Redistribution of Manipulator Arms for Decoupled and Invariant Inertia -- Graphical-Interactive System for CAD and Simulation of Manipulation Systems -- 5 Sensing and Machine Intelligence 1 -- Force Feedback in Telemanipulators -- Theoretical and Experimental Investigations of Optical Fibre Reflective Sensors for Robotics -- Task Specification and Closed Loop Control of Manipulators in the Presence of External Sensors -- Adaptive Force Control of Grippers Taking into Account the Dynamics of Objects -- Bilateral Remote Control with Dynamic Reflexion -- 6 Control of Motion 1 -- Finger-Arm Coordination Control Method for Multiple Degrees of Freedom Robot -- A Model-Based Expert System for Strategical Control Level of Manipulation Robots -- Robot-Task Adaptability by Semi-Local Correction without Contact -- Robot Control Synthesis in Conjunction with Moving Workpieces -- Dynamic Command Motion Tuning for Robots. A Self Learning Algorithm -- 7 Sensing and Machine Intelligence 2 -- C-Surface Theory Applied to Force-Feedback Control of Robots -- Experimental Investigation of Active Force Control of Robot and Manipulator Arms -- Automatic Grasp Planning. An Operation Space Approach -- A Method of Optical Processing in the Robot Vision -- Tridimensional Optical Syntaxer -- 8 Locomotion and Walking Machines -- Towards Generalized Concepts and Tools for Unconventional Mobile Robots. General Languages, Mobility Modes -- Mobile Robotic Systems for Use in Unstructured Terrain -- Wall Climbing Vehicle Using Internally Balanced Magnetic Unit -- Experimental Development of a Walking Transport Robot -- Legs that Deform Elastically -- Features of Mechanisms Synthesis of Walking Robot Propelling Agents -- Avoiding Obstacles by a Mobile Robotized Vehicle -- 9 Application and Performance Evaluation -- The Automation of the Mine Support Erection Technology with Remotely-Controlled Manipulators -- Experimental Investigations of Robots and Manipulators -- Minimization of Vibrations of a Gantry Manipulator During Positioning -- Experimental Evaluation of Feedforward and Computed Torque Control -- Experimental Research and Development of Methods for Improving Kinematic and Dynamic Robot Characteristics -- 10 Synthesis and Design 2 -- Kinematics and Torque Control of Multi-Fingered Articulated Robot Hand -- Progress towards a Robotic Aid for the severely Disabled -- Logical Structures for Collision Avoidance in Assembly with Robots -- Repositioning-Unit for very Fine and Accurate Displacements Analysis and Design -- 11 Synthesis and Design 3 -- Polyarticulated Mechanical Structure for Decoupling the Position and Orientation of a Robot -- Application of I-Coordinates in Robotics -- Design of Spring Mechanisms for Balancing the Weight of Robots -- Structural and Geometrical Systematization of Spatial Positioning Kinematic Chains Employed in Industrial Robots -- Tasks and Methods of Constructing Mechanical Facilities and Control Systems of Industrial Robots Taking into Account their Force Interaction with the Equipment -- 12 Control of Motion 2 -- Contribution to Solving Dynamic Robot Control in Machining Process -- An Approach to Development of Real-Time Robot Models -- Time-Optimal Robotic Manipulator Task Planning -- Time-Optimal Motions of Some Robotic Systems -- Frequency Space Synthesis of a Robust Dynamic Command -- Structure Strategy Problem on a Redundant Manipulator -- Participants.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 80
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Springer US
    ISBN: 9781468476507
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Introduction -- 2 Current Manufacturing Techniques -- 3 The Network — The Physical Transmission Medium -- 3.1 Basic communications -- 3.2 Communications options -- 3.3 Distributed LANs -- 3.4 Head ends -- 4 The Seven Layer Model -- 4.1 The application itself -- 4.2 Applications layer (layer 7) -- 4.3 Presentation layer (layer 6) -- 4.4 Session layer (layer 5) -- 4.5 Transport layer (layer 4) -- 4.6 Network layer (layer 3) -- 4.7 Datalink layer (layer 2) -- 4.8 Physical layer (layer 1) -- 4.9 Interconnecting MAP and TOP with each other and with other systems -- 4.10 Technical and Office Protocols (TOP) -- 5 The Standards Scene -- 5.1 The origins of OSI -- 5.2 The International Standards Organization (ISO) -- 5.3 ISO stages of development of standards -- 5.4 National activity in the UK -- 5.5 Who’s who in standards -- 6 Key Issues -- 6.1 The functionality of MMS -- 6.2 Interoperability -- 6.3 Testing -- 7 Map and Top Application Case Studies -- 7.1 The Towers of Hanoi and beyond -- 7.2 Cell controller applications -- 7.3 A link from design to assembly and inspection -- 7.4 MAP in the electronics test environment -- 7.5 AIMS — an Assembly Information Management System applied to engine assembly -- 7.6 Using MAP in the factory -- 7.7 MAP in printed circuit board assembly -- 7.8 Communications in the aerospace industry -- 7.9 MAP in General Motors -- 8 The Way Ahead -- 8.1 The future -- 8.2 MAP and TOP products -- Useful Addresses -- Abbreviations -- Sources and Recommendations for Further Reading.
    Abstract: Advances in technology are making the business and manufacturing environment increasingly complex. Standards can help us cope with this complexity. Given the strategic importance of computers in the economies of the industrial world, it is fitting that one of the most significant commercial stories of our time is the standardization of computer communications. Quite frankly, when we joined with other computer users to launch this effort we didn't predict its scope and we should have done. public visibility. In restrospect, I guess The computer assisted technologies looming on the horizon offer some of the greatest functional and productivity tools available to improve business operations. However, the absence of a standardized electronic link permeating most business organizations poses a severe impediment to the efficient deployment of this technology. The feasibility of using computer controlled devices to design, test, and manufacture products - as part of a massive network - is well within our technological grasp. However, unless the world agrees upon a global set of standards that will make multi-vendor computer systems interoperable, successful implementation of these technologies becomes less and less attractive.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Introduction2 Current Manufacturing Techniques -- 3 The Network - The Physical Transmission Medium -- 3.1 Basic communications -- 3.2 Communications options -- 3.3 Distributed LANs -- 3.4 Head ends -- 4 The Seven Layer Model -- 4.1 The application itself -- 4.2 Applications layer (layer 7) -- 4.3 Presentation layer (layer 6) -- 4.4 Session layer (layer 5) -- 4.5 Transport layer (layer 4) -- 4.6 Network layer (layer 3) -- 4.7 Datalink layer (layer 2) -- 4.8 Physical layer (layer 1) -- 4.9 Interconnecting MAP and TOP with each other and with other systems -- 4.10 Technical and Office Protocols (TOP) -- 5 The Standards Scene -- 5.1 The origins of OSI -- 5.2 The International Standards Organization (ISO) -- 5.3 ISO stages of development of standards -- 5.4 National activity in the UK -- 5.5 Who’s who in standards -- 6 Key Issues -- 6.1 The functionality of MMS -- 6.2 Interoperability -- 6.3 Testing -- 7 Map and Top Application Case Studies -- 7.1 The Towers of Hanoi and beyond -- 7.2 Cell controller applications -- 7.3 A link from design to assembly and inspection -- 7.4 MAP in the electronics test environment -- 7.5 AIMS - an Assembly Information Management System applied to engine assembly -- 7.6 Using MAP in the factory -- 7.7 MAP in printed circuit board assembly -- 7.8 Communications in the aerospace industry -- 7.9 MAP in General Motors -- 8 The Way Ahead -- 8.1 The future -- 8.2 MAP and TOP products -- Useful Addresses -- Abbreviations -- Sources and Recommendations for Further Reading.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 81
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Springer US
    ISBN: 9781468415216
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Introduction to instrumental methods of analysis -- 1.1 Precision and accuracy -- 1.2 Speed of analysis -- 1.3 Cost -- 1.4 Safety -- 1.5 Automation -- Recommended general texts -- 2 Liquid chromatography -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Theory of liquid chromatography -- 2.3 Modes of chromatography -- 2.4 Chromatographic techniques -- 2.5 Sample preparation -- References -- 3 Gas chromatography -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Principles -- 3.3 The chromatographic system -- 3.4 GLC columns -- 3.5 Principles of separation -- 3.6 Stationary phases -- 3.7 Gas—solid chromatography -- 3.8 Detectors -- 3.9 Sample preparation -- 3.10 Quantification -- References -- 4 Electrophoresis -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Effect of pH on charge -- 4.3 Techniques of electrophoresis -- 4.4 Isotachophoresis -- References -- 5 Introduction to spectroscopy -- 5.1 Spectroscopy -- 5.2 The electromagnetic spectrum -- 5.3 Molecular energy states -- 5.4 Molecular transitions -- 5.5 Quantitative analysis -- 5.6 Determination of a spectrum -- Further reading -- 6 UV—visible spectrophotometry -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Electronic energy levels -- 6.3 Electronic transitions -- 6.4 Qualitative analysis -- 6.5 Quantitative analysis -- 6.6 Calibration of spectrophotometers -- 6.7 Sample presentation -- 6.8 Difference spectrophotometry -- 6.9 Spectrophotometric titrations -- 6.10 Derivative spectrophotometry -- 6.11 Dual-wavelength spectrophotometry -- 6.12 Spectrophotometers and colorimeters -- 6.13 Turbidimetry and nephelometry -- 6.14 Colour and gloss of solid samples -- References -- 7 Fluorescence and phosphorescence spectrophotometry -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Fluorophores -- 7.3 Excitation and emission spectra -- 7.4 Quantitative measurements -- 7.5 Factors affecting fluorescence spectra -- 7.6 Instruments for fluorescence studies -- 7.7 Applications of fluorescence spectrophotometry -- References -- 8 Infrared spectroscopy -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 Molecular vibrations -- 8.3 Qualitative analysis -- 8.4 Quantitative analysis -- 8.5 Instrumentation -- 8.7 Attenuated total reflectance -- 8.8 Near-infrared reflectance analysis -- References -- 9 Nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy -- 9.1 Introduction -- 9.2 Principles -- 9.3 Pulse NMR spectrometer -- 9.4 Chemical shifts -- 9.5 Spin—spin coupling -- 9.6 Integration -- 9.7 Further techniques for elucidation of NMR spectra -- 9.8 Wide-line NMR -- 9.9 In-vivo NMR -- References -- 10 Electron spin resonance -- 10.1 Principles -- 10.2 ESR spectra -- 10.3 ESR spectrometer -- 10.4 Sample preparation -- 10.5 Spin labelling -- 10.6 Quantitative analysis -- References -- 11 Flame techniques -- 11.1 Introduction -- 11.2 Flame emission spectrometry (FES) -- 11.3 Atomic absorption spectrometry (AAS) -- 11.4 Applications -- References -- 12 Mass spectrometry -- 12.1 Introduction -- 12.2 Mass spectrometer -- 12.3 Analysis of mixtures -- 12.4 Determination of molecular structures -- References -- 13 Electrochemical techniques -- 13.1 Introduction -- 13.2 Conductivity of solutions -- 13.3 Voltammetry -- 13.4 Potentiometric measurements -- References.
    Abstract: Instrumental techniques of analysis have now moved from the confines of the chemistry laboratory to form an indispensable part of the analytical armoury of many workers involved in the biological sciences. It is now quite out of the question to considcr a laboratory dealing with the analysis of biological materials that is not equipped with an extensive range of instrumentation. Recent years have also seen a dramatic improvement in the ease with which such instruments can be used, and the quality and quantity of the analytical data that they can produce. This is due in no sm all part to the ubiquitous use of microprocessors and computers for instrumental control. However, under these circumstances there is areal danger of the analyst adopting a 'black box' mentality and not treating the analytical data produced in accordance with the limitations that may be inherent in the method used. Such a problem can only be overcome if the operator is fully aware of both the theoretical and instrumental constraints relevant to the technique in question. As the complexity and sheer volume of material in undergraduate courses increases, there is a tendency to reduce the amount of fundamental material that is taught prior to embarking on the more applied aspects. This is nowhere more apparent than in the teaching of instrumental techniques of analysis.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Introduction to instrumental methods of analysis1.1 Precision and accuracy -- 1.2 Speed of analysis -- 1.3 Cost -- 1.4 Safety -- 1.5 Automation -- Recommended general texts -- 2 Liquid chromatography -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Theory of liquid chromatography -- 2.3 Modes of chromatography -- 2.4 Chromatographic techniques -- 2.5 Sample preparation -- References -- 3 Gas chromatography -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Principles -- 3.3 The chromatographic system -- 3.4 GLC columns -- 3.5 Principles of separation -- 3.6 Stationary phases -- 3.7 Gas-solid chromatography -- 3.8 Detectors -- 3.9 Sample preparation -- 3.10 Quantification -- References -- 4 Electrophoresis -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Effect of pH on charge -- 4.3 Techniques of electrophoresis -- 4.4 Isotachophoresis -- References -- 5 Introduction to spectroscopy -- 5.1 Spectroscopy -- 5.2 The electromagnetic spectrum -- 5.3 Molecular energy states -- 5.4 Molecular transitions -- 5.5 Quantitative analysis -- 5.6 Determination of a spectrum -- Further reading -- 6 UV-visible spectrophotometry -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Electronic energy levels -- 6.3 Electronic transitions -- 6.4 Qualitative analysis -- 6.5 Quantitative analysis -- 6.6 Calibration of spectrophotometers -- 6.7 Sample presentation -- 6.8 Difference spectrophotometry -- 6.9 Spectrophotometric titrations -- 6.10 Derivative spectrophotometry -- 6.11 Dual-wavelength spectrophotometry -- 6.12 Spectrophotometers and colorimeters -- 6.13 Turbidimetry and nephelometry -- 6.14 Colour and gloss of solid samples -- References -- 7 Fluorescence and phosphorescence spectrophotometry -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Fluorophores -- 7.3 Excitation and emission spectra -- 7.4 Quantitative measurements -- 7.5 Factors affecting fluorescence spectra -- 7.6 Instruments for fluorescence studies -- 7.7 Applications of fluorescence spectrophotometry -- References -- 8 Infrared spectroscopy -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 Molecular vibrations -- 8.3 Qualitative analysis -- 8.4 Quantitative analysis -- 8.5 Instrumentation -- 8.7 Attenuated total reflectance -- 8.8 Near-infrared reflectance analysis -- References -- 9 Nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy -- 9.1 Introduction -- 9.2 Principles -- 9.3 Pulse NMR spectrometer -- 9.4 Chemical shifts -- 9.5 Spin-spin coupling -- 9.6 Integration -- 9.7 Further techniques for elucidation of NMR spectra -- 9.8 Wide-line NMR -- 9.9 In-vivo NMR -- References -- 10 Electron spin resonance -- 10.1 Principles -- 10.2 ESR spectra -- 10.3 ESR spectrometer -- 10.4 Sample preparation -- 10.5 Spin labelling -- 10.6 Quantitative analysis -- References -- 11 Flame techniques -- 11.1 Introduction -- 11.2 Flame emission spectrometry (FES) -- 11.3 Atomic absorption spectrometry (AAS) -- 11.4 Applications -- References -- 12 Mass spectrometry -- 12.1 Introduction -- 12.2 Mass spectrometer -- 12.3 Analysis of mixtures -- 12.4 Determination of molecular structures -- References -- 13 Electrochemical techniques -- 13.1 Introduction -- 13.2 Conductivity of solutions -- 13.3 Voltammetry -- 13.4 Potentiometric measurements -- References.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 82
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401511551
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: Hypoxia-Induced Intermitochondrial Junctions in the Rabbit Carotid-Body: An Ultrastructural and Experimental Study -- Ultrastructural Studies of the Cat Carotid Body Perfused for Short Periods with Physiological Saline Solutions -- Morphological and Biochemical Characteristics of the Laryngeal Nerve Paraganglia -- Central Terminations of Carotid Body Chemoreceptor Afferents -- Vascular Geometry of Arterial Chemoreceptors: Learning about the Carotid Body by Studying Paraganglia of the Superior Laryngeal Nerve -- Altered Function of Cat Carotid Body Chemoreceptors in Prolonged Hyperoxia -- Glycolysis as a Link for Chemoreception? -- Spectrophotometric Studies on Carotid Body Tissue -- ATP Content in the Cat Carotid Body under Different Experimental Conditions. Support for the Metabolic Hypothesis -- Pathways for Calcium Entry into Type I Cells: Significance for the Secretory Response -- Effects of Cyanide and Acetylcholine on Extracellular K+ and Ca++ Activities in the Cat Carotid Body -- Application of the Chemiluminescent Method to Carotid Body for Detecting Choline and Acetylcholine -- Monoamine Content and Metabolism in the Rabbit Carotid Body -- A Comparative Study of the Metabolism of Catecholamines in the Rabbit and Cat Carotid Body -- Release of Catecholamines by Electrical Stimulation of the Cat Carotid Sinus Nerve in Vitro -- Dopamine and 3, 4-Dihydroxyphenylacetic Acid Concentrations in Rat Carotid Body: The Effects of Chronic Hypoxia and Hyperoxia from Birth -- Prolonged Hyperoxia and Oligomycin have Similar Effects on Cat Carotid Body Chemoreceptors -- In Vitro Carotid Chemoreceptor Response to Hypoxia and Hypercapnia after Reserpinization or AMPT-Treatment in the Rabbit and in the Cat -- Regulation of Neuropeptide Levels in Sensory Receptors and Autonomic Ganglia -- Origin of Respiratory Oscillations in Chemoreceptor Discharge -- Afferent Activity in the Sinus Nerve of the Rabbit after Regeneration -- The Role of the Carotid Body in Acclimatization to Hypoxia -- The Role of the Peripheral Arterial Chemoreceptors in the Cardiovascular Responses of the Cat to Acute Systemic Hypoxia -- The Effect of Premature Delivery on Chemoreceptor Sensitivity in the Lamb -- Studies of Chemoreceptor Resetting after Hyperoxic Ventilation of the Fetus in Utero -- The Chemoreception of Hypoxia and Hypercapnia: Further Evidence for a Dual Sensing Mechanism -- Carotid Body Chemoreceptor Response to Transient Arterial Occlusion -- The Carotid Bodies in Coarctation of the Aorta -- The Carotid Bodies in a Case of Ventricular Septal Defect -- Histological Changes Associated with Ageing of the Human Carotid Body -- Slow Ventilatory Dynamics in Hypoxic Patients with Obstructive Airways Disease -- Propranolol Treatment Inhibits the Carotid Body Vascular Changes Evoked by Long-Term Hypoxia -- Acetylcholine- and Dopamine-Induced Excitation of Cultured Newborn Rabbit Nodose Ganglion Neurons: Effects of Co-Culture with Carotid Body Fragments -- Pharmacological Studies on Opioid Receptors in the Cat Carotid Body -- Chemoexcitation Evoked by Adenosine: Pharmacological Characterisation of the Receptor -- Adenosine Modulation of Respiration Mediated by Carotid Body Chemoreceptors -- Interference by Domperidone on Chemosensory and Ventilatory Responses to Dopamine -- The Double Reflexogenic Action of Lobeline, Acetylcholine and Cyanides on the Carotid Body, Influence of Phentolamine and Sulpiride -- Power Spectral Analysis of Chemoreceptor Discharges During Asphyxia and after Administration of Almitrine Bismesylate -- Peripheral Chemoreceptor Stimulation and Pulmonary Circulation in the Rat -- Almitrine Anatagonizes the Depressant Effect of the Morphinomimetic Agent, Fentanyl on Bulbar Respiratory Neurons -- Effects of Chronic Hypoxia on Chemoreceptor Function in the Newborn -- Reduction in Dopaminergic Activity in the Rat Carotid Body after Acute or Chronic Almitrine -- Carotid Body Responses to Administration of Almitrine Bismesylate -- Kinetics of Almitrine Bismesylate and its Metabolites in the Carotid Body and Other Tissues of the Rat.
    Abstract: List of Participants 1 Hypoxia-Induced Intermitochondrial Junctions in the Rabbit Carotid-Body : An Ultrastructural and Experimental Study. A. VERNA. N. TALIB and A. BARETS. 11 Ultrastructural Studies of the Cat Carotid Body Perfused for Short Periods with Physiological Saline Solutions. R.G. O'REGAN. M. KENNEDY. D. COTTELL and S. FEELY. Morphological and Biochemical 19 Characteristics of the Laryngeal Nerve paraganglia. A. DAHLQVIST. S. HELLSTROM. B. CARLSOO. J.M. PEGUIGNOT and S. DOMEIJ. 29 Central Terminations of Carotid Body Chemoreceptor Afferents. D. JORDAN. S. DONOGHUE. R.B. FELDER and K.M. SPYER. 39 Vascular Geometry of Arterial Chemoreceptors: Learning about the Caritud Body by Studying paraganglia of the Superior Laryngeal Nerve D. M. McDONALD and AMY HASKELL. Altered Function of Cat Carotid Body 50 Chemoreceptors in Prolonged Hyperoxia. S. LAHIRI. E. MULLIGAN. A. MORASHI. S. ADNRONIKOU and M. SHIRAHATA. 59 Glycolysis as a Link for Chemoreception? MARCO A. DELPIANO. Spectrophotometric Studies on Carotid 69 Body Tissue. H. ACKER. C. EYZAGUIRRE. ATP Content in the Cat Carotid Body 78 under Different Experimental Conditions. Support for the Metabolic Hypothesis. A. onESO. L. AL~ffiRAZ and C. GONZALEZ. 91 pathways for Calcium Entry into Type I Cells: Significance for the Secretory Response. A. OBESO. S. FIDONE and C. GONZALEZ. Effects of Cyanide and Acetylcholine on 99 Extracellular K+ and Ca++ Activities in the Cat Carotid Body. R.G. O'REGAN and H. ACKER. Application of the Chemiluminescent 108 Method to Carotid Body for Detecting Choline and Acetylcholine. ARCADI GUAL and JORDI HARSAL.
    Description / Table of Contents: Hypoxia-Induced Intermitochondrial Junctions in the Rabbit Carotid-Body: An Ultrastructural and Experimental StudyUltrastructural Studies of the Cat Carotid Body Perfused for Short Periods with Physiological Saline Solutions -- Morphological and Biochemical Characteristics of the Laryngeal Nerve Paraganglia -- Central Terminations of Carotid Body Chemoreceptor Afferents -- Vascular Geometry of Arterial Chemoreceptors: Learning about the Carotid Body by Studying Paraganglia of the Superior Laryngeal Nerve -- Altered Function of Cat Carotid Body Chemoreceptors in Prolonged Hyperoxia -- Glycolysis as a Link for Chemoreception? -- Spectrophotometric Studies on Carotid Body Tissue -- ATP Content in the Cat Carotid Body under Different Experimental Conditions. Support for the Metabolic Hypothesis -- Pathways for Calcium Entry into Type I Cells: Significance for the Secretory Response -- Effects of Cyanide and Acetylcholine on Extracellular K+ and Ca++ Activities in the Cat Carotid Body -- Application of the Chemiluminescent Method to Carotid Body for Detecting Choline and Acetylcholine -- Monoamine Content and Metabolism in the Rabbit Carotid Body -- A Comparative Study of the Metabolism of Catecholamines in the Rabbit and Cat Carotid Body -- Release of Catecholamines by Electrical Stimulation of the Cat Carotid Sinus Nerve in Vitro -- Dopamine and 3, 4-Dihydroxyphenylacetic Acid Concentrations in Rat Carotid Body: The Effects of Chronic Hypoxia and Hyperoxia from Birth -- Prolonged Hyperoxia and Oligomycin have Similar Effects on Cat Carotid Body Chemoreceptors -- In Vitro Carotid Chemoreceptor Response to Hypoxia and Hypercapnia after Reserpinization or AMPT-Treatment in the Rabbit and in the Cat -- Regulation of Neuropeptide Levels in Sensory Receptors and Autonomic Ganglia -- Origin of Respiratory Oscillations in Chemoreceptor Discharge -- Afferent Activity in the Sinus Nerve of the Rabbit after Regeneration -- The Role of the Carotid Body in Acclimatization to Hypoxia -- The Role of the Peripheral Arterial Chemoreceptors in the Cardiovascular Responses of the Cat to Acute Systemic Hypoxia -- The Effect of Premature Delivery on Chemoreceptor Sensitivity in the Lamb -- Studies of Chemoreceptor Resetting after Hyperoxic Ventilation of the Fetus in Utero -- The Chemoreception of Hypoxia and Hypercapnia: Further Evidence for a Dual Sensing Mechanism -- Carotid Body Chemoreceptor Response to Transient Arterial Occlusion -- The Carotid Bodies in Coarctation of the Aorta -- The Carotid Bodies in a Case of Ventricular Septal Defect -- Histological Changes Associated with Ageing of the Human Carotid Body -- Slow Ventilatory Dynamics in Hypoxic Patients with Obstructive Airways Disease -- Propranolol Treatment Inhibits the Carotid Body Vascular Changes Evoked by Long-Term Hypoxia -- Acetylcholine- and Dopamine-Induced Excitation of Cultured Newborn Rabbit Nodose Ganglion Neurons: Effects of Co-Culture with Carotid Body Fragments -- Pharmacological Studies on Opioid Receptors in the Cat Carotid Body -- Chemoexcitation Evoked by Adenosine: Pharmacological Characterisation of the Receptor -- Adenosine Modulation of Respiration Mediated by Carotid Body Chemoreceptors -- Interference by Domperidone on Chemosensory and Ventilatory Responses to Dopamine -- The Double Reflexogenic Action of Lobeline, Acetylcholine and Cyanides on the Carotid Body, Influence of Phentolamine and Sulpiride -- Power Spectral Analysis of Chemoreceptor Discharges During Asphyxia and after Administration of Almitrine Bismesylate -- Peripheral Chemoreceptor Stimulation and Pulmonary Circulation in the Rat -- Almitrine Anatagonizes the Depressant Effect of the Morphinomimetic Agent, Fentanyl on Bulbar Respiratory Neurons -- Effects of Chronic Hypoxia on Chemoreceptor Function in the Newborn -- Reduction in Dopaminergic Activity in the Rat Carotid Body after Acute or Chronic Almitrine -- Carotid Body Responses to Administration of Almitrine Bismesylate -- Kinetics of Almitrine Bismesylate and its Metabolites in the Carotid Body and Other Tissues of the Rat.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 83
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Springer US
    ISBN: 9781468465938
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Fourth Edition
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Control Theory and Terminology -- 1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 What is “Control”? -- 1.3 Elementary Control System -- 1.4 Purposes of Control -- 1.5 Control Action -- 1.6 Energy Sources for Control Systems -- 1.7 Measurement -- 1.8 Symbols and Abbreviations -- 1.9 Psychrometrics -- 1.10 Relationships -- 1.11 Summary -- 2 Pneumatic Control Devices -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Pneumatic Control Devices -- 2.3 Control Cabinets -- 2.4 Air Supply -- 3 Electric and Electronic Control Devices -- 3.1 Electric Control Devices -- 3.2 Electronic Control Devices -- 4 Fluidic Control Devices -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Wall Attachment Devices -- 4.3 Turbulence Amplifiers -- 4.4 Vortex Amplifiers -- 4.5 Radial Jet Amplifier -- 4.6 Fluidic Transducers -- 4.7 Manual Switches -- 5 Flow Control Devices -- 5.1 Dampers -- 5.2 Steam and Water Flow Control Valves -- 5.3 System Gains -- 5.4 Summary -- 6 Elementary Control Systems -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Outside Air Controls -- 6.3 Air Stratification -- 6.4 Heating -- 6.5 Cooling Coils -- 6.6 Humidity Control -- 6.7 Dehumidifiers -- 6.8 Static Pressure Control -- 6.9 Electric Heat -- 6.10 Gas-Fired Heaters -- 6.11 Oil-Fired Heaters -- 6.12 Refrigeration Equipment -- 6.13 Fire and Smoke Control -- 6.14 Electrical Interlocks -- 6.15 Location of Sensors -- 6.16 Summary -- 7 Complete Control Systems -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Single-Zone Systems -- 7.3 Multizone Air Handling Systems -- 7.4 Dual-Duct Systems -- 7.5 Variable-Volume Systems -- 7.6 Reheat Systems -- 7.7 Heat Reclaim -- 7.8 Fan-Coil Units -- 7.9 Induction Systems -- 7.10 Unit Ventilators -- 7.11 Packaged Equipment -- 7.12 Other Packaged Equipment -- 7.13 Radiant Heating and Cooling -- 7.14 Radiators and Convectors -- 7.15 Heat Exchangers -- 7.16 Solar Heating and Cooling Systems -- 7.17 Summary -- 8 Electric Control Systems -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 Electric Control Diagrams -- 8.3 Electrical Control of a Chiller -- 8.4 Electrical Control of an Air Handling Unit -- 8.5 Example: A Typical Small Air Conditioning System -- 8.6 Electric Heaters -- 8.7 Reduced-Voltage Starters -- 8.8 Multispeed Starters -- 8.9 Variable Speed Controllers -- 8.10 Summary -- 9 Special Control Systems -- 9.1 Introduction -- 9.2 Close Temperature and/or Humidity Control -- 9.3 Controlled Environment Rooms for Testing -- 9.4 Some Examples from Practice -- 9.5 Summary -- 10 Supervisory Control Systems -- 10.1 Introduction -- 10.2 Hard-Wired Systems -- 10.3 Multiplexing Systems -- 10.4 Computer-Based Systems for Monitoring and Control -- 10.5 The Economics of Supervisory Systems -- 10.6 Benefits of the Computer System -- 10.7 Training for Maintenance and Operation -- 10.8 Summary -- 11 Psychrometrics -- 11.1 Introduction -- 11.2 Psychrometric Properties -- 11.3 Psychrometric Tables -- 11.4 Psychrometric Charts -- 11.5 Processes on the Psychrometric Chart -- 11.6 HVAC Cycles on the Chart -- 11.7 Impossible Processes -- 11.8 Effects of Altitude -- 11.9 Summary -- 12 Central Plant Pumping and Distribution Systems -- 12.1 Introduction -- 12.2 Diversity -- 12.3 Constant Flow Systems -- 12.4 Variable Flow Systems -- 12.5 Distribution Systems -- 12.6 Building Interfaces -- 12.7 Summary -- 13 Retrofit of Existing Control Systems -- 13.1 Introduction -- 13.2 Economic Analysis -- 13.3 Discriminators -- 13.4 Control Modes -- 13.5 Economy Cycle Controls -- 13.6 Single-Zone Systems -- 13.7 Reheat Systems -- 13.8 Multizone Systems -- 13.9 Dual-Duct Systems -- 13.10 Systems with Humidity Control -- 13.11 Control Valves and Pumping Arrangements -- 13.12 Summary -- 13.13 Conclusion -- Control Bibliography -- Abbreviations Used in this Book -- Symbols Used in this Book.
    Abstract: There are two reasons why we have a new edition every four or five years. The first is that technology changes. Chapter 10, on computer-based con­ trols, has had to be almost completely rewritten. Fundamentals don't change, but the tools available to us do change. Evaluation and proper use of those tools makes it even more imperative that we understand fundamentals. Many of our control problems stem from the use of new devices as a solution to problems that are, in fact, control design errors. New gadgets, for example, Direct Digital Controls (DDC), will not solve basic problems and may even compound them. None-the-Iess, you will find an extensive discussion of DDC because I think it is the probable "future" in HVAC control. But it must be applied with a good understanding of fundamentals. The second reason is that I keep learning and need to pass on my new and improved understanding to my readers. Thus you will find a number of small but important revisions, a dissertation on control "modes," and a much more detailed discussion of how electronic control devices work. There are a few places where I have corrected what I now perceive to be errors. I apologize for these. I have been much encouraged by the acceptance of this book in the past, and I hope that this new edition will be helpful. Thank you for your support.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Control Theory and Terminology1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 What is “Control”? -- 1.3 Elementary Control System -- 1.4 Purposes of Control -- 1.5 Control Action -- 1.6 Energy Sources for Control Systems -- 1.7 Measurement -- 1.8 Symbols and Abbreviations -- 1.9 Psychrometrics -- 1.10 Relationships -- 1.11 Summary -- 2 Pneumatic Control Devices -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Pneumatic Control Devices -- 2.3 Control Cabinets -- 2.4 Air Supply -- 3 Electric and Electronic Control Devices -- 3.1 Electric Control Devices -- 3.2 Electronic Control Devices -- 4 Fluidic Control Devices -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Wall Attachment Devices -- 4.3 Turbulence Amplifiers -- 4.4 Vortex Amplifiers -- 4.5 Radial Jet Amplifier -- 4.6 Fluidic Transducers -- 4.7 Manual Switches -- 5 Flow Control Devices -- 5.1 Dampers -- 5.2 Steam and Water Flow Control Valves -- 5.3 System Gains -- 5.4 Summary -- 6 Elementary Control Systems -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Outside Air Controls -- 6.3 Air Stratification -- 6.4 Heating -- 6.5 Cooling Coils -- 6.6 Humidity Control -- 6.7 Dehumidifiers -- 6.8 Static Pressure Control -- 6.9 Electric Heat -- 6.10 Gas-Fired Heaters -- 6.11 Oil-Fired Heaters -- 6.12 Refrigeration Equipment -- 6.13 Fire and Smoke Control -- 6.14 Electrical Interlocks -- 6.15 Location of Sensors -- 6.16 Summary -- 7 Complete Control Systems -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Single-Zone Systems -- 7.3 Multizone Air Handling Systems -- 7.4 Dual-Duct Systems -- 7.5 Variable-Volume Systems -- 7.6 Reheat Systems -- 7.7 Heat Reclaim -- 7.8 Fan-Coil Units -- 7.9 Induction Systems -- 7.10 Unit Ventilators -- 7.11 Packaged Equipment -- 7.12 Other Packaged Equipment -- 7.13 Radiant Heating and Cooling -- 7.14 Radiators and Convectors -- 7.15 Heat Exchangers -- 7.16 Solar Heating and Cooling Systems -- 7.17 Summary -- 8 Electric Control Systems -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 Electric Control Diagrams -- 8.3 Electrical Control of a Chiller -- 8.4 Electrical Control of an Air Handling Unit -- 8.5 Example: A Typical Small Air Conditioning System -- 8.6 Electric Heaters -- 8.7 Reduced-Voltage Starters -- 8.8 Multispeed Starters -- 8.9 Variable Speed Controllers -- 8.10 Summary -- 9 Special Control Systems -- 9.1 Introduction -- 9.2 Close Temperature and/or Humidity Control -- 9.3 Controlled Environment Rooms for Testing -- 9.4 Some Examples from Practice -- 9.5 Summary -- 10 Supervisory Control Systems -- 10.1 Introduction -- 10.2 Hard-Wired Systems -- 10.3 Multiplexing Systems -- 10.4 Computer-Based Systems for Monitoring and Control -- 10.5 The Economics of Supervisory Systems -- 10.6 Benefits of the Computer System -- 10.7 Training for Maintenance and Operation -- 10.8 Summary -- 11 Psychrometrics -- 11.1 Introduction -- 11.2 Psychrometric Properties -- 11.3 Psychrometric Tables -- 11.4 Psychrometric Charts -- 11.5 Processes on the Psychrometric Chart -- 11.6 HVAC Cycles on the Chart -- 11.7 Impossible Processes -- 11.8 Effects of Altitude -- 11.9 Summary -- 12 Central Plant Pumping and Distribution Systems -- 12.1 Introduction -- 12.2 Diversity -- 12.3 Constant Flow Systems -- 12.4 Variable Flow Systems -- 12.5 Distribution Systems -- 12.6 Building Interfaces -- 12.7 Summary -- 13 Retrofit of Existing Control Systems -- 13.1 Introduction -- 13.2 Economic Analysis -- 13.3 Discriminators -- 13.4 Control Modes -- 13.5 Economy Cycle Controls -- 13.6 Single-Zone Systems -- 13.7 Reheat Systems -- 13.8 Multizone Systems -- 13.9 Dual-Duct Systems -- 13.10 Systems with Humidity Control -- 13.11 Control Valves and Pumping Arrangements -- 13.12 Summary -- 13.13 Conclusion -- Control Bibliography -- Abbreviations Used in this Book -- Symbols Used in this Book.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 84
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Springer US
    ISBN: 9781468476880
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1. Introduction. Plans, Strategies and Actions -- Categories of Muscles -- Problems of Moving -- A Legacy -- 2. Mechanical Properties of Muscles -- Review of Muscle Anatomy -- Mechanical Properties of Muscle -- Behaviour of Isolated Muscle Stimulated at Subtetanic Rates -- Muscle Mechanics in Intact Man -- Effects of Muscle Properties on Control of Movement -- A Theory of Movement Control which Makes Use of the Mechanical Properties of Muscle -- 3. The Motor Unit -- The Concept of the Motor Unit -- Twitch and Tonic Muscle Fibres -- Physiological Investigation of the Motor Unit -- Histochemical and Biochemical Classification of Muscle Fibres -- Some Electrophysiological Properties of Motoneurones -- Control of Motor Units and their Recruitment Order -- The Study of Motor Units in Human Physiology -- Pathophysiology of the Motor Unit -- 4. Proprioceptors in Muscle, Joint and Skin -- Muscle Receptors: I. The Muscle Spindle -- Muscle Receptors: II. Golgi Tendon Organs -- Muscle Receptors: III. Other Types of Ending -- Joint Receptors -- Cutaneous Mechanoreceptors -- Recordings from Human Afferent Nerve Fibres -- 5. Reflex Pathways in the Spinal Cord -- Classification of Nerve Fibres -- Reflex Pathways from la Muscle Spindle Afferents -- Reflex Pathways from lb Tendon Organ Afferents -- Reflex Pathways from Group II Muscle Afferents and the ‘Flexor Reflex Afferents’ -- The Renshaw Cell -- Integration in Spinal Reflex Pathways -- Presynaptic Inhibition -- 6. Functional Consequences of Activity in Spinal Reflex Pathways -- The Stretch Reflex in Animals -- Stretch Reflexes in Human Muscles -- The Servo Hypothesis and Alpha-Gamma Coactivation -- The Regulation of Stiffness Hypothesis and lb Effects -- Other Spinal Reflex Pathways -- Cutaneous Reflexes -- Pathophysiology of the Stretch Reflex: Disorders of Muscle Tone -- Pathophysiology of Other Reflex Pathways -- 7. Ascending and Descending Pathways of the Spinal Cord -- Ascending Pathways -- 8. Cerebral Cortex -- Structure of Cerebral Cortex -- Detailed Electrophysiology of Primary Motor (MI) Cortex -- The Pyramidal Tract -- Motor Cortex Cell Activity During Voluntary Movements -- Sensory Input to Motor Cortex -- Other Motor Areas of Cortex -- Supplementary Motor Area -- Motor Functions of Parietal Cortex -- Pathophysiology of Motor Areas of Cerebral Cortex -- 9. The Cerebellum -- Cerebellar Anatomy -- Electrophysiological Studies of the Cerebellum -- Effects of Cerebellar Lesions -- Studies of Cerebellar Dysfunction in Man -- Theories of Cerebellar Function -- 10. The Basal Ganglia -- Anatomy -- Electrophysiological Recordings from Behaving Animals -- Pathophysiology of Diseases of the Basal Ganglia in Man.
    Abstract: The human motor system is unique. It talks, walks and can play the piano from a remarkably early age. But it is difficult to study. One cannot impale single neurones with electrodes or lesion discrete areas of the nervous system in man. However, data gleaned from such elegant experiments in lower species that walk on four feet may not reflect the organisation of human motor mechanisms. John Rothwell is one of a small band of human-motor physiologists who have followed the dictum 'The proper study of mankind is man'. In this book, he brings together what is known about human motor physiology in an eminently readable and critical fashion. Of course, there is a stimulating symbiosis between animal and human experimental motor physiology, and this is effected by the integration of critical information that can only be obtained from work on animals with what is known about man. Many disciplines have interest in the mechanisms of human voluntary movement - physiologists, psychologists, physiotherapists and clinicians, be they neurologists or those working in orthopaedics, physical medicine or rehabilitation. All will find John Rothwell's book invaluable. To the beginner it provides an excellent introduction to the subject. To the expert it presents a coherent review of current knowledge and areas of uncertainty. What is abundantly clear is how much more remains to be discovered about how man controls movement. The stimulus provided by this volume will be invaluable to thought and experiment.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Introduction. Plans, Strategies and ActionsCategories of Muscles -- Problems of Moving -- A Legacy -- 2. Mechanical Properties of Muscles -- Review of Muscle Anatomy -- Mechanical Properties of Muscle -- Behaviour of Isolated Muscle Stimulated at Subtetanic Rates -- Muscle Mechanics in Intact Man -- Effects of Muscle Properties on Control of Movement -- A Theory of Movement Control which Makes Use of the Mechanical Properties of Muscle -- 3. The Motor Unit -- The Concept of the Motor Unit -- Twitch and Tonic Muscle Fibres -- Physiological Investigation of the Motor Unit -- Histochemical and Biochemical Classification of Muscle Fibres -- Some Electrophysiological Properties of Motoneurones -- Control of Motor Units and their Recruitment Order -- The Study of Motor Units in Human Physiology -- Pathophysiology of the Motor Unit -- 4. Proprioceptors in Muscle, Joint and Skin -- Muscle Receptors: I. The Muscle Spindle -- Muscle Receptors: II. Golgi Tendon Organs -- Muscle Receptors: III. Other Types of Ending -- Joint Receptors -- Cutaneous Mechanoreceptors -- Recordings from Human Afferent Nerve Fibres -- 5. Reflex Pathways in the Spinal Cord -- Classification of Nerve Fibres -- Reflex Pathways from la Muscle Spindle Afferents -- Reflex Pathways from lb Tendon Organ Afferents -- Reflex Pathways from Group II Muscle Afferents and the ‘Flexor Reflex Afferents’ -- The Renshaw Cell -- Integration in Spinal Reflex Pathways -- Presynaptic Inhibition -- 6. Functional Consequences of Activity in Spinal Reflex Pathways -- The Stretch Reflex in Animals -- Stretch Reflexes in Human Muscles -- The Servo Hypothesis and Alpha-Gamma Coactivation -- The Regulation of Stiffness Hypothesis and lb Effects -- Other Spinal Reflex Pathways -- Cutaneous Reflexes -- Pathophysiology of the Stretch Reflex: Disorders of Muscle Tone -- Pathophysiology of Other Reflex Pathways -- 7. Ascending and Descending Pathways of the Spinal Cord -- Ascending Pathways -- 8. Cerebral Cortex -- Structure of Cerebral Cortex -- Detailed Electrophysiology of Primary Motor (MI) Cortex -- The Pyramidal Tract -- Motor Cortex Cell Activity During Voluntary Movements -- Sensory Input to Motor Cortex -- Other Motor Areas of Cortex -- Supplementary Motor Area -- Motor Functions of Parietal Cortex -- Pathophysiology of Motor Areas of Cerebral Cortex -- 9. The Cerebellum -- Cerebellar Anatomy -- Electrophysiological Studies of the Cerebellum -- Effects of Cerebellar Lesions -- Studies of Cerebellar Dysfunction in Man -- Theories of Cerebellar Function -- 10. The Basal Ganglia -- Anatomy -- Electrophysiological Recordings from Behaving Animals -- Pathophysiology of Diseases of the Basal Ganglia in Man.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 85
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Springer US
    ISBN: 9781461578949
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Polymer structures and general properties -- 1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 Polymer structures -- 1.3 Morphology and softening behavior -- 1.4 Amorphous polymers and softening behavior -- 1.5 Semi-crystalline polymers and softening behavior -- 1.6 Molecular weight -- 1.7 Copolymers -- 1.8 Chemical behavior -- 1.9 Solubility -- 1.10 Electrical properties -- 1.11 Conclusion -- Further reading -- 2 Polymerization -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Addition polymerization -- 2.3 Step-growth polymerization -- 2.4 Copolymer formation -- 2.5 Chemical conversion -- 2.6 Polyblends -- 2.7 Conclusion -- 3 High-temperature and fire-resistant polymers -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 The need for thermally resistant polymers -- 3.3 Improving low-performance polymers for high-temperature -- 3.4 The need for fire-resistant polymers -- 3.5 Polymers for low fire hazards -- 3.6 Polymers for high temperature resistance -- 3.7 Heterocyclic polymers -- Further reading -- 4 Hydrophilic polymers -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Natural polymers -- 4.3 Semi-synthetic polymers -- 4.4 Synthetic polymers -- Further reading -- 5 Polymers with electrical and electromeric properties -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Conducting polymers -- 5.3 Photoconducting polymers -- 5.4 Polymers in non-linear optics -- 5.5 Polymers with piezoelectric, pyroelectric and ferroelectric properties -- 5.6 Photoresists for semiconductor fabrication -- References -- 6 Ionic polymers -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Classification -- 6.3 Synthesis -- 6.4 Physical properties and applications -- 6.5 lonomers based on polyethylene -- 6.6 Elastomeric ionomers -- 6.7 Ionomers based on polystyrene -- 6.8 Ionomers based on polytetrafluoroethylene -- 6.9 Ionomers with polyaromatic backbones -- 6.10 Polyelectrolytes for ion-exchange -- 6.11 Polyelectrolytes based on carboxylates -- 6.12 Polymers with integral ions -- 6.13 Polyelectrolyte complexes -- 6.14 Blends of polymers and salts -- 6.15 Biological and inorganic ionic polymers -- 6.16 Conclusions -- References -- 7 Polyurethanes -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Chemical aspects -- 7.3 Product types -- 7.4 Conclusion -- References and further reading.
    Abstract: R. W. DYSON There will be few readers of this book who are not aware of the contribution that polymers make to modern life. They are to be seen around the home, at work, in transport and in leisure pursuits. They take many forms which include plastic mouldings and extrusions, plastic film and sheet, plastic laminates (fibreglass and formica) rubber gloves, hoses, tyres and sealing rings, fibres for textiles and carpets and so on, cellular products for cushioning and thermal insulation, adhesives and coating materials such as paints and varnishes. The majority of these polymers are synthetic and are derived from oil products. The most important of these in terms of tonnage used are polymers based upon styrene, vinyl chloride, ethylene, propylene and butadiene among plastics and rubber materials, and nylons, polyethylenetere­ phthalate and polyacrylonitrile among fibres. The total amount of these polymers used each year runs into millions of tonnes. These polymers are sometimes known as commodity polymers because they are used for everyday artefacts. They are available in many grades and formats to meet a variety of applications and processing techniques. The and light stabilizers, properties can be adjusted by using additives such as heat plasticizers, and reinforcing materials. Often, grades are specially designed and formulated to meet particular requirements and, in a sense, these might be regarded as specialities. Much has been written about these materials elsewhere and they are not the concern of this book.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Polymer structures and general properties1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 Polymer structures -- 1.3 Morphology and softening behavior -- 1.4 Amorphous polymers and softening behavior -- 1.5 Semi-crystalline polymers and softening behavior -- 1.6 Molecular weight -- 1.7 Copolymers -- 1.8 Chemical behavior -- 1.9 Solubility -- 1.10 Electrical properties -- 1.11 Conclusion -- Further reading -- 2 Polymerization -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Addition polymerization -- 2.3 Step-growth polymerization -- 2.4 Copolymer formation -- 2.5 Chemical conversion -- 2.6 Polyblends -- 2.7 Conclusion -- 3 High-temperature and fire-resistant polymers -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 The need for thermally resistant polymers -- 3.3 Improving low-performance polymers for high-temperature -- 3.4 The need for fire-resistant polymers -- 3.5 Polymers for low fire hazards -- 3.6 Polymers for high temperature resistance -- 3.7 Heterocyclic polymers -- Further reading -- 4 Hydrophilic polymers -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Natural polymers -- 4.3 Semi-synthetic polymers -- 4.4 Synthetic polymers -- Further reading -- 5 Polymers with electrical and electromeric properties -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Conducting polymers -- 5.3 Photoconducting polymers -- 5.4 Polymers in non-linear optics -- 5.5 Polymers with piezoelectric, pyroelectric and ferroelectric properties -- 5.6 Photoresists for semiconductor fabrication -- References -- 6 Ionic polymers -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Classification -- 6.3 Synthesis -- 6.4 Physical properties and applications -- 6.5 lonomers based on polyethylene -- 6.6 Elastomeric ionomers -- 6.7 Ionomers based on polystyrene -- 6.8 Ionomers based on polytetrafluoroethylene -- 6.9 Ionomers with polyaromatic backbones -- 6.10 Polyelectrolytes for ion-exchange -- 6.11 Polyelectrolytes based on carboxylates -- 6.12 Polymers with integral ions -- 6.13 Polyelectrolyte complexes -- 6.14 Blends of polymers and salts -- 6.15 Biological and inorganic ionic polymers -- 6.16 Conclusions -- References -- 7 Polyurethanes -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Chemical aspects -- 7.3 Product types -- 7.4 Conclusion -- References and further reading.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 86
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401164894
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: I Background: Concepts and field evidence -- 1 Introduction -- 2 Geochronology and other uses of isotopic analysis -- 3 Archaean terrains: the available geological evidence -- II Reconstructing the Archaean Earth -- 4 The beginnings of life -- 5 Archaean continents -- 6 Archaean volcanism -- 7 Mineral deposits in Archaean rocks -- 8 Models of the early Earth -- Glossary of geological terms for non-geologists -- References -- Author Index.
    Abstract: 'What are we going to do with a parcel of old stones?' wrote the director of an African museum a century and a half ago, when one of my ancestors presented him with a splendid collection of fossils of mammal-like reptiles. Old stones, however intriguing, are difficult to interpret, dusty, and do not fit well in the neatly ordered contents of a house of learning. Archaean geology, which is the study of the Earth's history in the period from after 9 the end of planetary accretion (4.5-4.4 x 10 years ago) up to the beginning 9 of the Proterozoic (2.5 x 10 years ago) is much the same - a parcel of old stones seemingly impossible to understand. Yet these stones contain the history of our origins: they can tell us a story that is interesting not just to the geologist (for whom this book is primarily written) but instead addresses the human condition in general.
    Description / Table of Contents: I Background: Concepts and field evidence1 Introduction -- 2 Geochronology and other uses of isotopic analysis -- 3 Archaean terrains: the available geological evidence -- II Reconstructing the Archaean Earth -- 4 The beginnings of life -- 5 Archaean continents -- 6 Archaean volcanism -- 7 Mineral deposits in Archaean rocks -- 8 Models of the early Earth -- Glossary of geological terms for non-geologists -- References -- Author Index.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 87
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401571432
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XV, 223 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1. Introduction -- 2. Field Properties -- 3. Problem Definition -- 4. Linear Spaces in Field Computations -- 5. Projection Methods in Field Computations -- 6. Finite Element Method for Interior Problems -- 7. Finite Element Method for Exterior Problems -- 8. Integral Equation Method -- 9. Static Magnetic Problem -- 10. Eddy Current Problem -- Appendix A Derivation of the Helmholtz Theorem -- Appendix B Properties of the Magnetic Vector Potential, A -- Appendix C Integral Expressions for Scalar Potential from Green’s Theorem.
    Abstract: For well over a decade, the numerical approach to field computation has been gaining progressively greater importance. Analytical methods offield compu­ tation are, at best, unable to accommodate the very wide variety of configura­ tions in which fields must be computed. On the other hand, numerical methods can accommodate many practical configurations that analytical methods cannot. With the advent of high-speed digital computers, numerical field computations have finally become practical. However, in order to implement numerical methods of field computation, we need algorithms, numerical methods, and mathematical tools that are largely quite different from those that have been traditionally used with analytical methods. Many of these algorithms have, in fact, been presented in the large number of papers that have been published on this subject in the last two decades. And to some of those who are already experienced in the art of numerical field computations, these papers, in addition to their own original work, are enough to give them the knowledge that they need to perform practical numerical field computations.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Introduction2. Field Properties -- 3. Problem Definition -- 4. Linear Spaces in Field Computations -- 5. Projection Methods in Field Computations -- 6. Finite Element Method for Interior Problems -- 7. Finite Element Method for Exterior Problems -- 8. Integral Equation Method -- 9. Static Magnetic Problem -- 10. Eddy Current Problem -- Appendix A Derivation of the Helmholtz Theorem -- Appendix B Properties of the Magnetic Vector Potential, A -- Appendix C Integral Expressions for Scalar Potential from Green’s Theorem.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 88
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401539883
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 622 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Concepts in analytical chemistry -- 2 Classical and rapid methods of analysis -- 3 Optical spectrometry: principles and instrumentation -- 4 Atomic absorption spectrometry -- 5 Inductively coupled plasma-atomic emission spectrometry -- 6 Arc and spark source optical emission spectrometry -- 7 Ion-selective electrodes -- 8 X-ray fluorescence analysis: principles and practice of wavelength dispersive spectrometry -- 9 Energy dispersive X-ray spectrometry -- 10 Electron probe microanalysis -- 11 Other microbeam and surface analysis techniques -- 12 Neutron activation analysis -- 13 Nuclear techniques for the determination of uranium and thorium and their decay products -- 14 Ion exchange preconcentration procedures -- 15 Gold and platinum group element analysis -- 16 Mass spectrometry: principles and instrumentation -- 17 Thermal ionization mass spectrometry -- 18 Gas source mass spectrometry -- 19 Spark source mass spectrometry -- 20 Inductively coupled plasma-mass spectrometry -- References.
    Abstract: without an appreciation of what happens in between. The techniques available for the chemical analysis of silicate rocks have undergone a revolution over the last 30 years. However, to use an analytical technique most effectively, No longer is the analytical balance the only instrument used it is essential to understand its analytical characteristics, in for quantitative measurement, as it was in the days of classi­ particular the excitation mechanism and the response of the cal gravimetric procedures. A wide variety of instrumental signal detection system. In this book, these characteristics techniques is now commonly used for silicate rock analysis, have been described within a framework of practical ana­ lytical aplications, especially for the routine multi-element including some that incorporate excitation sources and detec­ tion systems that have been developed only in the last few analysis of silicate rocks. All analytical techniques available years. These instrumental developments now permit a wide for routine silicate rock analysis are discussed, including range of trace elements to be determined on a routine basis. some more specialized procedures. Sufficient detail is In parallel with these exciting advances, users have tended included to provide practitioners of geochemistry with a firm to become more remote from the data production process. base from which to assess current performance, and in some This is, in part, an inevitable result of the widespread intro­ cases, future developments.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 89
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Birkhäuser Boston
    ISBN: 9781489904799
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XII, 116 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 What Is Real-Time Program Design? -- 2 The Hardware Substrate -- 3 Design Languages -- 4 Implementing the Data Flow Diagram -- 5 A Detailed Example -- 6 Improving Performance, the Real-Time Railroad, and Goodbye.
    Abstract: Computers these days spend a fairly low fraction of their time computing. In fact, the very word "computer" has become something of a misnomer. In the American History museum of the Smithsonian Institute in Wash­ ington, D.C., there is an exhibit of early computers. Three features of these machines are striking. First, they are enormous, especially in com­ parison to their capabilities. The museum visitor who has just come from the Natural History building next door may be reminded of fossilized di­ nosaur bones. Second, they don't look at all like modern computing ma­ chines. The cases are made of crude metal or beautifully worked wood, recalling an approach to the design of scientific apparatus which belongs to a previous generation. Lastly, the function of these machines is mainly to compute-to perform rapid arithmetic. The computer of today bears little resemblance in size, form, or function to its ancestors. It is, most obviously, smaller by several orders of mag­ nitude. Its form has changed from the carefully crafted one-of-a-kind in­ strument to the mass-produced microchip. But the change in its function is perhaps the most dramatic of all. Instead of being a computing engine, it is a machine for the processing of information. The word "processor" has come into common usage. A processor used to be a central processing unit-a set of wires and vacuum tubes, or later a set of printed circuit boards-which was nestled deep within the computer. Today a processor is an off-the-shelf component.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 90
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400931299
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Differential equations. ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Introduction -- 1.1 Differential equations and associated conditions -- 1.2 Linear and non-linear differential equations -- 1.3 Uniqueness of solutions -- 1.4 Mathematical and numerical methods of solution -- 1.5 Difference equations -- 1.6 Additional notes -- Exercises -- 2 Sensitivity analysis: inherent instability -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 A simple example of sensitivity analysis -- 2.3 Variational equations -- 2.4 Inherent instability of linear recurrence relations. Initial-value problems -- 2.5 Inherent instability of linear differential equations. Initial-value problems -- 2.6 Inherent instability: boundary-value problems -- 2.7 Additional notes -- Exercises -- 3 Initial-value problems: one-step methods -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Three possible one-step methods (finite-difference methods) -- 3.3 Error analysis: linear problems -- 3.4 Error analysis and techniques for non-linear problems -- 3.5 Induced instability: partial instability -- 3.6 Systems of equations -- 3.7 Improving the accuracy -- 3.8 More accurate one-step methods -- 3.9 Additional notes -- Exercises -- 4 Initial-value problems: multi-step methods -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Multi-step finite-difference formulae -- 4.3 Convergence, consistency and zero stability -- 4.4 Partial and other stabilities -- 4.5 Predictor-corrector methods -- 4.6 Error estimation and choice of interval -- 4.7 Starting the computation -- 4.8 Changing the interval -- 4.9 Additional notes -- Exercises -- 5 Initial-value methods for boundary-value problems -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 The shooting method: linear problems -- 5.3 The shooting method: non-linear problems -- 5.4 The shooting method: eigenvalue problems -- 5.5 The shooting method: problems with unknown boundaries -- 5.6 Induced instabilities of shooting methods -- 5.7 Avoiding induced instabilities -- 5.8 Invariant embedding for linear problems -- 5.9 Additional notes -- Exercises -- 6 Global (finite-difference) methods for boundary-value problems -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Solving linear algebraic equations -- 6.3 Linear differential equations of orders two and four -- 6.4 Simultaneous linear differential equations of first order -- 6.5 Convenience and accuracy of methods -- 6.6 Improvement of accuracy -- 6.7 Non-linear problems -- 6.8 Continuation for non-linear problems -- 6.9 Additional notes -- Exercise -- 7 Expansion methods -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Properties and computational importance of Chebyshev polynomials -- 7.3 Chebyshev solution of ordinary differential equations -- 7.4 Spline solution of boundary-value problems -- 7.5 Additional notes -- Exercises -- 8 Algorithms -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 Routines for initial-value problems -- 8.3 Routines for boundary-value problems -- 9 Further notes and bibliography -- 10 Answers to selected exercises.
    Abstract: Nearly 20 years ago we produced a treatise (of about the same length as this book) entitled Computing methods for scientists and engineers. It was stated that most computation is performed by workers whose mathematical training stopped somewhere short of the 'professional' level, and that some books are therefore needed which use quite simple mathematics but which nevertheless communicate the essence of the 'numerical sense' which is exhibited by the real computing experts and which is surely needed, at least to some extent, by all who use modern computers and modern numerical software. In that book we treated, at no great length, a variety of computational problems in which the material on ordinary differential equations occupied about 50 pages. At that time it was quite common to find books on numerical analysis, with a little on each topic ofthat field, whereas today we are more likely to see similarly-sized books on each major topic: for example on numerical linear algebra, numerical approximation, numerical solution ofordinary differential equations, numerical solution of partial differential equations, and so on. These are needed because our numerical education and software have improved and because our relevant problems exhibit more variety and more difficulty. Ordinary differential equa­ tions are obvious candidates for such treatment, and the current book is written in this sense.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Introduction1.1 Differential equations and associated conditions -- 1.2 Linear and non-linear differential equations -- 1.3 Uniqueness of solutions -- 1.4 Mathematical and numerical methods of solution -- 1.5 Difference equations -- 1.6 Additional notes -- Exercises -- 2 Sensitivity analysis: inherent instability -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 A simple example of sensitivity analysis -- 2.3 Variational equations -- 2.4 Inherent instability of linear recurrence relations. Initial-value problems -- 2.5 Inherent instability of linear differential equations. Initial-value problems -- 2.6 Inherent instability: boundary-value problems -- 2.7 Additional notes -- Exercises -- 3 Initial-value problems: one-step methods -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Three possible one-step methods (finite-difference methods) -- 3.3 Error analysis: linear problems -- 3.4 Error analysis and techniques for non-linear problems -- 3.5 Induced instability: partial instability -- 3.6 Systems of equations -- 3.7 Improving the accuracy -- 3.8 More accurate one-step methods -- 3.9 Additional notes -- Exercises -- 4 Initial-value problems: multi-step methods -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Multi-step finite-difference formulae -- 4.3 Convergence, consistency and zero stability -- 4.4 Partial and other stabilities -- 4.5 Predictor-corrector methods -- 4.6 Error estimation and choice of interval -- 4.7 Starting the computation -- 4.8 Changing the interval -- 4.9 Additional notes -- Exercises -- 5 Initial-value methods for boundary-value problems -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 The shooting method: linear problems -- 5.3 The shooting method: non-linear problems -- 5.4 The shooting method: eigenvalue problems -- 5.5 The shooting method: problems with unknown boundaries -- 5.6 Induced instabilities of shooting methods -- 5.7 Avoiding induced instabilities -- 5.8 Invariant embedding for linear problems -- 5.9 Additional notes -- Exercises -- 6 Global (finite-difference) methods for boundary-value problems -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Solving linear algebraic equations -- 6.3 Linear differential equations of orders two and four -- 6.4 Simultaneous linear differential equations of first order -- 6.5 Convenience and accuracy of methods -- 6.6 Improvement of accuracy -- 6.7 Non-linear problems -- 6.8 Continuation for non-linear problems -- 6.9 Additional notes -- Exercise -- 7 Expansion methods -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Properties and computational importance of Chebyshev polynomials -- 7.3 Chebyshev solution of ordinary differential equations -- 7.4 Spline solution of boundary-value problems -- 7.5 Additional notes -- Exercises -- 8 Algorithms -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 Routines for initial-value problems -- 8.3 Routines for boundary-value problems -- 9 Further notes and bibliography -- 10 Answers to selected exercises.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 91
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400934177
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIV, 321 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Green Coffee Processing -- 1. Introduction -- 2. Dry Processing Method -- 3. Wet Processing Method -- 4. Curing -- 5. Storage -- 6. Handling -- References -- 2 Grading, Storage, Pre-treatments and Blending -- 1. Introduction -- 2. Marketed Grades -- 3. Storage -- 4. Pre-treatments -- 5. Selection and Blending -- References -- 3 Decaffeination of Coffee -- 1. Introduction -- 2. Solvent Decaffeination -- 3. Water Decaffeination -- 4. Supercritical Carbon Dioxide Decaffeination -- 5. Decaffeination of Roasted Coffee and Extract -- 6. Caffeine Refining -- References -- 4 Roasting and Grinding -- 1. Introduction -- 2. Process Factors in Roasting -- 3. Roasting Equipment -- 4. Process Factors in Grinding -- References -- 5 Extraction -- 1. Introduction -- 2. Mechanisms and Methods -- 3. Process Equipment -- References -- 6 Drying -- 1. Introduction -- 2. Process Factors in Spray-drying -- 3. Process Factors in Freeze-drying -- 4. Process Factors in Pre-concentration -- 5. Process Equipment -- References -- 7 Packing of Roast and Instant Coffee -- 1. Introduction -- 2. Packing of Roast Whole Bean Coffee -- 3. Packing of Roast and Ground Coffee -- 4. Packing of Instant Coffee -- 5. Packing Equipment -- References -- 8 Home and Catering Brewing of Coffee G. PICTET -- 1. Introduction -- 2. Bibliographic Review -- 3. Personal Research -- 4. General Conclusions -- References -- 9 Waste Products -- 1. Primary Processing: the Production of Green Coffee -- 2. Secondary Processing: the Production of Instant Coffee -- References -- 1. Units -- 1.1. SI base units -- 1.2. Some SI derived units used in engineering -- 1.3. Some prefixes for SI units -- 1.4. Some conversions of SI and non-SI units -- 1.5. Dimensionless units used -- 2. Symbols for Physical Quantities in Equations -- 3. Abbreviations -- 4. Flavour Terminology -- 5. Process Engineering Terminology -- 5.1. Food engineering and unit operations -- 6. Listing of British and International Standards Relating to Coffee.
    Abstract: The present volume, Volume 2 in this planned series on coffee, deals with processing and follows on naturally from the first volume on the chemistry of coffee, which described its numerous constituents in the green (raw) and various product forms. We have already remarked that coffee has great compositional complex­ ity, and this complexity of understanding extends when we come to that is, the many processes involved in the roasting consider its processing; of green coffee and its subsequent conversion into a consumable brew, especially through extraction and drying into an instant coffee. The simple brewing of roasted and ground coffee with water in the home also possesses considerable mystique and needs know-how for optimal results. The choice of green coffees from an almost bewildering array of different types available, through species/variety differences and different methods of processing from the coffee cherry to the green coffee bean, needs understanding and guidance. Furthermore, various forms of pre-treatment of green coffee before roasting are available. Some of these are little known, but others such as decaffeination, for those who desire roasted or instant coffee with little or no caffeine, are now becoming well established. Finally, both the processing of coffee cherries to coffee beans, leaving a range of different waste products (pulp, hulls, husk, parchment, etc.), and of roasted coffee after industrial aqueous extraction, leaving spent coffee grounds, provide waste products that have found considerable commercial value in different ways.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Green Coffee Processing1. Introduction -- 2. Dry Processing Method -- 3. Wet Processing Method -- 4. Curing -- 5. Storage -- 6. Handling -- References -- 2 Grading, Storage, Pre-treatments and Blending -- 1. Introduction -- 2. Marketed Grades -- 3. Storage -- 4. Pre-treatments -- 5. Selection and Blending -- References -- 3 Decaffeination of Coffee -- 1. Introduction -- 2. Solvent Decaffeination -- 3. Water Decaffeination -- 4. Supercritical Carbon Dioxide Decaffeination -- 5. Decaffeination of Roasted Coffee and Extract -- 6. Caffeine Refining -- References -- 4 Roasting and Grinding -- 1. Introduction -- 2. Process Factors in Roasting -- 3. Roasting Equipment -- 4. Process Factors in Grinding -- References -- 5 Extraction -- 1. Introduction -- 2. Mechanisms and Methods -- 3. Process Equipment -- References -- 6 Drying -- 1. Introduction -- 2. Process Factors in Spray-drying -- 3. Process Factors in Freeze-drying -- 4. Process Factors in Pre-concentration -- 5. Process Equipment -- References -- 7 Packing of Roast and Instant Coffee -- 1. Introduction -- 2. Packing of Roast Whole Bean Coffee -- 3. Packing of Roast and Ground Coffee -- 4. Packing of Instant Coffee -- 5. Packing Equipment -- References -- 8 Home and Catering Brewing of Coffee G. PICTET -- 1. Introduction -- 2. Bibliographic Review -- 3. Personal Research -- 4. General Conclusions -- References -- 9 Waste Products -- 1. Primary Processing: the Production of Green Coffee -- 2. Secondary Processing: the Production of Instant Coffee -- References -- 1. Units -- 1.1. SI base units -- 1.2. Some SI derived units used in engineering -- 1.3. Some prefixes for SI units -- 1.4. Some conversions of SI and non-SI units -- 1.5. Dimensionless units used -- 2. Symbols for Physical Quantities in Equations -- 3. Abbreviations -- 4. Flavour Terminology -- 5. Process Engineering Terminology -- 5.1. Food engineering and unit operations -- 6. Listing of British and International Standards Relating to Coffee.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 92
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400931510
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1. Preservation types and techniques of study of fossil plants -- 2. Principles of typology and of nomenclature of fossil plants -- Parataxa and eutaxa -- Taxa and characters -- Peculiarity of the taxonomy and nomenclature of fossil plants -- The binary (dual) system of fossil plants -- The reasons for the inflation of generic names -- The species problem in palaeobotany -- The polytypic concept of the species -- Assemblage-genera and assemblage-species -- The cladistic methods -- 3. Fossil plants systematics -- I. Prokaryotes -- II. Eukaryotes -- Higher Plants -- 4. Palaeopalynology -- Certain conceptions and terms -- Taxonomy of dispersed miospores -- Correlations between miospore parataxa and eutaxa -- Morphological evolution of miospores -- Dispersed megaspores -- 5. Epidermal-cuticular studies -- Pertinent characters used in ECS -- Systematic significance of the characters -- Evolution of the epidermal-cuticular characters -- Classification of dispersed cuticles -- 6. Plant palaeoecology -- 7. Palaeofloristics -- History of floras -- The rise of land vegetation -- Silurian-Devonian floras -- Carboniferous and Permian floras -- Transition from Palaeophyte to Mesophyte -- Triassic floras -- Jurassic and Lower Cretaceous floras -- Transition from Mesophyte to Cenophyte. Upper Cretaceous floras -- Cainozoic floras (by M. A. Akhmetyev) -- Salient features of the Cainozoic palaeofloristics. Major phytochoria -- Major features of florogeny -- 8. Relationship between palaeobotany and other fields of natural history -- Stratigraphy -- Lithology -- Palaeoclimatology -- Tectonics and plate movement -- Palaeobotany and the theory of evolution -- Palaeobotany and plant morphology -- References.
    Abstract: There have been at least ten English-language textbooks of palaeobotany since D. H. Scott published the first edition of Studies inFossilBotany in 1900. Most have been written by scientists who were primarily botanists by training, and were aimed largely at a readership familiar with living plants. They tended to follow a general pattern of an introductory chapter on preservation of plants as fossils, followed by a systematic treatment, group by group. Only Seward in his Plant Life Through the Ages departed from this pattern in presenting a chronological sequence. In the present book, Meyen breaks with?is tradition. Although having a basically biological approach, he reaches out into all aspects of the history of plant life and the wider implication of its study. Only half of the present work deals sequentially with fossil plant groups, treated systematically. The remainder then explores those topics which most other textbooks have incidentally??e generally either ignored or have only mentioned rather problems of naming and classifying fragmentary plant fossils, their ecology; biogeography and palaeoclimatic significance and the contribution that?ey have made to the understanding of living plant morphology, and of the process of evolution.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Preservation types and techniques of study of fossil plants2. Principles of typology and of nomenclature of fossil plants -- Parataxa and eutaxa -- Taxa and characters -- Peculiarity of the taxonomy and nomenclature of fossil plants -- The binary (dual) system of fossil plants -- The reasons for the inflation of generic names -- The species problem in palaeobotany -- The polytypic concept of the species -- Assemblage-genera and assemblage-species -- The cladistic methods -- 3. Fossil plants systematics -- I. Prokaryotes -- II. Eukaryotes -- Higher Plants -- 4. Palaeopalynology -- Certain conceptions and terms -- Taxonomy of dispersed miospores -- Correlations between miospore parataxa and eutaxa -- Morphological evolution of miospores -- Dispersed megaspores -- 5. Epidermal-cuticular studies -- Pertinent characters used in ECS -- Systematic significance of the characters -- Evolution of the epidermal-cuticular characters -- Classification of dispersed cuticles -- 6. Plant palaeoecology -- 7. Palaeofloristics -- History of floras -- The rise of land vegetation -- Silurian-Devonian floras -- Carboniferous and Permian floras -- Transition from Palaeophyte to Mesophyte -- Triassic floras -- Jurassic and Lower Cretaceous floras -- Transition from Mesophyte to Cenophyte. Upper Cretaceous floras -- Cainozoic floras (by M. A. Akhmetyev) -- Salient features of the Cainozoic palaeofloristics. Major phytochoria -- Major features of florogeny -- 8. Relationship between palaeobotany and other fields of natural history -- Stratigraphy -- Lithology -- Palaeoclimatology -- Tectonics and plate movement -- Palaeobotany and the theory of evolution -- Palaeobotany and plant morphology -- References.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 93
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401771443
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XI, 707 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 94
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401160766
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: I: A plant-centred biological complex -- 1 Plants, roots and ion absorption -- 2 Mineral composition of plant tissues and the function of ions -- 3 Plants and water -- 4 Symbiotic and other associations for nutrient capture -- 5 Herbivores, decomposers and other soil organisms -- 6 Vegetation and fire -- II: Environmental complexes -- 7 Soil formation -- 8 Soil matrix and soil water -- 9 Soil atmosphere and soil temperature -- 10 Some examples of mineral nutrient supply -- 11 Measuring availability of nutrients and toxic ions -- 12 Experimental approaches to the study of soil variables -- III: Interactions in the real world. Some case histories -- 13 The autecology of two contrasting species -- 14 Restoration of derelict land -- 15 Two aspects of forest mineral-nutrient economy -- 16 Australian heathlands and other nutrient-poor terrestrial ecosystems -- 17 Three aspects of the Alaskan Arctic tundra Complex -- 18 Saltmarshes and the coastal zone -- 19 Calcareous and serpentine soils and their vegetation -- Further reading.
    Abstract: Soil-plant relationships once had a limited meaning. To the student of agriculture it meant creating optimum conditions for plant growth. To the ecologist it meant explaining some plant community distribu­ tion patterns by correlation with soil type or conditions. This dual view has been greatly expanded at an academic level by the discovery of the ecosystem as a practical working unit. A flood of concepts and information subsequently emerged from the International Biological Programme. At a totally different level of resolution, it is appreciated that certain soil-based ecological problems have a molecular basis, and must be addressed by physiological or biochemical approaches. From ecosystem to molecule we have powerful new tools to increase the flow of ecological data and process it for interpretation. Society is now experiencing a series of adverse global phenomena which demand an appreciation of soil-plant relationships. These include desertification leading to famine, soil degradation accom­ panying forest destruction, acidification of watersheds and the spasmodic dispersal of radionuclides and other pollutants. It is public policy, not merely to identify problems, but to seek strategies for minimising their ill effects. This book is written as a guide to soil-plant relationships, cen­ trally oriented towards ecology, but of interest to students of geo­ graphy and agriculture. For ecology students it will bring together subfields such as microbiology, plant physiology, systematics and pro­ vide interfaces with animal biology, meteorology and soil science.
    Description / Table of Contents: I: A plant-centred biological complex1 Plants, roots and ion absorption -- 2 Mineral composition of plant tissues and the function of ions -- 3 Plants and water -- 4 Symbiotic and other associations for nutrient capture -- 5 Herbivores, decomposers and other soil organisms -- 6 Vegetation and fire -- II: Environmental complexes -- 7 Soil formation -- 8 Soil matrix and soil water -- 9 Soil atmosphere and soil temperature -- 10 Some examples of mineral nutrient supply -- 11 Measuring availability of nutrients and toxic ions -- 12 Experimental approaches to the study of soil variables -- III: Interactions in the real world. Some case histories -- 13 The autecology of two contrasting species -- 14 Restoration of derelict land -- 15 Two aspects of forest mineral-nutrient economy -- 16 Australian heathlands and other nutrient-poor terrestrial ecosystems -- 17 Three aspects of the Alaskan Arctic tundra Complex -- 18 Saltmarshes and the coastal zone -- 19 Calcareous and serpentine soils and their vegetation -- Further reading.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 95
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400934412
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1. The Widening World of Surface Coatings -- 2. Organotin-Based Antifouling Systems -- 3. High Solids Coatings -- 4. Recent Developments in the Artificial Weathering of Coatings Using Plasma Erosion -- 5. The Use of X-ray Photoelectron Spectroscopy for the Analysis of Organic Coating Systems -- 6. Adhesion Promoters -- 7. Molecular Relaxation Processes During Film Formation.
    Abstract: The field of surface coatings is now so extensive, and is developing so rapidly, that no individual person could be expected to master it in its entirety. Hence, the days have gone when a lone author could compile a comprehensive treatise on the topic without overlooking many of the most significant developments. Yet the very growth and diversity of surface coatings make it essential that workers in the field should have access to up-to-date and authoritative reviews. It is to satisfy this need that we have assembled our team of authors, each of whom is an expert in his or her branch of the subject, and is well able to as'sess w:hat is most significant and exciting within that branch. They h,ave b~en encouraged to develop their themes in what they have felt to be the most appropriate way, with minimal editorial interference from us. We believe that the results of their labours will be of benefit to those engaged not only in basic research, but also to those working ip product development and in testing and evaluation of coatings.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. The Widening World of Surface Coatings2. Organotin-Based Antifouling Systems -- 3. High Solids Coatings -- 4. Recent Developments in the Artificial Weathering of Coatings Using Plasma Erosion -- 5. The Use of X-ray Photoelectron Spectroscopy for the Analysis of Organic Coating Systems -- 6. Adhesion Promoters -- 7. Molecular Relaxation Processes During Film Formation.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 96
    ISBN: 9783034892933
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: Table des matières -- Matériel et méthodes -- Section Pseudofestuca: -- Poa violacea -- Section Homalopoa: -- Poa chaixii, P. hybrida, P. remota -- Section Coenopoa: -- Poa trivialis, Poa sylvicola -- Section Ochlopoa: -- Poa annua -- Poa supina -- Poa annua X P. supina -- Section Bolbophorum: -- Généralités -- Les Poa du grex alpina. Introduction -- Poa badensis. Introduction -- Poa badensis. Observations cytologiques -- Poa badensis. Discussion -- Poa alpina sensu stricto -- Poa perconcinna -- Poa bulbosa -- Section Oreinos: -- Généralités -- Poa laxa, Poa minor et les forms intermédiaires -- Poa minor -- Poa laxa -- Conclusion sur la Section Oreinos -- Section Stenopoa et Section Tichopoa -- Poa palustris -- Poa nemoralis -- Poa glauca -- Poa compressa -- Section Poa: -- Poa pratensis et P. angustifolia -- Section Cenisia: -- Poa Cenisia -- Principaux résultats -- Conclusions taxonomiques -- Considérations générales -- Remerciements -- Résumé -- Summary -- Zusammenfassung -- Bibliographie.
    Description / Table of Contents: Table des matièresMatériel et méthodes -- Section Pseudofestuca: -- Poa violacea -- Section Homalopoa: -- Poa chaixii, P. hybrida, P. remota -- Section Coenopoa: -- Poa trivialis, Poa sylvicola -- Section Ochlopoa: -- Poa annua -- Poa supina -- Poa annua X P. supina -- Section Bolbophorum: -- Généralités -- Les Poa du grex alpina. Introduction -- Poa badensis. Introduction -- Poa badensis. Observations cytologiques -- Poa badensis. Discussion -- Poa alpina sensu stricto -- Poa perconcinna -- Poa bulbosa -- Section Oreinos: -- Généralités -- Poa laxa, Poa minor et les forms intermédiaires -- Poa minor -- Poa laxa -- Conclusion sur la Section Oreinos -- Section Stenopoa et Section Tichopoa -- Poa palustris -- Poa nemoralis -- Poa glauca -- Poa compressa -- Section Poa: -- Poa pratensis et P. angustifolia -- Section Cenisia: -- Poa Cenisia -- Principaux résultats -- Conclusions taxonomiques -- Considérations générales -- Remerciements -- Résumé -- Summary -- Zusammenfassung -- Bibliographie.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 97
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Springer US
    ISBN: 9781461575511
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIII, 309 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Series Statement: Contemporary Soviet Mathematics
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: There is an ever-growing interest in control problems today, con­ nected with the urgent problems of the effective use of natural resources, manpower, materials, and technology. When referring to the most important achievements of science and technology in the 20th Century, one usually mentions the splitting of the atom, the exploration of space, and computer engineering. Achievements in control theory seem less spectacular when viewed against this background, but the applications of control theory are playing an important role in the development of modern civilization, and there is every reason to believe that this role will be even more signifi­ cant in the future. Wherever there is active human participation, the problem arises of finding the best, or optimal, means of control. The demands of economics and technology have given birth to optimization problems which, in turn, have created new branches of mathematics. In the Forties, the investigation of problems of economics gave rise to a new branch of mathematical analysis called linear and convex program­ ming. At that time, problems of controlling flying vehicles and technolog­ ical processes of complex structures became important. A mathematical theory was formulated in the mid-Fifties known as optimal control theory. Here the maximum principle of L. S. Pontryagin played a pivotal role. Op­ timal control theory synthesized the concepts and methods of investigation using the classical methods of the calculus of variations and the methods of contemporary mathematics, for which Soviet mathematicians made valuable contributions.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 98
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Springer US
    ISBN: 9781468415230
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Marketing. ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: International Dictionary of Marketing and Communication -- Appendix 1: Associations, Institutes, Professional/Trade World-Wide -- Appendix 2: Audit Bureaux World-Wide -- Appendix 3: Journals on Communication Subjects World-Wide -- Appendix 4: News Agencies World-Wide.
    Abstract: This dictionary covers marketing communications in the broadest sense, including advertising, but also extending to public relations which concerns many organizations not involved in marketing and which have little to do with advertising. Entries have been gathered from around the world, and this dictionary will therefore be valuable to those operating in an international environ­ ment where different term~, or terms with different spellings, are used. There are also terms with different meanings, depending on their country of origin. For example, in the UK newspapers are called press media, while in the USA the term print media is more usual. In the UK, print usually applies to printed items, such as sales or edu!;;ational literature. Likewise, there are big differences between European and American broadcasting systems, and sponsored radio or TV can mean different things around the world. Outdoor advertising also has different terminology in different countries, especially in North America and the UK. In many cases, alternative British and American terms are given, while some are either European or American. Some terminology is specific to a certain country. Entries have been collected from all parts of the world, including the oramedia or folk media of the Third World. Financial terms have been included because of their increasing im­ portance in advertising and public relations, and the dictionary reflects the increasing relevance of satellites and computers.
    Description / Table of Contents: International Dictionary of Marketing and CommunicationAppendix 1: Associations, Institutes, Professional/Trade World-Wide -- Appendix 2: Audit Bureaux World-Wide -- Appendix 3: Journals on Communication Subjects World-Wide -- Appendix 4: News Agencies World-Wide.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 99
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401165044
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Recognition of the problem -- 1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 National response to contaminated land in the UK -- 1.3 National response to contaminated land in Europe and North America -- References -- 2 Types of contaminated land -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Transportation of contamination -- 2.3 Main sources of land contamination -- 2.4 Conclusions -- References -- 3 Main types of contaminants -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Metallic contaminants -- 3.3 Inorganic contaminants -- 3.4 Organic contaminants -- 3.5 Asbestos -- 3.6 Combustible materials -- 3.7 Gases -- 3.8 Other contaminants -- References -- 4 Appropriate site investigations -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Recognition that an investigation is needed and establishment of the basis for that investigation -- 4.3 Design of site sampling/analytical programme -- 4.4 On-site sampling, observation and testing -- 4.5 Analysis of material taken from the site -- 4.6 Interpretation of analytical data -- References -- 5 Available reclamation methods -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 The land use option -- 5.3 General considerations -- 5.4 The options -- 5.5 Excavation -- 5.6 Soil treatment after excavation -- 5.7 In-situ treatment -- 5.8 Macro-encapsulation/isolation -- 5.9 Covering systems -- 5.10 Execution of reclamation works -- 5.11 Monitoring and evaluation of performance -- 5.12 Guidance available -- References -- 6 Soil cover reclamations -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Performance requirements for soil cover reclamations -- 6.3 The contaminant problem -- 6.4 Pathways for contaminant migration -- 6.5 Groundwater and soil moisture movements -- 6.6 Choice of soil cover materials -- 6.7 The design of soil cover reclamations -- 6.8 Summary -- References -- 7 Long-term monitoring of reclaimed sites -- 7.1. Introduction -- 7.2 Established precedents for monitoring -- 7.3 Questions on the long-term effectiveness of reclamation options -- 7.4 Monitoring systems and methods -- 7.5 Organization control of monitoring -- 7.6 Summary -- References -- 8 Safety in site reclamation -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 Nature of hazards -- 8.3 Protection against hazards -- 8.4 Safety procedures -- 8.5 Conclusions -- 8.6 Appendix: environmental health and safety guide for construction site staff (an example) -- References -- 9 Policy, planning and financial issues -- 9.1 Introduction -- 9.2 Controlling the development of contaminated land -- 9.3 Land-use planning and control -- 9.4 Public health legislation and development control -- 9.5 Financial resources -- References -- 10 Landscaping and vegetating reclaimed sites -- 10.1 Introduction -- 10.2 Requirements of plants -- 10.3 Physical support for plants -- 10.4 Compaction -- 10.5 Water supply and storage -- 10.6 Plant nutrients -- 10.7 Grassland establishment -- 10.8 Grass seed mixtures -- 10.9 Grass cutting -- 10.10 Wild species -- 10.11 Trees and shrubs -- 10.12 Timing -- 10.13 Plant and soil interactions -- 10.14 Conclusions -- References -- 11 Hazards from methane (and carbon dioxide) -- 11.1 Introduction -- 11.2 Relevant gases and their principal characteristics -- 11.3 Gas flow in and from landfill sites -- 11.4 Gas measurement -- 11.5 Gas control measures -- 11.6 Hazards in buildings -- 11.7 Effects on plants -- Acknowledgement -- References.
    Abstract: Chemically contaminated land has only recently been recognized as an immediate or long-term potential hazard, and published guidance on how to tackle such land has been sparse. Indeed much of the available technical work emphasizes the risks and dangers, rather than indicating safe and economical strategies of reclamation. This book provides a comprehensive treatment of the important aspects of land reclamation. Its basic aim is to dispel the myths that have become associated with the subject and to indicate methods and strategies that can be used for safe and economical reclamation. The authors concentrate on the more important facets of reclamation and indicate where advice and information is more or less certain. As in any newly developed field there are still uncertainties and, for this reason, not all the chapters contain equivalent amounts of detail. All the authors have expertise in the field of land reclamation, and differences in emphasis between authors reflect the present state of the subject. Overall, the book emphasizes that contaminated land can be reclaimed safely provided that sufficient attention is paid to detail and that the proposed end use of the land is appropriate and based on a detailed knowledge of the site.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Recognition of the problem1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 National response to contaminated land in the UK -- 1.3 National response to contaminated land in Europe and North America -- References -- 2 Types of contaminated land -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Transportation of contamination -- 2.3 Main sources of land contamination -- 2.4 Conclusions -- References -- 3 Main types of contaminants -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Metallic contaminants -- 3.3 Inorganic contaminants -- 3.4 Organic contaminants -- 3.5 Asbestos -- 3.6 Combustible materials -- 3.7 Gases -- 3.8 Other contaminants -- References -- 4 Appropriate site investigations -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Recognition that an investigation is needed and establishment of the basis for that investigation -- 4.3 Design of site sampling/analytical programme -- 4.4 On-site sampling, observation and testing -- 4.5 Analysis of material taken from the site -- 4.6 Interpretation of analytical data -- References -- 5 Available reclamation methods -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 The land use option -- 5.3 General considerations -- 5.4 The options -- 5.5 Excavation -- 5.6 Soil treatment after excavation -- 5.7 In-situ treatment -- 5.8 Macro-encapsulation/isolation -- 5.9 Covering systems -- 5.10 Execution of reclamation works -- 5.11 Monitoring and evaluation of performance -- 5.12 Guidance available -- References -- 6 Soil cover reclamations -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Performance requirements for soil cover reclamations -- 6.3 The contaminant problem -- 6.4 Pathways for contaminant migration -- 6.5 Groundwater and soil moisture movements -- 6.6 Choice of soil cover materials -- 6.7 The design of soil cover reclamations -- 6.8 Summary -- References -- 7 Long-term monitoring of reclaimed sites -- 7.1. Introduction -- 7.2 Established precedents for monitoring -- 7.3 Questions on the long-term effectiveness of reclamation options -- 7.4 Monitoring systems and methods -- 7.5 Organization control of monitoring -- 7.6 Summary -- References -- 8 Safety in site reclamation -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 Nature of hazards -- 8.3 Protection against hazards -- 8.4 Safety procedures -- 8.5 Conclusions -- 8.6 Appendix: environmental health and safety guide for construction site staff (an example) -- References -- 9 Policy, planning and financial issues -- 9.1 Introduction -- 9.2 Controlling the development of contaminated land -- 9.3 Land-use planning and control -- 9.4 Public health legislation and development control -- 9.5 Financial resources -- References -- 10 Landscaping and vegetating reclaimed sites -- 10.1 Introduction -- 10.2 Requirements of plants -- 10.3 Physical support for plants -- 10.4 Compaction -- 10.5 Water supply and storage -- 10.6 Plant nutrients -- 10.7 Grassland establishment -- 10.8 Grass seed mixtures -- 10.9 Grass cutting -- 10.10 Wild species -- 10.11 Trees and shrubs -- 10.12 Timing -- 10.13 Plant and soil interactions -- 10.14 Conclusions -- References -- 11 Hazards from methane (and carbon dioxide) -- 11.1 Introduction -- 11.2 Relevant gases and their principal characteristics -- 11.3 Gas flow in and from landfill sites -- 11.4 Gas measurement -- 11.5 Gas control measures -- 11.6 Hazards in buildings -- 11.7 Effects on plants -- Acknowledgement -- References.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 100
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401180306
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: One: Evolution and Breeding History of the Rupicaprini -- 1 On the evolution of the Caprinae -- 2 The saiga (Saiga tatarica) in captivity, with special reference to the Zoological Society of San Diego -- 3 Evolutionary aspects of the biology of chamois, Rupicapra spp. (Bovidae, Caprinae) -- 4 Evolutionary pathways of karyotypes of the tribe Rupicaprini -- Two: Ecological Distribution and Behaviour of Capricornis -- 5 Survey of 217 Japanese serows, Capricornis crispus, bred in captivity -- 6 Distribution of Japanese serow in its southern range, Kyushu -- 7 Family break-up in Japanese serow, Capricornis crispus -- 8 Censusing Japanese serow by helicopter in deciduous mountain forests -- 9 Radio tracking of Japanese serow in Akita Prefecture, Japan -- 10 A preliminary study on the ecology of Formosan serow, Capricornis crispus swinhoei -- 11 Social behaviour of Japanese serow, Capricornis crispus crispus -- Three: Keeping and Breeding of Capricornis -- 12 Breeding of Sumatran serow at Dusit Zoo -- 13 Breeding and behaviour of Formosan serow at Taipei Zoo -- 14 Behaviour of the Japanese serow (Capricornis crispus) at the San Diego Wild Animal Park -- Four: Ecology and Breeding of the Rupicaprini -- 15 Keeping and breeding of chamois (Rupicapra rupicapra rupicapra Linné 1758) at the Alpine Zoo, Innsbruck/Tirol -- 16 Experiences of keeping and breeding saiga antelope at Tierpark, Berlin -- 17 Breeding of Mongolian gazelle at Osaka Zoo -- 18 Nemorhaedus cranbrooki Hayman -- 19 Breeding of goral, Formosan serow and chamois -- Five: Anatomy of Capricornis -- 20 Morphological characteristics of Japanese serow, with special reference to the interdigital glands -- 21 Histology and lipid analysis of the infraorbital gland of Japanese serow, and functional considerations -- 22 Brachial and lumbosacral plexuses and brains of the Japanese serow -- 23 What can serow horns tell us? -- Six: Diseases of the Rupicaprini -- 24 Clostridial infections in chamois (Rupicapra rupicapra) in captivity -- 25 Pathological studies on Japanese serow (Capricornis crispus) -- 26 Serological survey for selected microbial pathogens in Japanese serow (Capricornis crispus) in Gifu Prefecture, Japan -- 27 Haematological and biochemical findings on Japanese serow -- Seven: Endocrinology and Reproduction of Capricornis -- 28 Reproduction of female Japanese serow based on the morphology of ovaries and fetuses -- 29 Seasonal changes in male reproductive functions of Japanese serow -- 30 Steroid hormone synthesis and secretion by adrenals of wild Japanese serow, Capricornis crispus -- Eight: Nutritional Status of Capricornis -- 31 The quantity of food taken by raised Japanese serow -- 32 Nutritional estimation of Japanese serow by faecal analysis -- 33 Heavy metal accumulation in wild Japanese serow.
    Abstract: The Japanese serow (Capricornis crispus) has been protected by law since 1955 in Japan, because it was becoming rarer and approaching extinction. Thereafter, the serow population has increased gradually. The Japanese serow is thought to be a primitive relict species on the islands of Japan, and the geographical range of the serow has retracted upwards into the moun­ tain forests to avoid contact with humans. Little was therefore known about these animals. However, increasing losses of forest habitat due to exploit­ ation of the mountain forests or expanding cultivation by local foresters have driven the Japanese serow back into the lowlands of Japan. Since then, complaints of damage to trees and other vegetation have accumulated against the serow. In some prefectures the shooting of Japanese serow was allowed in order to prevent damage to forests. The animals killed were taken for research by the Departments of the Environment and by universities. was set up at the summit of Mt. Gozaisho, The Japan Serow Center Komono-cho, Mie Prefecture, in 1962 and has made a great effort to breed the serow and its related species in captivity. In addition, the International Studbook of Capricorn is crispus in captivity was established in Japan, and the state of breeding of the Japanese serows is now reported annually. However, without detailed scientific research, it is impossible to conduct sensible protection, conservation or management of the serow in captivity or in the wild.
    Description / Table of Contents: One: Evolution and Breeding History of the Rupicaprini1 On the evolution of the Caprinae -- 2 The saiga (Saiga tatarica) in captivity, with special reference to the Zoological Society of San Diego -- 3 Evolutionary aspects of the biology of chamois, Rupicapra spp. (Bovidae, Caprinae) -- 4 Evolutionary pathways of karyotypes of the tribe Rupicaprini -- Two: Ecological Distribution and Behaviour of Capricornis -- 5 Survey of 217 Japanese serows, Capricornis crispus, bred in captivity -- 6 Distribution of Japanese serow in its southern range, Kyushu -- 7 Family break-up in Japanese serow, Capricornis crispus -- 8 Censusing Japanese serow by helicopter in deciduous mountain forests -- 9 Radio tracking of Japanese serow in Akita Prefecture, Japan -- 10 A preliminary study on the ecology of Formosan serow, Capricornis crispus swinhoei -- 11 Social behaviour of Japanese serow, Capricornis crispus crispus -- Three: Keeping and Breeding of Capricornis -- 12 Breeding of Sumatran serow at Dusit Zoo -- 13 Breeding and behaviour of Formosan serow at Taipei Zoo -- 14 Behaviour of the Japanese serow (Capricornis crispus) at the San Diego Wild Animal Park -- Four: Ecology and Breeding of the Rupicaprini -- 15 Keeping and breeding of chamois (Rupicapra rupicapra rupicapra Linné 1758) at the Alpine Zoo, Innsbruck/Tirol -- 16 Experiences of keeping and breeding saiga antelope at Tierpark, Berlin -- 17 Breeding of Mongolian gazelle at Osaka Zoo -- 18 Nemorhaedus cranbrooki Hayman -- 19 Breeding of goral, Formosan serow and chamois -- Five: Anatomy of Capricornis -- 20 Morphological characteristics of Japanese serow, with special reference to the interdigital glands -- 21 Histology and lipid analysis of the infraorbital gland of Japanese serow, and functional considerations -- 22 Brachial and lumbosacral plexuses and brains of the Japanese serow -- 23 What can serow horns tell us? -- Six: Diseases of the Rupicaprini -- 24 Clostridial infections in chamois (Rupicapra rupicapra) in captivity -- 25 Pathological studies on Japanese serow (Capricornis crispus) -- 26 Serological survey for selected microbial pathogens in Japanese serow (Capricornis crispus) in Gifu Prefecture, Japan -- 27 Haematological and biochemical findings on Japanese serow -- Seven: Endocrinology and Reproduction of Capricornis -- 28 Reproduction of female Japanese serow based on the morphology of ovaries and fetuses -- 29 Seasonal changes in male reproductive functions of Japanese serow -- 30 Steroid hormone synthesis and secretion by adrenals of wild Japanese serow, Capricornis crispus -- Eight: Nutritional Status of Capricornis -- 31 The quantity of food taken by raised Japanese serow -- 32 Nutritional estimation of Japanese serow by faecal analysis -- 33 Heavy metal accumulation in wild Japanese serow.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
Close ⊗
This website uses cookies and the analysis tool Matomo. More information can be found here...